All posts by Leo

BEMBO’S TAROTS: MYSTERY ON A GOLDEN BACKGROUND

Tarots have hidden their mysterious origin for centuries. Even the etymology of their name is unclear: experts have tried to use varying degrees of information and imagination to explain where the word “tarot” originally comes from, with references reaching as far as ancient Egypt and the Hebrew tradition.

The relationships between the 78 cards in the deck – 56 “Minor arcana”, 21 “Major arcana”, and “the Fool” – are to be laboriously interpreted within a coded structure, which once deciphered unveils their true meaning: a complex task that only real enthusiasts, experts in the field, clever fortune tellers, and astute charlatans have been able to carry out to the end.

Tarots, however, have also inspired many talented artists, such as Brescia-born painter and miniaturist Bonifacio Bembo (1420-1480), who was so charmed by these cards’ Neoplatonic idealism and exoteric symbols that he created a deck for Filippo Maria Visconti, Duke of Milan, between 1442 and 1444.

Bembo’s deck – 48 cards measuring 180-by-90 millimeters, illustrated on gold and silver backgrounds – is now part of the Pinacoteca di Brera collection.

Here are some of the most beautiful and mysterious cards by the early-Renaissance artist.

Photos via:
http://www.isabetta.com/?cat=4
http://www.atlantedellarteitaliana.it

Bonifacio Bembo Tarocchi

“Maid of Swords”

Bonifacio Bembo Tarocchi

On the left, “Faith”; on the right, “Maid of Sticks”

On the left, “Horsewoman of Coins”; on the right, “Horsewoman of Sticks”

Bonifacio Bembo Tarocchi

“Horsewoman of Coins”

Bonifacio Bembo Tarocchi

On the left, “Maid of Coins”; on the right, “Maid of Cups”

Bonifacio Bembo Tarocchi

On the left, “The World”; on the right, “Horseman of Sticks”

Bonifacio Bembo Tarocchi

“The World”

Bonifacio Bembo Tarocchi

On the left, “Hope”; on the right, “Queen of Sticks”

Bonifacio Bembo Tarocchi

On the left, “Knave of Swords”; on the right, “Knave of Coins”

Bonifacio Bembo Tarocchi

“Knave of Coins”

Bonifacio Bembo Tarocchi

On the left, “The Emperor”; on the right, “Time”

Bonifacio Bembo Tarocchi

On the left, “King of Cups”; on the right, “Horseman of Swords”

Bonifacio Bembo Tarocchi

On the left, “Death”; on the right, “The Magician”

Bonifacio Bembo Tarocchi

“Death”

Bonifacio Bembo Tarocchi

On the left, “Doomsday”; on the right, “The Wheel of Fortune”

Bonifacio Bembo Tarocchi

On the left, “Six of Coins”; on the right, “Two of Cups”

Bonifacio Bembo Tarocchi

On the left, “Four of Cups”; on the right, “Six of Swords”

SOURCE: Bembo’s tarots: mystery on a golden background – Italian Ways 

10-Week Independent Study Course with Paul Foster Case: A Review of Oracle of the Tarot (1933)

A 10-Week Independent Study Course with Paul Foster Case: A Review of Oracle of the Tarot (1933).

Paul_Foster_CasePaul Foster Case (1884 – 1954) is one of the most influential American occultists on modern tarot studies. His approach to tarot is influenced heavily by Western astrology and the Hermetic Qabalah, as evidenced in his tarot divination course, Oracle of the Tarot, and other writings, such as An Introduction to the Study of Tarot (1920) or The Tarot: A Key to the Wisdom of the Ages (1947). Oracle is keyed to the Knapp-Hall Tarot, which was first published by J. Augustus Knapp and Manly P. Hall in 1929. The Knapp-Hall Tarot differs significantly from the Marseille, Rider-Waite-Smith, or Thoth interpretive traditions, so the card meanings in Oracle, in particular from the Minor Arcana, are not readily transferrable to the Marseille, Rider-Waite-Smith, or Thoth systems. Nonetheless, Oracle offers the beginner and intermediate student a strong foundation in the basics and anatomy of tarot.

Case opens the book with a strong statement: “TAROT divination is not fortune-telling. The practice of fortune-telling is based on the false notion that human life is governed by luck, chance, or fate–by obscure powers at work outside the personality. True divination rests upon the occult truth that the causes of all events in human life are really internal.” He thus begins by distinguishing divination from fortune-telling. Divination is an inward reflection process of using tarot to tap into the superconscious. The tarot utilizes imagery and symbols that communicate in the language of the superconscious and thus understanding tarot is in its essence the learning of a new language.

The introductory Lesson 1 warns the tarot practitioner to take tarot divination seriously and reviews a few ethical guidelines, in particular the practitioner’s duty of confidentiality and impartiality. Practitioners must remain non-judgmental when conducting tarot readings. Lesson 1 also subdivides tarot decks into exoteric and esoteric decks. Case provides the Knapp-Hall Tarot as an example of an exoteric deck, or one that operates in the realm of public knowledge, with imagery that more closely resembles the tarot deck originally used for playing games, and contrasts that with the Rider Tarot (or Rider-Waite-Smith), which he refers to as an esoteric deck. Esoteric tarot decks are the versions of tarot re-interpreted by occultists and used specifically for divination or other spiritual exercises.

Note that it is unclear and somewhat contradictory as to why Case expends the first half of the Introduction to describe tarot divination as an internalized process, but then applies an exoteric deck to teach divination, rather than an esoteric deck, which would seem to be more aligned with the internalized process of tarot divination. What’s more, the subsequent lessons in Oracle repeatedly reference esoteric tarot traditions.

The 10 lessons of Oracle are meant to be studied over a course of 10 weeks.

Lesson 1 then proceeds to describe the anatomy of the Major and Minor Arcana (referred to as the Major Trumps and Minor Trumps in Oracle). Case claims that his Hebrew letter attributions for the Major Arcana are the “correct” attributions and that preceding claims by such authors as Papus were wrong. Case sources his attributions from Eliphas Levi (1810 – 1875), a French occultist and influential writer on tarot. Case claims that his Hebrew letter attributions are better aligned with the standard astrological attributions of the Major Arcana, which he provides as follows:

Case’s Hebrew and Astrological Attributions in the Major Arcana

Key

Major Arcana Hebrew Attribution Astrological Attribution

0

Le Fou (The Fool) Aleph (A) Air; Uranus

1

Le Bateleur (The Magician) Beth (B) Mercury

2

La Papesse (The High Priestess) Gimel (G) The Moon

3

L’imperatrice (The Empress) Daleth (D) Venus

4

L’empereur (The Emperor) Heh (H) Aries

5

Le Pape (The Hierophant) Vau (V) Taurus

6

L’amoureux (The Lovers) Zain (Z) Gemini

7

Le Chariot (The Chariot) Cheth (Ch) Cancer

8

La Justice (Justice) Lamed (L) Libra

9

L’ermite (The Hermit) Yod (I) Virgo

10

La Roue de la Fortune (Wheel of Fortune) Kaph (K) Jupiter

11

La Force (Strength) Teth (T) Leo

12

Le Pendu (The Hanged Man) Mem (M) Water; Neptune

13

La Mort (Death) Nun (N) Scorpio

14

La Temperance (Temperance) Samekh (S) Sagittarius

15

La Diable (The Devil) Ayin (O) Capricorn

16

Le Feu Du Ciel (The Tower) Peh (P) Mars

17

Les Etoiles (The Star) Tzaddi (Tz) Aquarius

18

La Lune (The Moon) Qoph (Q) Pisces

19

Le Soleil (The Sun) Resh (R) The Sun

20

Le Jugement (Judgement) Shin (Sh) Fire; Pluto; Vulcan

21

Le Monde (The World) Tau (Th) Saturn; Earth

He attributes the Minor Arcana as follows:

Attributions in the Minor Arcana

Suit Divinatory Representation

Elemental Attribution

WANDS Work, enterprise, ideas; the energies of the spiritual plane or archetypal world (Plato’s world of ideas)

FIRE

CUPS Desires, hopes, wishes; emotional activities; the states and forces of the mental plane, the creative world in which mental patterns are formulated

WATER

SWORDS Action, and therefore conflict of forces; the states and activities of the astral plane; the formative world of unseen forces, which build the conditions of the physical plane

AIR

COINS orPENTACLES Things, possessions; the concrete objects and bodies of the physical plane; the objectification of the energies and forces of the higher worlds or planes represented by Wands, Cups, and Swords

EARTH

As for significator cards, Case’s approach is to simply use Key 1: The Magician for male seekers and Key 2: The High Priestess for female seekers. That differs from the more popular modern approach of using the court cards as significators.

Oracle also teaches an initial divinatory method called the First Operation, which seems to be an antiquated practice now, as few modern tarot practitioners adopt the First Operation. It is nonetheless a method that the serious tarot practitioner should be familiar with. The First Operation is to be performed prior to a question. The significator card is shuffled in with the full tarot deck and then cut into four piles as follows:

case4

The tarot practitioner then proceeds to locate the pile that the significator card is in. That pile, be it I, H1, V, or H2 (reading right to left respectively), will indicate the nature of the seeker’s question. The four piles correspond with the Hebrew letters Yod (I), Heh (H), Vau (V), Heh (H), which is a transliteration of the four constants forming the Hebrew name of the Supreme Being, again showing the strong influence of Qabalistic tenets on Case.

The four piles of the First Operation correspond as follows:

I

Personal Development; Health & Wellness. Seeker is asking about matters of personal development, such as work or career. Could indicate an interest in beginning a new venture or carrying out a new idea. Pile is also associated with the physical, such as body, health, or wellness issues.

H 1

Love, Marriage, Family. Seeker is asking about emotions, feelings, personal relationships, or desires. This pile pertains to the domestic sphere and interpersonal matters.

V

Politics, Ambitions, Social, Intellectual. Seeker is asking about ambitions and high aspirations. This pile could also pertain to conflict resolution, imbalances or disappointments. This is also the pile that corresponds with the Seeker’s intellectual faculties.

H 2

Money, Business, Property. Seeker is asking about a material matter, finances, property, or wealth.

If the significator card is in a corresponding pile that is consistent with the seeker’s question topic, then the First Operation has confirmed that the subsequent tarot reading will be accurate as applied to the question at hand. If, however, the significator card appears in a pile during the First Operation that is not consistent with the seeker’s question topic, then it shows that right now is not an appropriate time for the tarot to answer such a question.

Lessons 2, 3, 4, and 5 deconstruct the Suit of Wands, Cups, Swords, and Coins (Pentacles) respectively, keyed to the Knapp-Hall Tarot. Contained in the lessons are also simple 3-card spreads for divining past, present, and probable future influences.

Lesson 6 on the Major Trumps (Major Arcana) can be applicable to the prevailing tarot interpretive systems used today, though note that the Key 8 referenced in Case’s Oracle is “La Justice” (Justice) and Key 11 in Oracle is “La Force” (Strength), which is similar to the Marseille, but the reverse of the Rider-Waite-Smith (Key 8 is Strength and Key 11 is Justice).

Case claims that the timing of events can be revealed by looking at the astrological attributions of the cards, and the lessons in Oracle set about explaining how the 12 astrological houses can be used to divine the timing of events. From there, Lessons 7, 8, 9, and 10 teach complex tarot spreads, most notably combining astrology, the Tree of Life, and tarot, and further provides an overview of elemental dignities. Lesson 10 also provides an overview of numerology and its application to tarot.

Though some of the historic references in the book have since been disproved as myth, Oracle of the Tarot is still a work that every serious tarot student should have read. Not having read Paul Foster Case if you are a tarot practitioner is like not having read Anton Chekhov if you are serious about writing literary fiction. Though written over 80 years ago and keyed to a tarot deck that is, as of this writing, long out of print, Oracle nonetheless holds relevance today and every practitioner, no matter how advanced, will find at least one nugget of new information from Oracle.

So. Can Oracle teach tarot in 10 weeks? An operable foundation in tarot, yes, probably, though generally I am doubtful of any program that claims it can teach tarot in anything under 10 years. Learning tarot is nothing like learning to ride a bike. It’s really more like learning to play violin. In 10 weeks time you can probably learn no more than just how to properly hold the bow.

NOTE. You can download a PDF copy of OracleOracle of the Tarot by Paul Foster Case (1933). Download by CLICKING HERE (Source Credit: TarotWorks).

UPDATE (6/2/13). Read more about the First Operation: The First Operation: Adapting a Traditional Method in the “Opening of the Key” to Contemporary Tarot Applications.

SOURCE: A 10-Week Independent Study Course with Paul Foster Case: A Review of Oracle of the Tarot (1933). – benebell wen

Ancient Egyptian Roots of the Principia Hermetica

Ancient Egyptian Roots
of the Principia Hermetica

SOURCE: http://www.maat.sofiatopia.org/ten_keys.htm

Aegyptus imago sit caeli

by Wim van den Dungen

“Do You not know, Asclepius, that Egypt is an image of heaven, or, to speak more exactly, in Egypt all the operations of the powers which rule and work in heaven have been transferred to Earth below ?”

Asclepius III, 24b.

I, King Pepi, am THOTH, the mightiest of the gods …
Pyramid Texts, § 1237.

I, said he, am POIMANDRES, the Mind of the Sovereignty.
Corpus Hermeticum (CH), Libellus I (Poimandres), Book 1.2

“Do You not know that You have become a God,
and son of the One, even as I have ?”
CH, Libellus XIII, 14.

Abstract
Introduction

1 The mental origin of the world and of man.
2 Corresponding harmonics.
3 Dynamics of alternation.
4 Bi-polarity and complementarity.
5 Cyclic repolarisation.
6 Cause and effect.
7 Gender.
8 The astrology of the Ogdoad.
9 The magic of the Ennead.
10 The alchemy of the Decad.

Epilogue : the Ancient Egyptian Mystery Tradition ?
Bibliography

“Content is Atum, father of the gods.
Content are Shu and Tefnut.
Content are Geb and Nut.
Content are Osiris and [Isis].
Content are Seth and Neith.
Content are all the gods who are in the sky.
Content are all the gods who are on Earth, who are in the flat-lands.
Content are all the southern and northern gods.
Content are all the western and eastern gods.
Content are all the gods of the nomes.
Content are all the gods of the towns.

With this great and might word, which issued from the mouth of THOTH for Osiris, the Treasurer of Life, Seal-bearer of the gods, Anubis, who claims hearts, claims Osiris King Pepi …

Hear O THOTH, in whom is the peace of the gods …
Pyramid Texts, §§ 1521 – 1524 & 1465

THOTH

god of scribes, science, magic, time, medicine, reckoning, cults, wisdom, the peace of the gods and companion of MAAT
drawing by Stéphane Rossini (1992)

THOTH

The meaning of Thoth’s name (“DHwtii” or “Djehuti”) is lost. He is represented by the hieroglyph of the Ibis on a standard (Ibis religiosa). In Babylon, he was called “Tichut”. Some proposed “he of Djehout” (an unknown city), but Hopfner (1914) believes “DHw” was the oldest name of the Ibis (“hbj”). Thoth would then mean “he who has the nature of the Ibis”. As early as the Pyramid Texts (ca. 2400 BCE), Pharaoh is said to be carried over the celestial river on the wings of Thoth, considered to be the mightiest of the gods.

From the early 3th century BCE, the epithet “Thoth great, great, great” (“DHwtii aA, aA, aA”) is found at Esna in Upper Egypt, whereas the expression “Thoth the great, the great, the great” (“DHwtii pA aA, pA aA, pA aA”) is part of Demotic texts outside Memphis, dating from the early 2nd century BCE (cf. the Greek “Hermes Trismegistos”). Other writings suggest a link between Hermetism and the cosmology of Hermopolis (and its Ogdoad).

Another, less common, pictogram for Thoth was the squatting baboon, who greeted the dawning Sun with cries of jubilation.

Abstract

The religion of Ancient Egypt has been reconstructed by the Greeks (in the Hermetica), by the Abrahamic tradition (in their Scriptures) and by the Western Mystery Tradition (Hermeticism). But these reconstructions are flawed. The Hermetic teachings incorporate an un-Egyptian view on the mysteries (stressing the mind at the expense of the body). The protagonists of the revealed religions (Judaism, Christianity & Islam), as well as the initiators of Hermeticism, were unable to read the hieroglyphs, and if they did, only allegorical, explaining the obscure with more obscurity. Only the last two hundred years has a reliable historical reconstruction become available, offering a basic historical framework.

Not the Qabalah (Jewish or Christian), but the Ancient Egyptian Mystery Tradition (or Kemetism) is the backbone of the Western Tradition. Instead of Hermeticism, a return to Hermetism is invisaged. To approach Kemetism today, ten Hermetic principles are isolated. Each is associated with a fundamental teaching found in Egyptian texts. This exercise is possible because the Hermetica are rooted in the native Egyptian religion, albeit Hellenized. The authors were Egyptians still able to read the “words of the gods”. In this way, the Western Tradition may finally stretch its roots in perennial soil, first in Alexandrian thought and from there in the native Egyptian tradition, its natural ally.

Introduction

historical Hermetism : religio mentis

The influence of Ancient Egypt on Greek philosophy as well as the history of the rise of Hermetism have been discussed elsewhere.  These studies showed the presence of three fundamental phases :

  1. native Hermopolitan theology : as early as the Old Kingdom (ca. 2670 – 2198 BCE), the perennial worship of the native Egyptian Thoth, “the mightiest of the gods”, was centered in Hermopolis (“Hermoupolis Magna”). Although the contents of this theology is only know from Ptolemaic sources, “Khnum Khemenu”, “the Eight town” (also called “Per-Djehuty”, the “house of Thoth”) existed in the Vth Dynasty (ca. 2487 – 2348 BCE) and was associated with the Ogdoad or company of eight precreational gods (frog heads) & goddesses (serpent-headed). A few of them were mentioned in the Pyramid Texts, but the complete list is first mentioned in the Middle Kingdom (ca. 1938 – 1759 BCE). These deities emerged from Nun (the primordial, undifferentiated ocean) and constituted the soul of Thoth. They may also be understood as further characterizations of this dark, unlimited pre-creational realm : Amun and Amaunet (hiddenness), Heh and Heket or Huh and Hauhet (eternity), Kek and Keket or Kuk and Kauket (darkness), Nun and Nunet or Nun and Naunet (primordial chaos). Hermopolitan theology will provide the framework for Ptolemaic Hermetism. Other textual traces of this worship are found in the Coffin Texts, the Book of the Dead and the Books of the Netherworld, whereas in the Late Period (ca. 664 – 30 BCE), its theology was written down on the walls of more than one Ptolemaic temple (ca. 332 – 30 BCE). Because Thoth was Lord of Time, he was associated with astrology, in particular when the astral science of Chaldea entered Egypt (at the end of the Third Intermediate Period, ca. 1075 – 664 BCE) ;
  2. historical Hermetism : or the identification of Thoth, “Thrice Greatest”, with Hermes Trismegistus, who, in his philosophical teachings, is Greek and human (although Egyptian elements persist), but who assumed, in the technical Hermetica, the cosmicity of the native Egyptian Thoth. The technical Hermetica are attested under the Ptolemies, and the existence, in the first century BCE, of an Alexandrian multi-cultural Hermetic Lodge is likely. The philosophical sources are the 17 treatises of the Corpus Hermeticum, the Latin Asclepius, the Armenian Hermetic Definitions and the Coptic Hermetica found at Nag Hammadi, in particular The Eighth and the Ninth Sphere (Codex VI.6), which all date from the first centuries CE. It is possible to see Hermetism as a “gnosticism” (for “gnosis”, i.e. direct spiritual insight, is all-important). But Hermetic gnosticism is particular to imperial Alexandrian culture, for the notion of an evil demiurge (as in Christian Gnosticism) is not present. Constituted by Egyptian, Greek and Jewish elements, Hermetism will influence Judaism (the Merkabah mystics of the Jewish gnostics of Alexandria), Christianity (Clement of Alexandria, the Greek Fathers, the “Orientale Lumen“) and the Islam (the Hermetic star worshippers of Harran and Sufism) ;
  3. literary Hermeticism : Renaissance Hermeticism produced a fictional Trismegistus as the Godhead of its esoteric concept of the world as an organic whole, with an intimate sympathy between its material (natural) and spiritual (supernatural) components. This view was consistent with the humanistic phase of modernism, which was followed by a mechanization of the world and the “enlightenment” of the 18th century. These new forces ousted all formative & final causes from their physical inquiries, and reduced the four Aristotelian categories of determination (material, efficient, formal and final cause) to material & efficient causes only. Astrology, magic and alchemy were deemed scientifically backward & religiously suspect. “Actio-in-distans” was deemed impossible, and Paganism was Satanical. In 1666, Colbert evicts astrology from the Academy of Sciences (the court-astrologer Morin de Villefranche, 1583 – 1656, was concealed behind a curtain in the royal apartment at the time when the future Grand Monarque was born). In the nineteenth century, under the influence of the morbid but exotical fancies of the Romantics, Hermeticism became part of Rosicrucianism, Freemasonry, Theosophy and generalized egyptomania (cf. Golden Dawn, Thelemism, Pyramidology, etc.). Today it returns as the ideological core of the expanding New Age religion.

Before the first, steady interactions between Greek & Egyptian culture emerged (ca. 670 BCE), the “Hermetic” particularities of Late New Kingdom henotheist theology were inscribed on the Shabaka Stone and elucidated in its Memphite theology. This XXVth Dynasty (ca. 716 – 702 BCE) stone copy of an important Ramesside papyrus scroll, contained thoughts which look remarkably like those developed in the contexts of the Platonic, Philonic and Christian “logos”. More than a century ago, Breasted wrote regarding the Memphite theology :

“The above conception of the world forms quite a sufficient basis for suggesting that the later notions of nous and logos, hitherto supposed to have been introduced into Egypt from abroad at a much later date, were present at this early period. Thus the Greek tradition of the origin of their philosophy in Egypt undoubtedly contains more of the truth than has in recent years been conceded. (…) The habit, later so prevalent among the Greeks, of interpreting philosophically the function and relations of the Egyptian gods (…) had already begun in Egypt before the earliest Greek philosophers were born …” – Breasted, 1901, p.54.

Indeed, the Greek words “nous” (“mind, thinking, perceiving”) and “noés” (“perceive, observe, recognize, understand”), could be derived from the Egyptian “nu” (“nw”), “to see, look, perceive, observe” :

“Nu”, “nw” with D6, the determinative for action with eyes.
Keep guard over, watch, look, tend, guide, care for, shepherd.
Incidentally, the adze was used in the “Opening of the Mouth”.
 

On the one hand, according to Stricker (1949), the Corpus Hermeticum is a codification of the Egyptian religion. Ptolemy I Soter (304 – 282 BCE) and his son Ptolemy II Philadelphus (282 – 246 BCE) promised to publish the secret literature of the three groups of citizens of Egypt : native Egyptians, Greeks and Jews. For him, Hermetism is the Greek version of a redaction of Egyptian literature. Its form is Greek, but its contents is Egyptian (the Septuagint being the equivalent Jewish redaction). On the other hand, father Festugière (1945) claims the CH contains extremely little Egyptian elements, except for the context, the ideas expressed being those of popular Greek thought, a mixture of Platonism, Aristotelism and Stoicism … Both positions are avoided. Most agree the CH contains no Christian elements (the opposite is true – cf. the influence of Philonic thought in particular and Alexandrian philosophy in general on the apostle Paul – Quispel, 1992).

Let us conjecture the emergence, under the first three Ptolemies, of a Greek elitist version of the Egyptian religion, a Graeco-Egyptian religion, and this among the upper native classes (of priest, scribes, administrators & high-skilled workmen). This Graeco-Egyptian religion would be based in Alexandria and Memphis, and (at first) entail a strong emphasis on the native component. It emerged in the priestly scribal class and had its focus on Thoth, who created the world by means of his Divine words, in accord with the verbal tradition founding Egypt. For the Greeks, Thoth was “Hermes, Trismegistos”, indicative of both his antiquity and greatness. Because of the important influence of the native intellectual milieu on the genesis of this Alexandro-Egyptian cultural form, “Graeco-Egyptian religion turns out to be based on a profound imbalance, in favour of the autochthonous, between its two constituent elements.” (Fowden, 1986, p.19). Zandee (1992, p.161) mentions a Hermetical text going back to the third century BCE and for Petrie (1908) at least some passages of the Corpus Hermeticum had to refer to the Persian period … This feature proves to be essential in a possible thematical reconstruction.

But, the Hellenization entailed by using the Greek language and participating in the syncretic Alexandrian intellectual climate (the Mouseion and Serapeion), should not be underestimated, and makes Stricker’s proposals too unlikely. These native Egyptians must have been proud of their Hermopolitan & Memphite theologies (both verbal & scribal), but eventually accepted to incorporate uncompromisingly un-Egyptian elements in their Hermetism (like the popular Greek denial of the physical body, evasive mysteries and an elusive, vague description of the afterlife). The importance of the Netherworld is no longer felt.

Many other Greek themes are to be found in the Corpus Hermeticum, showing Festugière was not completely wrong. In a study of Zandee published in 1992, the Egyptian influence was confirmed, although besides the negative view on the body, he also identified the depreciation of the world, the celestial voyage of the soul (or mystical initiation – cf. Mahé, 1992) and reincarnation as Hermetic teachings not to be found in Ancient Egypt. To this list could be added the Hermetic variant of the Greek mysteries and magical techniques aimed to compel the will of the gods (impossible in Ancient Egypt). Indeed, the difference between Egyptian initiation and Greek mysteries is pertinent (the attitude of the worshipper as well as the responsiveness of the deities differ).

We may argue that the technical Hermetica are rooted in perennial Egyptian traditions like magic (“heka”) and the “books of Thoth”. It is probable that, at least insofar as medicine & magic were concerned, this indeed was the case ? The philosophical Hermetica also share certain features with the Egyptian wisdom-discourses or instruction genre.

Hermetism is not a “Sammelbecken” (heterogeneous doctrines), nor a single synthesis, but an autonomous mode of discourse, a “way of Hermes” (Iamblichus), more theological than philosophical (like Plotinus, who -compared to Plato- was more religious than political) and foremost (in number) “technical” : astrology, magic & alchemy. This Graeco-Egyptian religion was influenced by three major players : the Greeks, the native Egyptians and the Jews. It could define its own path precisely because of its roots in the Ancient Egyptian Mystery Tradition, to which most of its members adhered. In its mature stage, Hermetism manifested the religion of the mind (“religio mentis“) of Mediterranean Antiquity. This Late Hellenistic Hermetism would survive and eventually fire the European Renaissance and humanism. But the “ad fontes” principle of the latter only returned to Late Hellenism. Antiquity would remain unavailable for several centuries. Not unlike Spinoza’s “amor intellectualis Dei“, philosophical Hermetism gave body to an intellectual love for the One, albeit in modo antiquo, and never without magic & alchemy. In the 17th century, this technical side was left behind by the European academia, whereas the philosophical Hermetica became part of Hermeticism and its various branches.

The “gnosis” of Hermetism (the secret it shared through initiation) was an ecstasy born out of cognitive activities, involving trance, contemplation, ritual, music and astrology. In Hermetism, astrology served as the bridge between the purely technical Hermetica -magic, medicine- and the theological & philosophical Hermetica. Astrology was concerned with the timing of events, both festive, initiatory or individual.

“It is certain that the Hermetics had no cult, with priests, sacrifices, processions and the like. But the texts suggest the existence of (small) Hermetic ‘communities’, conventicles, groups or lodges, in which individual experiences and insights were collectively celebrated with rituals, hymns and prayers.” – Quispel, 1992/1994, p.15.

The Corpus Hermeticum and the Graeco-Egyptian religion of which it was the chief extant codification, was a spiritual way in its own right. Alexandrian Hermetism was a mixture of Greek thought with genuine Egyptian religious traditions. Scholars have pointed to the reverence for the creative word, the magical power of divine statues, the wisdom literature, the bi-sexual nature of god, the one and the many, the Sun as creator, the cosmos as an ordered whole and also noted Jewish components and imagery. In this paper, other important Egyptian themes will be put forward.

► the core teachings of Hermetism

Hermetic ontology distinguished between three spheres of being : God, the world (of the Deities, minerals, plants & animals) and man. These were sympathetically interlinked (X.22-23), allowing us to glimpse His genius in these beauties (V.1-8), God is also conceived as the creator of All rather than Himself the All (i.e. pan-en-theism instead of pantheism), and immanentism is not exclusive. Hermetism tried to rise from “episteme” towards “gnosis”, i.e. from knowledge about God to knowledge of Him (“cognoscere Deum / cognitia Dei”). God is best known and worshipped in the absolute purity of silence (as the Pythagoreans had claimed, and the Ancient Egyptians had stressed for millennia – cf. Hymns to Amun). Like Late Ramesside Amun-theology, Hermetism was henotheist, but in a rational mode of cognition : the One God was deemed essentially hidden (cf. the Nun) but manifest in “millions of appearances” and Deities (cf. Atum-Re and the Ennead).

Hermes tells Tat (XIII), that “the tent” or “tabernacle” of the Earthly body was formed by the circle of the Zodiac (XIII.12 & Ascl.35) and dominated by fate, who’s decrees, according to the astrologers, were unbreakable. The seven planets represented the “perfect movements” of the Deities, the unalterable “will of the Gods” as expressed in predictable astral phenomena. Magicians tried to compel this will, while Hermetism did not try to resist fate, but irreversibly moved beyond it. The existence of the Deities was acknowledged (they belonged to the order of creation and were the object of sacrifices and processions and the celestial Powers ruling the astrological septet). Indeed, the Deities, Hermes and God were situated in the eighth, ninth and tenth sphere (Ogdoad, Ennead and Decad). The “eighth” involved purification, Self-knowledge and the direct “gnostic” experience of the “Nous” as “logos”, whereas in the “ninth” man was deified by assuming God’s attributes, as did the Godman Hermes, in particular His Universal Mind, the Divine Nous, Intellect or “soul of God” (XII.9). The “tenth” or Decad was God Himself for Himself.

In Ancient Egypt, man and the pantheon had never been directly in touch. Firstly, because the spirit of the deities remained for ever in the sky (the light of the stars), and secondly because gods only converse with gods. The only exception was Pharaoh, the mediator between mankind and the deities, for he himself was the son of the creator god Re and daily returned, by voice-offerings of truth & justice, the order of being back to its origin, hereby sustaining creation and sealing the unity of the “Two Lands”, namely Egypt as “image of the world”.

In Hermetism, man, the most glorious of God’s creations, was animated by a Divine spark and was therefore -in the depth of his being- truly Divine (I.2, I.30 & XIII.14). In man, the divide between God and the world was bridged, and so to awaken him to his own Inner Being, was the goal of Hermetic initiation & ritual. Every man and woman is a Deity.

“Hermes : Do You not know that You have become of God, and son of the One, even as I have ?”
CH, Libellus XIII, 14.

Ignorance crippled man (VII), and this is overcome by helping him to understand his true, Divine nature, bringing him to know God and discovering his own Divinity (X.9). The crucial choice is therefore a choice between the “material” world (ruled by the seven Powers of fate) and the “spiritual” Perfect Man, between the corporeal/visible and the incorporeal/invisible. The attainment of Self-knowledge (exposure to the true Self) is described in terms of “rebirth” (“palingenesia” – XIII), viewed as a bursting into a new plane of existence, namely the “Ogdoadic nature”, previously unsuspected and potential.

“I rejoice, my son, that You are like to bring forth fruit. Out of the Truth will spring up in You the immortal brood of virtue, for by the working of mind, You have come to know yourself and your Father.”
CH, Libellus XIII, 22a.

Palingenesia liberates the soul and is a reversal of physical birth (which imprisoned the soul in the body). This spiritual birth leads (thanks to the presence of a spiritual master and an initiatory father/son-relationship) to the soul’s perfection through the knowledge of God, a “baptism in intellect” (IV.3-4). In the process of purification and Self-knowledge, traditional rituals may have been used, but the higher mysteries (the Hermetic initiation proper) involved a “mental” or “spiritual” sacrifice (I.31), the offering of hymns of praise and thanksgiving. The ritual and the noetic were thus fully integrated.

Indeed, the “Nous”, the Divine intellect or “soul of God”, binds together the hierarchy of God, the world (of the Deities, minerals, plants & animals) and man. In particular, “Nous” is the way of the human soul to free itself from the snares of the flesh and be illuminated by the “light” of the “gnosis”, for indeed, God is experienced as light. A “good Nous” will be able to repel the assaults of the world. The spiritual master becomes a personification of this Divine intellect. The master becomes one with the Divine Nous (“I am Mind”) in the initiation of his disciple. In Hermetism, this “Nous” is personified by Hermes Trismegistus, the Universal Mind of the “highest Power” (situated on the Enneadic plane).

► the Hermetic Divine triad

In Ancient Egyptian theology, divine triads were used to express the divine family-unit, usually composed out of Pharaoh (the son) and a divine couple (father & mother), legitimizing his rule as divine king. Pharaoh Akhenaten had introduced a monotheistic triad (exclusive and against all other deities) : Aten, Akhenaten and Nefertiti. In Heliopolis, the original triad was Atum, Shu and Tefnut, in Memphis, Ptah, Sekhmet and Nefertem emerged, whereas Thebes worshipped Amun, Mut and Khonsu. The trinity naturally developed into three or one Ennead.

In Hermetic triad reads as :

  1. God, the Unbegotten One, the essence of being, the Father of All – the “Decad” ;
  2. Nous, the First Intellect, the Self-Begotten One, the Mind or Light of God – the “Ennead” ;
  3. Logos, the “son” from “Nous”, the Begotten One above the Seven Archons – the “Ogdoad”.

The One Entity or God (the “Tenth”) is known to Its creation as the One Mind or Hermes which contains the “noetic” root of every individual existing thing (cf. Plato, Spinoza). This Divine Mind (the attributes or names of the nameless God) allows all things to be sympathetic transformations (adaptations, modi) of God.

LOGOS
Hermetism The “logos” is a “holy word”, coming forth from the Light of the Divine Nous, the Ninth Sphere of Being, situated between the Decad of God Himself and the Ogdoad of the blessed souls, fixed stars and the Deities.

(1) Decad : God Himself ;
(2) Ennead : Divine Nous, Light, Godman Hermes Autogenes ;
(3) Ogdoad : Logos or “son of God” ;
(4) Hebdomad : the Seven Governors of the world.

Hermetism is initiatory because it wants to elevate the soul to the level of its true Divine nature. Palingenesia is an ascension while alive. Rebirth implies more than just a confrontation with the Gods (as in Ancient Egypt), but a true interaction between Perfect Man and -thanks to the Presence of Mind- God. This interaction leads to a total emergence of the Divine spark in man and hence to his Deification (finally being completely his own Divine Self and thus himself “a God”, a being permanently realizing the Enneadic nature (XIII.3,10 & 14). This highest state may be attained in the afterlife, although the Ogdoadic nature may be realized while alive on Earth.

“Man is a Divine being, not to be compared with the other Earthly beings, but with those who are called Gods, up in the heavens. Rather, if one must dare to speak the truth, man truly is established above even these Gods, or at least fully their equal. After all, none of the celestial Gods will leave the heavenly frontiers and descend to Earth ; yet man ascends even into heavens, and measured them, and knows their heights and depths, and everything else about them he learns with exactitude, and, supreme marvel, he even has no need to leave the Earth to establish himself upon high, so far does his power extend ! We must thus dare to say : Earthly man is a mortal God, the celestial God is an immortal Man. And so it is through these two, the world and man, that all things exist ; but they were all created by the One.”
CH, Libellus X, 24-25.

The Hermetic triad can be traced back to Egyptian sources thus :

  1. the one god alone, pre-existing before creation as the primordial ocean of Nun ;
  2. the self-creative creator (in the form of Atum-Re), emerging out of the Nun (hatching out of his egg) as the origin of everything and the “father of the gods ;
  3. the unique “son of god” or Pharaoh, who mediates between the realm of the deities (sky) and the realm of humans (Earth).

In this scheme, 10 ontological layers, strata or realms are posited : One supernatural Divine triad (“agennetos, autogennetos, gennetos”) and Seven natural “powers of fate” or “archons”. Hermetism is a gnosticism because it claims knowledge of God is possible. To know God one has to merge with Universal Mind, conveying a “special” light, causing a private and inner illumination or “gnosis”. The purified soul is absorbed into God and realizes its own Divinity. Hermetism is a “way of immortality” (X.7). But as an Alexandro-Egyptian gnosticism, Hermetism did not introduce “evil” in the archons : God our Father is Good and His creation (including His Deities) is beautiful, the crucial moral choice is up to the individual.

“For from thee, the unbegotten one, the begotten one came into being. The birth of the self-begotten one is through thee, giving birth to all begotten things that exists.” – Robinson, 1984, p.294.

The Hermetic Divine triad is modalistic and subordinates the hierarchy of being. God (10 : the Decad) is the first and ultimate level of existence, the One existing for Unity Alone (the Absolute in its Absoluteness). God (the incomprehensible, unrevealable  and unknowable Father) is unborn, the “Logos autogenes” and the “son of Nous” born. What this is can not be said (cf. apophasis : absolute silence, no tales). Hermes (9 : the Ennead) is Self-begotten (not created or generated by God) and is the “soul” of God, the mode of God’s holding together His creation by Universal Mind (Nous) and Word (logos). The Begotten One (8 : the Ogdoad), again a level lower, has no power of Self-generation, and is part of the process of time and space (this “son” is the “world” or “logos” given by Hermes as master, teacher and father). This level of the Perfect(ed) Human beings is higher than the Deities (or at least equal to them).

The Seven Archons, ruling fate and subordinated to supernatural command, are beautiful and good (demons may exists, but there is no evil God). That evil exists at all is due to man’s nature and his slavish prostrations before his physical passions & vices. Clouding his true nature, these evils cause ignorance and make man subject to the fatal blows of the blind planetary forces, measured by astrologers and manipulated by magicians. On their own, both astrologers and magi fail to reach the Hermetic goal of life : “gnosis” or an inner awakening in the light coming forth from God’s Mind, i.e. an entrance in the supernatural strata of being (the Ogdoad, which borders the natural world, and the Ennead).

“{O my Father}, yesterday You promised me that You would bring my mind into the eighth and afterwards You would bring me into the ninth. You said that this is the order of the tradition.” – Robinson, 1984, p.292.

Resisting fate binds one to fate. Only the Divine light of “gnosis” allows the soul to move beyond nature and abide in the supernatural. Here, fate has no hold, for the Gods never leave their heaven, and, as Paracelsus would claim centuries earlier : the wise command the stars !

► literary Hermeticism and the Western Tradition : a few highlights

The earliest links made between Egyptian wisdom and Christianity appear in the writings of Clement of Alexandria (150 – 215), Origen of Alexandria (185 – 254) and Augustine of Hippo (354 – 430).

“As early as Origen’s Contra Celsus (I, 28), we encounter the claim that it was in Egypt, and specifically as an adult laborer, that Jesus had learned all the magical arts with which he worked miracles and on which he based his divinity. The tradition also occurred in early rabbinic literature, but it was of course suppressed in official Christianity.” – Hornung, 2001, pp.76-77.

Indeed, Morton (1978) writes :

“The rabbinic report that in Egypt Jesus was tattooed with magic spells does not appear in polemic material, but is cited as a known fact in discussion of a legal question by a rabbi who was probably born about the time of the crucifixion. The antiquity of the source, type of citation, connection with the report that he was in Egypt, and agreement with Egyptian magical practices are considerable arguments in its favor.” – Morton, 1978, pp.150-151.

The link between Egyptian wisdom, under the guise of Hermetism, Christianity and Islam is also pertinent and often forgotten.

“The mystical powers of Hermes exerted themselves far beyond the Pagan world of Late Antiquity, transmuting medieval Christian and Islamic understanding of the relationship between rational knowledge and revelation.” – Green, 1992, p.85.

This explains why, when Arab translations overflowed Europe, Hermetic concepts came along.

“The Sabaeans in Harran, who were without a sacred scripture under Islam, in order to count as a ‘people of the Book’, elevated the Corpus Hermeticum into such a holy book in the ninth century, thereby contributing to the continued existence of Hermetic texts among the Arab writers.” – Hornung, 2001, pp.53.

The first elements of literary Hermeticism were probably introduced in Western Europe by the Knight Templars (an order initiated in 1118). This powerful organization would pass on “the light of the Orient” to Rosicrucianism and Freemasonry. Both drew on the translations of the Corpus Hermeticum, available as early as 1471, but also on alchemy, centuries older.

“The first Latin texts on alchemy were translated from Arabic in the 12th century, and included the Septem tractatus Hermetis Sapientia Triplicis and the Liber de Compositione Alchemiae of Morienus. A leitmotif that occurs with respect of the Arabic and Latin alchemical texts is the discovery in an underground chamber or crypt of a stela made of marble, ebony or emerald, with mysterious writing or symbols on it.” – Burnett, Ch (Ucko & Champion, 2003, p.94).

► the Order of the Temple

Jerusalem fell to the curved swords of Islam in 638 AD. In 1095, Pope Urban II decided to incite the sovereigns of the West to recapture the city. He wanted to bring together the Eastern (Orthodox) and Western (Roman) strains of Christianity, a scandalous divide caused by a fundamental dogmatic difference about the nature of the Holy Spirit (who, in the Eastern Church, does not proceed from the Son as in the Filioquist West). In 1099, the year Godefroy de Bouillon of Flanders conquered the city, the Pope died. It would be recaptured in 1244.

According to Templar tradition, the Order of the Knights Templar was founded by Huges de Payns, a 48 year old nobleman, and eight other Knights. They took their vows on the 12th of June 1118 at the Castle of Arginy in the County of Rhône. The nine Knights were devoted to Christ and pledged to ensure the safety of the pilgrims to Jerusalem and the protection of the Holy Sepulchre. The Grand Master was very successful and obtained gifts of land and property to start the order.

By 1129, the Templar Order was established in Europe. The battle standard of the Order, the Gonfalon Beauceant or Beauseant was a red eight-pointed cross, the “Croix patteé gueules”, on a background of white and black squares. Their motto was : Non nobis Domine, non nobis, sed Nomini Tua da gloriam. The seal of the Order was the design of two horsemen on the same horse, indicating the vow of poverty, the fraternity as well as the dual role of monk and warrior.

When Pope Honorius died in 1130, Bernard of St. Clairvaux supported the man who became Innocent II, to the great advantage of the Order, for eventually his Templars were subject to no authority save the Pope’s. Their Order became a state within states and enjoyed considerable freedom, endowed with incredible wealth. The purity of these ideals were compromised by the politics of the Near East. Although the inner order retained the ideal, the outer structures failed.

This inner order had access to “heretical” knowledge. Hermetical doctrines taught them the universe was conditioned by the laws of sound, color, number, weight and measure. Impregnated with the “Orientale Lumen“, studying the “sciences of the Moors”, Jewish Qabalah & Muslim Sufism and helped by Arab translations, they were able to read unknown Greek & Latin authors and drink from the grand reservoir of Mediterranean and Hellenistic spirituality. Eventually, new technologies were learned. These were introduced in the West, fertilized Christian culture, transformed the architecture of churches & cathedrals and enlightened the intelligentsia of their time. Hence, the Templar Order helped prepare the European Renaissance …

In 1312, during a Council held in Vienne, Pope Clement V, backed by the King of France (who had been refused by the Order) abolished the Order of the Knights Templar. After this, the Order lost central command, and various groups were created, like the Order of Montesa in Spain (1317), the Order of Christ in Portugal (1319) and the Elder Brothers of the Rose Cross in France (returning from Scotland). These “Frères Aînés de la Rose-Croix” (1317) drew up a new Templar Rule adopted by a college of 33 men, renewed and maintained by co-option.

Templars made links with troubadours, alchemists, qabalists and Muslims, in particular certain Muslim brotherhoods (the flowering of Sufism, the mysticism of Islam, was conterminous with the rise of the Knights Templar). It was one of the tasks of St. Bernard and his Templars, to bring Judaism, Christianity and Islam together, and in this intention they saw the work of the Paraclete. They also worked to allow the latter to manifest in this world again and strove for the “Return of the Christ in Solar Glory”. This was accepted by both Judaism (the coming of the Messiah), Christianity (the “Parousia”) and Islam (prophet Jesus, the “Word” of Allah, returning to judge the world). Templars are called to sacrifice the selfish aspect of their natures, so the spirit of Christ may manifest in them in victu.

► the Zohar

Before the entry of the Hermetica on the European scene, Jewish gnosticism made its move. In the Sepher Zohar (Book of Splendor), the “classic” of Jewish mysticism, a commentary on the Torah is presented. Written in Aramaic, it was purported to be the teachings of the 2nd century Palestinian Rabbi Shimon ben Yohai. During the time of Roman persecution, so its legend relates, Rabbi Shimon hid in a cave for 13 years, studying the Torah with his son. During this time, he is said to have been inspired by God to write the Zohar … Around the same time, the Corpus Hermeticum was codified.

In the 13th century, a Spanish Jew by the name of Moshe de Leon (according to Graetz “a base and despicable swindler”) claimed to have discovered the text, and it was subsequently published and distributed throughout the Jewish world. This strategy of finding so-called “lost texts” would become a standard approach (only in the previous century would it make real science, cf. the Qumran scrolls and the Nag Hammadi library). The influence of the Zohar was considerable, also on members of the Western Tradition. Eventually, its basic scheme, the “Tree of Life”, would be viewed as the backbone of Western spirituality …

“… the level of abstraction reached by cabalistic thought was foreign to the Egyptian mindset. Nevertheless, in later esoterica, we constantly find a link between Egyptosophy and cabala, and the connection between Moses and Egyptian wisdom to be found in many Christian writers is also relevant to our theme.” – Hornung, 2001, p.80.

Unfortunately for the literalists, historian Gershom Scholem made clear de Leon himself was the most likely author of the Zohar. He had forged its ancient origins. Among other things, but most importantly, Scholem noticed frequent errors in Aramaic grammar and its highly suspicious traces of Spanish words and sentence patterns ! There is no real mention of this book in any Jewish literature until the 13th century. Moreover, recent studies showed how early qabalah (cf. Sepher Bahir, Sepher Yetzirah) was influenced by the Greeks, in particular the mathematical mysticism of Pythagoras (the Sephiroth and the Greek Decad, numerology and Merkabah mysticism – Barry, 1999). It even contains elements of Egyptian thought, introducing precreation and describing it in identical negative terms as had the Egyptians (cf. Nun and “Ain Soph Aur“).

“… it is sufficient to note that Hebrew Qabalist doctrines reached their pinnacle of importance in Judaism in Europe during the Middle Ages. Consequently they also had a huge influence on Western magical tradition, which drew heavily on Jewish esoteric lore, and as a source for the inner gnosis of orthodox Christian thought.” – Barry, 1999, p.185.

In the best case scenario, Jewish mysticism cannot claim roots earlier than the Second Temple and in general the impact of Hellenism (Hermetism and Philonic thought) on Judaism has been largely underestimated by orthodox Jews. Rabbinical Judaism as a whole may well be the product of a Hellenistic interpretation of the available scriptural sources (by themselves posing considerable historical problems regarding authenticity).

“Of the large number of Hebrew sacred writings, the canon of books that were eventually selected for the Hebrew Bible, or ‘Old Testament’, as the Christians later called it, was only established after the fall of Jerusalem to the Romans in 70 CE, by surviving rabbis at Jamnia who were anxious to preserve their religion from the catastrophe of the failed Jewish revolt.”
Barry, 1999, p.175.

► the first translation of the Corpus Hermeticum

“The thirteenth century saw a renaissance of pyramids and sphinxes. (…) the first western representation of the pyramids appeared in San Marco in Venice, but they were believed to be the granaries of Joseph, and thus not part of an esoteric tradition.” – Hornung, 2001, p.83.

In Florence, a new Platonic Academy had been founded in 1459. It tried to resume the traditions of the Athenian Academy closed by emperor Justinian in 529. Around 1460 CE, Brother Leonardo of Pistoia brought a Greek manuscript from Macedonia to Florence. Cosimo de’ Medici was fascinated and asked his Plato expert Marsilio Ficino (1433 – 1499) to stop translating Plato in order to look into these texts. In 1463, even before finishing his Latin version of the works of Plato, he translated them, which took him only a few months. For Fincino, the CH contained a philosophy older than Plato’s.

This Latin version of the Corpus Hermeticum was extremely influential, especially its first treatise, the Poimandres, circulating in many copies before it was published in Treviso in 1471 together with the other books as Liber de potestate et sapientia Dei (On the Power and Wisdom of God). Fincino also translated the On the Mysteries of the Egyptians by Iamblichus, and the latter’s Opera omnia, published in Basel in 1561. The original Greek version of the CH was published in Paris in 1554.

Hermes Trismegistus
Giovanni di Stefano, 1488, Dom Siena

When the Renaissance finally flowered over Europe, Hermes Trismegistos was already the patron saint of occult knowledge, a mythical figure crowning literary Hermeticism.

“In 1612, G. Crosmann put the likenesses of the ten most famous naturalists, physicians, and alchemists in the bay window of the town pharmacy in the old Hanseatic city of Lemgo. Here, we find Dioscorides, Aristotle, Galen, and Hippocrates ; the sixth is the turbaned Hermes Trismegistos, and the tenth is Paraclesus – a beautiful example of how Hermes continued to be treated as a historical personage.” – Hornung, 2001, p.91.

► Freemasonry

In the records of the city of London, the term “freemason” appears as early as 1375. In those days, this referred to working masons permitted to freely travel the country at a time when the feudal system shackled most peasants closely to the land. They gathered in groups to work on large projects, moving from one finished castle or cathedral to the planning and building of the next. For mutual protection, education, and training, they bound themselves together into a local lodge – the building, put up at a construction site, where workmen could eat and rest. Eventually, a lodge came to signify a group of masons based in a particular locality. The premier Grand Lodge was formed in England in 1717, the official date of the organization of the various lodges and the start of Freemasonry proper.

Although the style of Masonic ritual suggest Egyptian, Greek, Roman, Templar, Rosicrucian and qabalistic origins, nothing less is true. A historical link cannot be established and given the fact that in those days no Mason was able to read Egyptian, no direct connection with Egyptian spirituality was available. Unmistakably, the Founding Fathers of Masonry incorporated Egyptian symbols in their various rituals and grades, as every one dollar bill makes clear. These archaisms prove the need of Freemasonry to root its teachings and practices in a nonexistent, fictional historical past in order to give itself, its rituals and precepts an air of antiquity. This is especially the case in the Romantic era, when exotic tastes became fashionable. With Freemasonry, egyptomania no longer served isolated individuals & groups, but fed the ruling classes, who were desperately trying to cope with the antagonisms and lack of humanity of emergent capitalism and the religious wars raging in Europe since the days of Luther (1483 – 1546). Freemasonry and its founding myth was deemed the alternative of the educated. The God of revelation was also the “Great Architect”, and in every lodge a Bible or a Koran was present. This to show the “God of the philosophers” was not a priori in conflict with the God of revelation. But the Roman Church was antagonistic, as could be expected.

As a system of personal growth within a closed community of kindred spirits, Freemasonry survived to this day, divided between those who accept God and those who do not, between those who see symbols as instruments of growth and those who use them as gates to occult regions of the universe, etc. However, its basic humanistic outlook is warranted by the existence of atheist Masons, recruiting among politicians, academics, journalists, lawyers, judges, well-to-do artists and the captains of industry. Masonry has become (or has always been ?) conservative and opaque. Its non-transparant and non-democratic (military) features may run against non-strategic, open communication, which is the foundation of social-economical justice and equality. Sociologically, Freemasonry is more of an interest group than a spiritual organization, although some lay claim to precisely the opposite. As none of the original Egyptian teachings were available to its Founding Fathers, Masonry, in order to accommodate the new times ahead, is bound to be reformed.

► the Rosicrucian Order

As a system of belief, Rosicrucianism came to the notice of the general public in the 17th century. In the two Rosicrucian Manifestoes, a mysterious personage called “Christian Rosenkreutz” is mentioned. But according to legend, the symbolism of the Rose and the Cross was first displayed in 11th century Spain. During a fierce battle against the Moors, an Aragonese Knight named Arista saw a cross of light in the sky with a rose on each of its arms. A monastery to commemorate his victory was erected and time later an Order of Chivalry with the emblem of these Roses and the Cross founding the monastery. The Rose and the Cross appeared in the banner of Raymond VI, Count of Toulouse when he tried to defend the Cathars against the armies of Pope Innocent III. It was in the form of a cross, described as “de gueules à la croix et pommettée d’or” (“gueule” means “red”, derived from the Arabic “gul”, which means “rose”). The emblem of the Cross with the red Rose in the middle square became the emblem of the Rosicrucian movement and its many orders, lodges and societies.

In the Fama Fraternitatis (or Laudable Fraternity of the Rosy Cross), Christian Rosenkreutz is said to have journeyed to Damascus, Damcar, Egypt and Fez. He met those in possession of “secret teachings”. He synthesized the best of these teachings and went to Spain. Finally, he returned to Germany and chose three men with whom he founded an order, meant to instruct its members in the knowledge he had obtained in the Middle East. So the typical founding myth goes. After the publication of the Manifestos, the Rosicrucians influenced the culture of Western Europe.

Rosicrucianism developed along two lines, on the one hand, the scientists, intellectuals and reformers in the social, political and philosophical fields (like Descartes and Boyle) and, on the other hand, those (like Fludd, Dee, Comenius and Ashmole) concerned with occultism and mysticism (cf. the distinction between philosophical and technical Hermetica). In France, Rosicrucianism had a revival climaxing in the early 19th and the first years of the 20th century. Especially Martinez de Pasqually (1727 – 1774), Louis-Claude de Saint Martin (1743 – 1803) and Papus (1865 – 1918) are noted.

► the Golden Dawn

In 1865, and Englishman named Robert Wentforth Little founded an esoteric society, the Rosicrucian Society in Anglia. Membership was limited to Master Masons. When Little died in 1878, three men took over, a retired medical doctor, William Woodman (1828 – 1891), a coroner, Wynn Westcott (1848 – 1925) and Samuel Liddell “MacGregor” Mathers (1854 – 1918), who, as a young man, spent much of his time in the British Museum, working through piles of dusty manuscripts. He translated three Medieval magical texts : The Greater Key of King Solomon, The Kaballah Unveiled and The Book of the Sacred Magic of Abramelin the Mage.

In 1887, so the story goes, Westcott received from Reverend Woodward, an elderly parson and author on Freemasonry, a set of cipher manuscripts. He asked the clairvoyant and inspired Mathers to assist him (one legend says both men forged the document, in another Westcott found it on a bookstall in Farringdon Street, and in yet another the document was inherited).

Both men found the code of the cipher was contained in a work of Trithemius, the influential Steganographia extolled by John Dee (1527 – 1608), the Elizabethan scholar and astrologer of Queen Elisabeth I. It concerned “angel-magic” and Dee had secured a copy of it in Antwerp. They uncovered skeletons of rituals and Mathers expanded them. Together they started the Golden Dawn (GD), a secret Victorian society aiming to harbor true Rosicrucianism and allow its members to accomplish the Great Work. A complete system of ritual magic based on the history of Western occultism was practiced. In contrast with the Masonic policy of the Rosicrucian Society, the order admitted women members as equals. Its members were recruited from every circle of life.

In these rituals, Egyptian, Jewish, Greek & Christian elements were combined. However, the combination of these various traditions led to depletion. A spiritual tradition is as strong as it is pure, i.e. devoid of notions, ideas, concepts, symbols, beliefs, rituals etc. foreign to it. Although syncretism may be intellectually satisfying, it hinders spiritual emancipation. This is certainly true if the elements combined are very different, as is the case here. Because Mathers was unable to read Egyptian texts, he could not make the crucial distinction between the Egyptian approach and the Hellenistic view (incorporated in Judaism, Christianity, Islam, Hermetism and Hermeticism). Neither could he isolate the native Egyptian elements present in historical Hermetism. By nevertheless incorporating Egyptian deities (in particular the Osiris-cycle), the GD walked the path of egyptomania.

► Aleister Crowley

Aleister Crowley (1875 – 1947) entered the GD in 1898, introduced to the order by George Cecil Jones (1873 – 1953). The influence of this “Hermetic Order” shaped his life. He continued to ferment the teachings of the GD until he died. In fact, he considered himself and his Thelemic Order of the Silver Star to be its lawful heir.

The problems between Crowley and the Adepts of the order started in December 1899 (the first time he met Mathers), i.e. by the time he had taken his Portal grade, the preliminary to the crucial Adept Minor degree. When, in September 1900, he applied to be advanced to the level of Adepthood, the College of Adepts refused.

They disliked Crowley, his attitudes and way of life. Some of them probably did not believe an adept should drink, have fun, fornicate and raising hell with enthusiasm. His scandalous reputation won the disapproval of his seniors, who were in their right to refuse him. So, in the same month, Crowley went to Paris, and was initiated in the Ahathoor Temple by Mathers himself ! Between Paris and London a deep schism had been in the making and now tensions truly exploded.

When the London adepts heard Mathers had initiated him, the breach was complete. When applying for the lectures he was now entitled, he was again refused and physically thrown out. To Florence Farr, Yeats and many others, Crowley was an outcast, an opportunist who had endangered the link with Mathers. He promptly notified Mathers and the latter arranged a meeting with the “rebels” in London. Crowley acted as Mathers’ plenipotentiary, and to protect himself, dressed up in the garb of Highland chieftain, concealing his face with a heavy black mask. Clearly Mathers had been a poor judge of characters, raising lunatic power freaks to Adepthood …

The GD did not recover from the insanity and within a few years became a dispersed organization, with several Temples conducted by different groupings of men, each appointing their own Chiefs. Waite kept the Isis-Urania Temple, but in 1914 he closed it down.

Next, Crowley invented his own egyptomanic movement. In Cairo in 1904, the “minister” of Re dictated a new revelation to him, the “Book of the Law” ! Crowley became the “prophet” of the New Age of Horus ! The two major Egyptian deities he incorporated were the sky-goddess Nut and Horus of Edfu (“Hadit”). Had he known the cults of Ancient Egypt well enough, he would have realized they had no revelation or dogma, and certainly no “holy” books (for hieroglyphic writing itself was sacred). Was Crowley’s “law” a concoction of his own power driven subconscious mind ? In 1909, he called in the “demon of demons” and turned Satanic. The psychosis had become irreversible …

Do these highlights show the scope of the phantasies, fictions and lies incorporated into the Western Tradition since the start of the Renaissance ? Indeed, to identify the backbone of this Tradition with the Qabalah was the outstanding mistake prompted by the fraud of Moses de Leon. This has perturbated thousands of excellent minds, causing them to constantly replay their own illusions, and loose, unlike Rabbi Akiba, after entering the “garden of delights”, their sight, reason or faith in God.

“The impeding turn of the millennium nourishes hopes of a new spiritual light for humankind in the aspirations of many. Egypt will surely play a role in such developments in both its forms : pharaonic Egypt and the esoteric-Hermetic Egypt. There has been increasing talk of the relevance of the Hermetic Weltanschauung as a point of view that can contribute to making sense of our modern world by seeking a direct connection with the original wisdom of the oldest cultures and with the core idea of all esoteric thought, according to which the ancient wisdom continues to be valid even in a world that has been transformed.” – Hornung, 2001, pp.200-201.

► Kemetism

Can we today turn the page ? Can a spiritual movement emerge which focuses on a thematical reconstruction of Ancient Egyptian spirituality, and this based on the evidence of contemporary science regarding Ancient Egyptian religious practice in general and its basic ritual matrix in particular ? Several individuals work along those lines, coupling study with ritual practice (Hope, 1986, Schueler, 1989, Clark, 2003, Draco, 2003).

In such a “Kemetic” reconstruction, no Jewish, Greek, Hermetic, Christian or Hermeticist elements should persist. Is this really possible, and if so, is such spirituality indeed the true backbone of our Western Tradition ? The advantage being the isolation of a tradition untouched by what today may be called “foreign elements”.

Such an exercise is not easy (not to speak of the contextual limitations of any author). For Hermetism did retain parts of the Egyptian Mystery Tradition, and in a lesser degree, the same goes for Hermeticism, and yes, even for the revealed religions, Christianity first. The thematical reconstruction sought is approached in two steps :

  1. the influence of Egyptian spirituality on Alexandrian Hermetism ;
  2. the form of the basic matrix of native Egyptian religion.

In this paper, the first step is dealt with. The second will only be touched in the Epilogue. In the following ten paragraphs, we study ten basic notions of Hermetism (in other forms present in the mix of Hermeticism and in the “mystical” traditions of the religions). We try to find their Ancient Egyptian equivalent “in embryo” :

  • mentalism : the gods, the world and humanity are the outcome of Divine thought ;
  • correspondence : the same characteristics apply to each unity or plane of the world ;
  • change : nothing remains the same, everything vibrates, nothing is at rest ;
  • polarity : everything has two poles, there are two sides to everything ;
  • rhythm : all things have their tides, rise and fall, advance and retreat, act and react ;
  • cause & effect : everything happens according to law, there is no coincidence ;
  • gender : male and female are in every body and mind, but not in the soul ;
  • timing : everything happens when the time is ripe, things start at the right time ;
  • intent : nature works according to a purposeful plan, pure will masters the stars ;
  • transformation : everything can be transformed into something else, opposites meet.

In earlier studies, the special cognitive features of Ancient Egyptian thought, language & literature have been explained. Grosso modo, these imply the difference between rational thought, initiated by the Greeks, and ante-rationality. The latter is the mode of thought of pre-Greek Antiquity and of societies untouched by the linearizing streak of the Hellenes. Before the advent of rationality, three modes of thought prevailed, as Piaget, genetical epistemology and neurophilosophy made clear. These are mythical, pre-rational and proto-rational thought, in which the Ancient Egyptians excelled. Clearly Hermetism was codified using Greek conceptual rationality (giving birth to the influential systems of Plato and Aristotle). Hence, if we try to correlate these concepts with their native Egyptian equivalent, this cognitive difference has to be taken into account, and the multiplicity of approaches characterizing Egyptian thought has to be made an integral part of the equation. So because of this crucial difference, in all my translations of Egyptian texts and commentary, terms related to the Divine are not capitalized (i.e. god, gods, goddess, goddesses, divine, and pantheon), while in Hermetism and all rational discourses they are. This in accord with the contextualizing feature of anterationality, while rationality always puts context between brackets, and by doing so articulates an abstract, theoretical concept of the Divine.

Thoth as the scribe of truth
Papyrus of Taukherit – XXIth Dynasty – ca. 1075 – 945 BCE.

1 The mental origin of the world and of man : Ptah.

Shabaka Stone : LINE 48 : “the gods who manifest in Ptah”
beginning of the Memphis theology – ca. 710 BCE.

Pyramid Texts, § 1100.

“Indeed, the lips of Pharaoh Merenre are as the Two Enneads. This Pharaoh is the Great Speech.”
Pyramid Texts, § 1100.

“The tongue of this Pharaoh Pepi is the pilot in charge of the Bark of Righteousness& Truth.”
Pyramid Texts, § 1306.

Line 53 “There comes into being in the mind ; there comes into being by the tongue. (It is) as the image of Atum !

Ptah is the very great, who gives life to all the gods and their kas. It all in this mind and by this tongue.

Horus (as mind) came into being in him (Ptah) ; Thoth (as tongue) came into being in him as Ptah.

Life power came into being in the mind and by the tongue and in all limbs, in accordance with the teaching that it (the mind) is in all bodies and it (the tongue) is in every mouth of all gods, all men, all flocks, all creeping things and whatever lives ; thinking whatever the mind (of Ptah as Horus) wishes and commanding whatever the tongue (of Ptah as Thoth) wishes !”

Memphis Theology, lines 53 – 54

“God is not devoid of sense and thought, as in time to come some men will think he is ; those who speak thus of God blaspheme through excess of reverence.”
CH, Libellus IX, 9.

“Mind, my son Tat, is of the very substance of God, if indeed there is a substance of God ; and of what nature that substance is, God alone precisely knows. Mind then is not severed from the substantiality of God, but is, so to speak, spread everywhere from that source, as the light of the Sun is spread far and wide.”
CH, Libellus XII, 1.

“… Mind, the Father of all, he who is Life and Light, gave birth to Man, a Being like to Himself. In men, this mind is {the cause of Divinity}. Hence, some men are Divine, and the humanity of such men is near to Deity …”
CH, Libellus I, 12.

“God is not Mind then, but the cause to which Mind owes its being.”
CH, Libellus II, 13.

“But if You have the power to see with the eyes of the Mind, then, my son, He will manifest himself to You. For the Lord manifests Himself ungrudgingly through all of the universe, and You can behold God’s image with your eyes, and lay hold on it with your hands.”
CH, Libellus V, 2.

“… it is as thoughts which God thinks, that all things are contained in Him.”
CH, Libellus XI, 20.

Sources : Pyramid Texts, ca. 2348 to 2205 BCE, Shabaka Stone, ca. 710 BCE, Corpus Hermeticum, ca. 100 BCE – 270 CE.

► The universe is a mental creation of The All.

In Heliopolis, the supreme creator-god is conceived as a differentiating totality (“tm” or Atum) emerging out of an infinite sea of possibilities (“Nun“), in Alexandria, it is a Unity producing a Decad.

By thought & speech, Ptah conceives the world “in the image” of Atum. The Egyptian distinction between the precreational totality (Nun > Atum) and the “heart and tongue” (Ptah) of the divine, returns in Hermetism as the unknowable Decad of God and the Enneadic Light of the Divine Nous. In Hermetism, this Divine Nous is autogenous, while in Egyptian thought, Atum is.

MENTALISM
Egyptian
thought
(1) Nun : everlasting, undifferentiated ocean of inertia ;
(2) Atum : autogenous origin of the totality of order ;
(3) Pantheon : active forces fashioning creation ;
(4) Horus-Pharaoh : the divine on Earth.
Hermetism (1) Decad : God Himself ;
(2) Ennead : autogenous, creative Divine Nous ;
(3) Ogdoad : Divine Logos fashioning creation ;
(4) Hebdomad : forces ruling the world.

Both Memphis and Alexandria underline the importance of the spoken and written word. Already in the Old Kingdom, Pharaoh was the Great Speech and his magic powerful, and dreaded, even by the deities. But in Late Ramesside Memphite theology, Ptah was the true primordial “god of gods”, superceding Atum, in who’s “image” (of totality) the universe was created (as demiurge), and establishing the supremacy of the divine word and speech. Memphite theology is explicit : every thing was made by Ptah’s mind and spoken words.

Likewise, in Hermetism, the Divine Logos is the “son of God” coming forth from the Light of the Divine Nous, the teacher who, not unlike the one evoked in the Maxims of Good Discourse, gives his pupil access to the Divine Nous, a direct experience (gnosis) of the Godman Hermes. The idealist notion of the universe as a mental creation of The All, making all mind, being typical for Hermetism. The fact this teacher is “Ogdoadic” and not “Hebdomadic” (as was Pharaoh), may refer to the Greek escape from fate and the physical world (whereas the Egyptians saw the divine at work in all planes of creation).

The magical power of words is acknowledged by both traditions. Magic involves the power of efficiency (effectiveness) and the ability to counter every possible inertia and opposition, executing intent to its full capacity.

Especially Pharaoh is the “Great Magician”, who is able, like the gods, to create by means of speech. He alone was the “son of Re”, divine and able to encounter the deities face to face. His voice-offerings to Maat ensured the continuity of creation. By speaking the right words, the whole of creation could be rejuvenated. Likewise (but on another ontological level), the “son of God”, the Ogdoadic teacher, brings the pupil directly in contact with the Enneadic Light of Nous.

Also soteriologically, speech was all-important. In Egyptian funerary literature, judgment depended upon the lightness of the heart (“ib”), and those who had abused their tongues made their hearts heavier than the feather of truth. They would see their names (“rn”) annihilated, their essence obliterated.

The parallels drawn do not allow for an identification of both traditions, as major category-shifts occur. Indeed, together with the rejection of the physical bodyn (cf. infra), mentalism is an outstanding feature of the Hermetica. Nevertheless, in the overall semantic pattern major points overlap. The mentalism of Hermetism was not implanted on the native Egyptian intellectuals part of the Hermetic lodge “from above”, but could make use of the available, longstanding verbal tradition of Egypt, linearize and “perfect” it in Greek style …

2 Corresponding harmonics : Maat.

Pharaoh Seti I offering Maat
after Abydos temple – XIXth Dynasty – ca. 1290 – 1279 BCE.

“May You shine as Re, repress wrongdoing, cause Maat to stand behind Re, shine every day for him who is in the horizon of the sky.”
Pyramid Texts, § 1582.

“Collect what belongs to truth, for truth is what the King says.”
Pyramid Texts, § 2290.

“Thus said Atum : Tefnut is my living daughter, and she is with her brother Shu. ‘Living One’ is his name, ‘Truth’ is her name. I live with my two children, I live with my two twins, being in their midst, one near my back and the other near my belly. ‘Life’ lies down with ‘Truth’, my daughter, one within me and the other behind me. I stand up between them, their arms being about me.”
Coffin Texts, spell 80, 32.

“… your food is Maat, your drink is Maat, your bread is Maat, your bear is Maat. The oil of your head is Maat, the clothing of your body is Maat, You inhale incense in the form of Maat, the breathe of your nostrils is Maat.”
Ritual of the Daily Cult, Moret, 1902, p.141.

“O Re, generator of Maat, it is to him that we offer her. Place Maat in my mind, so that I may make her rise to your Ka, for I know You live by her and that it is You who has created her body.”
Tomb of Neferhotep, Davies, plate 37.

“… all things are one, and the One is all things, seeing that all things were in the Creator before he created them all. And rightly has it been said of Him that He is all things, for all things are parts of Him.”
Asclepius I, 2a.

“Thus mortal things are joined to things immortal, and things perceptible by sense are linked to things beyond the reach of sense ; but the supreme control is subject to the will of the Master who is high above all. And this being so, all things are linked together, and connected one with another in a chain extending from the lowest to the highest ; so that we see that they are not many, or rather, that all are one.”
Asclepius III, 19c.

“Do You not know, Asclepius, that Egypt is an image of heaven, or, to speak more exactly, in Egypt all the operations of the powers which rule and work in heaven have been transferred to Earth below ?”
Asclepius III, 24b.

“There are these three then : God, Cosmos and Man. The Cosmos is contained in God, and man is contained in the Cosmos. The Cosmos is the son of God, man is son of the Cosmos, and grandson, so to speak, of God.”
CH, Libellus X, 14b.

“There is communion between soul and soul. The souls of the Gods are in communion with those of men, and the souls of men with those of the creatures without reason. The higher have the lower in their charge ; Gods take care of men, and men take care of creatures without reason. And God takes care of all ; for He is higher than all. The Cosmos then is subject to God ; man is subject to the Cosmos ; the creatures without reason are subject to man ; and God is above all, and watches over all. The Divine forces are, so to speak, radiations emitted by God ; the forces that work birth and growth are radiations emitted by the Cosmos ; the arts and crafts are radiations emitted by man.”
CH, Libellus X, 22b.

“That which is Below corresponds to that which is Above, and that which is Above corresponds to that which is Below, to accomplish the miracles of the One Entity.”
Tabula Smaragdina, 2.

Sources : Pyramid Texts, ca. 2348 to 2205 BCE, Coffin Texts, ca. 1938 – 1759 BCE, Ritual of the Daily Cult, the temple Seti I at Abydos (ca. 1290 – 1279 BCE) & Berlin Papyrus of the cult Amun and Mut at Karnak, East Thebes, first part of the XXIIth Dynasty (ca. 945 – 800 BCE), Tomb of the Official Neferhotep (Theban N°50), ca. 1319 – 1307 BCE, Asclepius, ca. 270 CE, Corpus Hermeticum, ca. 100 BCE – 270 CE, Tabula Smaragdina, ca. 100 CE, Papyrus of Ani, ca. 1250 BCE.

The universe is not a collection of disjecta membra, but an organic whole held together by the law of life (Shu) and truth (Tefnut/Maat), serving the order of light (Atum). This cosmicity of creation is represented by Maat, the “daughter of Re”, a deity simultaneous with the universe, and a personification of the law of dynamic equilibrium between all units of creation. The purpose of creation being the dynamics of moving equilibriums within the margins of a recurrent cycle, perpetuated for ever (cf. eternity-within-everlastingness, the “neheh” time of Atum in the “djed” time of Nun).

In Heliopolitan thought, the Ennead “in the sky” cares for the “10th” or Horus “on Earth”, the latter being the overseeing quality of the “great house” or Pharaoh, the divine “nesu” or king, the unity of the Two Lands. By offering Maat to his father Re, the king guarantees the blessings of the gods and the survival of the created order, always on the verge of collapsing back into the chaos of Nun. In himself, the divine kings assembles the whole of nature, and keeps the balance within the margins of truth & justice.

“Said he (Anubis) that is in the tomb :
‘Pay attention to the decision of truth
and the plummet of the balance, according to its stance !'”
Papyrus of Ani, Plate 3 – early XIXth Dynasty – ca. 1250 BCE – British Museum

In Hermetism, the harmony, agreement or correspondence between all planes of manifestation are acknowledged. As everything in the universe emanates from the same source, the same laws apply to each unity or combination of units. In this approach, planes, or groups of degrees of manifestation are distinguished, and these can be traced back to Ancient Egyptian conceptions.

CORRESPONDENCE
Egyptian
thought
(1) the precreational plane : Nun ;
(2) the spiritual plane : Atum ;
(3) the mental plane : the Pantheon ;
(4) the physical plane : Pharaoh.
Hermetism (1) the precreational plane : the Decad ;
(2) the noetic plane : the Ennead ;
(3) the logoic plane : the Ogdoad ;
(4) the physical plane : the Hebdomad.

In Heliopolitan thought, all things emerge with Atum out of Nun, and so creation is divine. In the Platonic conception, before God created, ordered (geometrized) the world, the elements preexisted in a state of chaos and formlessness. The world of ideas are the eternal forms of the Good. In Egyptian thought, the Ennead of Atum (the series of 8 deities headed by the autogenitor), are “divine generations” who shape the conditions (space & moist), the structure (sky and Earth) and the drama of the universe (the Osiris-cycle). In physical reality, Horus-Pharaoh unites every part of creation, for he is both “of the sky” and alive “on Earth”, both a god and a human being. This dual nature allows him to mediate between higher and lower and to inspire the deities to take care of Egypt, for he alone is able to “offer Maat” and satisfy Atum-Re, the supreme creator-god.

3 Dynamics of alternation : Re.

Pectoral of Tutankhamun’s Throne Name
“Lord of the Transformations of Re”
XVIIIth Dynasty – ca. 1333 – 1323 BCE.

“I am Khepera in the morning, Re at the time of his stand still (culmination), and Atum in the evening.”
The Legend of Re and Isis.

“Pharaoh Wenis’ lifetime is eternal repetition. His limit is eternal duration.”
Pyramid Texts, § 412, Cannibal Hymn.

“When You ascend from the horizon, my scepter will be in my hand as one who rows your bark, O Re.”
Pyramid Texts, § 368.

“When he is sluggish, noses clog,
everyone is poor.
As the sacred loaves are pared,
a million perish among men.
When he plunders, the whole land rages,
great and small roar.
People change according to his coming,
when Khnum has fashioned him.
When he floods, Earth rejoices,
every belly jubilates,
every jawbone takes on laughter,
every tooth is bared.”
Hymn to Hapy, XII,1.

“The movement of the Cosmos itself consists of a twofold working ; life is infused into the Cosmos from without by eternity ; and the Cosmos infuses life into all things that are within it, distributing all things according to fixed and determined relations of number and time, by the operation of the Sun and the movements of the stars. (…) The process of time is regulated by a fixed order ; and time in its ordered course renews all things in the Cosmos by alternation. All things being subject to this process, there is nothing that stands fast, nothing fixed, nothing free from change, among the things which come into being, neither among those in heaven nor among those on Earth. God alone stands unmoved …”
Asclepius III, 30.

“The Cosmos also is ever-existent, but it exists in process of becoming. It is ever becoming, in that the qualities and magnitudes of things are ever coming into being. It is therefore in motion, for all becoming is material movement. That which is incorporeal and motionless works the material movement …”
CH, Libellus X, 10b.

“Everything that exists (materially), is subject to change …”
Stobaeus, Excerpt XI, aphorism 9.

Sources : Pyramid Texts, ca. 2348 to 2205 BCE, Legend of Re and Isis, ca. 1200 BCE (XIXth Dynasty), Hymn to Hapy, ca. 1938 – 1759 BCE (XIIth Dynasty or Middle Kingdom), Asclepius, ca. 270 CE, Corpus Hermeticum, ca. 100 BCE – 270 CE, Strobaei Hermetica, ca. 500 CE.

In both traditions, the Sun was all-important. The Egyptians identified the disk of the Sun (the Aten) with the visible aspect of the creator-god Atum-Re. The Hermetics saw the Sun as the creator of all good things and the ruler of all ordered movement (cf. the cycles of the planets). These and other diurnal and annual cycles, underline the constant change and the restless condition of creation. The movement of the Sun is an example of change itself, for Re is constantly (re)transformed. He is a beautiful youth at dawn and an old man at dusk. He is rejuvenated during the 6th Hour of the Night (cf. the Amduat). The view of Egypt as a symbol of endurance is true, but only if by it is meant, adaptation to continuous, eternal cyclic process. In spiritual terms, this implies a return to the first time (“zep tepi”) when Atum creates all things for ever and ever (namely an entry into his eternity-in-everlastingness).

Light is a powerful metaphor. The vibration of the radiation emitted by the Sun is not constant, neither is the light of the scintillating stars. Dawn and dusk unveil the splendors of vibrating colors. Various levels of vibration are observed and by way of this image, upper and lower, the sky and the Earth, macrocosmos and microcosmos may be seen as a differentiated organic whole, with various strata of vibrations interacting with each other and forming layers of co-relative rates. The planes of reality are planes of vibration, so many differentiations between spirit (sky) and Earth. Only Pharaoh lives his life on all planes : he is a physical incarnation of Horus and the “son of Re” and so divine. In the Hermetica, only Hermes, the Divine Nous has proximity to the Decad, the essence of God, unity.

The power of the Sun and the other stars is the origin of the life of the universe. This is the movement of the Cosmos “from within”. Nun and Atum are the movement “from without”, the possibility of rejuvenation of all things, Re included (cf. the Amduat).

The Nile with its annual inundation was another crucial (Sothic) process. Every year Egypt herself was transformed. Large stretches of water would cover the land and it would seem as if the primordial waters had come back. In most major temples, the Nile would enter the hypostyle hall with its high pillars (with founding myths inscribed on its high walls) and so recreate the mythic scene of the first time. The sanctuary with its “sanctum sanctorum“, built on a height, would remain dry and symbolize the effect of the presence of the soul of the deity, making the risen land (“ta-tenen”) escape the waters. Too much water would devastate the area and cause famine (too little had the same effect). The margins of the balance (of Maat) had to be respected, or the whole of Egypt was in serious trouble. When these waters withdrew, fertile black silt was left behind (cf. “kmt”, or “black” land). Every year in mid July this Sothic cycle started again with the Heliacal rising of the star Sirius, linking stellar and Solar phenomena with this life-bearing agricultural, and festive event, the “good Nile” given by the gods to Pharaoh because of the latter’s offerings, in particular Maat, i.e. truth & justice, to his father Re, and by doing so linking up all phenomena of nature.

CHANGE
Egyptian
thought
Stability is continuous change, the endless repetition of the cycle of Atum-Re, his continuous, ongoing creation on the first occurrence (“zep tepi”), the beginning of time hidden in the  everlastingness of the vast & inert waters of Nun. Also : the endless diurnal and nocturnal cycle of Re.
Hermetism All things being subject to change, there is nothing that stands fast, nothing fixed, nothing free from change, among the things which come into being, neither among those in heaven nor among those on Earth. God alone stands unmoved.

Those who see Ancient Egypt as an outstanding example of stability, endurance and everlastingness have to realize the “Djed Pillar Festival” was a cultic celebration of the symbol and power of stability repeated every year. Indeed, it was held annually in Egypt and was a time of spiritual rejuvenation for everybody. The priests raised the “djed pillar” on the first day of “shemu” (the season of harvest on the Nile). The people then paid homage to the symbol and conducted mock battles between good and evil. Oxen were driven around the walls of the capital, honoring the founding of the original capital, Memphis, the “white walls”. With the harvest, the physical proof of Egypt’s endurance had been given …

4 Bi-polarity & complementarity : Horus versus Seth.

Horus and Seth pectoral
Dashur – XIIth Dynasty – ca. 1938 – 1759 BCE.

“To say : Hail to You, Ladder of the god ! Hail to You, Ladder of Seth ! Stand up, Ladder of the god ! Stand up, Ladder of Seth ! Stand up, Ladder of Horus, which was made for Osiris (so) that he might ascend on it to the sky and escort Re !”
Pyramid Texts, § 971.

“I, Pharaoh Wenis, ascend on this ladder which my father Re made for me. Horus and Seth take hold of my hands and take me to the Netherworld.”
Pyramid Texts, § 390.

“O Pharaoh Teti, Horus has come that he may seek You, he has caused Thoth to turn back the followers of Seth for You, and he has brought them to You altogether. He has driven back the heart of Seth for You, for You are greater than he. You have gone forth in front of him, your nature is superior to his …”
Pyramid Texts, §§ 575 – 576.

“O Osiris King Teti, mount up to Horus, betake yourself to him, do not be far from him. Horus has come that he may recognize You. He has smitten Seth for You bound, and You are his fate. Horus has driven him off for You, for You are greater than he …”
Pyramid Texts, §§ 586 – 587.

“Isis has reassembled You (Osiris the King), the heart of Horus is glad about You in this your name of ‘Foremost of the Westerners’, and it is Horus who will make good what Seth has done to You.”
Pyramid Texts, § 592.

“To say : Awake for Horus ! Arise against Seth !”
Pyramid Texts, § 793.

“Geb commanded that the Ennead gather to him. He judged between Horus and Seth ; he ended their quarrel. He installed Seth as King of Upper Egypt in the land of Upper Egypt, at the place where he was born, in Su (near Herakleopolis). And Geb made Horus King of Lower Egypt in the land of Lower Egypt, at the place where his father was drowned, which is the “Division-of-the-Two-Lands” (near Memphis). Thus Horus stood over one region, and Seth stood over one region. They made peace over the Two Lands at Ayan (opposite Cairo). That was the division of the Two Lands.
Shabaka Stone, lines 7 – 9.

“Then Horus stood over the land. He is the uniter of this land, proclaimed in the great name : Tenen, South-of-his-Wall, Lord of Eternity. Then sprouted the two Great in Magic upon his head. He is Horus who arose as King of Upper and Lower Egypt, who united the Two Lands in the Nome of the (White) Wall, the place in which the Two Lands were united. Reed (heraldic plant for Upper Egypt) and papyrus (heraldic plant for Lower Egypt) were placed on the double door of the House of Ptah. That means : Horus and Seth, pacified and united. They fraternized so as to cease quarreling wherever they may be, being united in the House of Ptah, the ‘Balance of the Two Lands’ in which Upper and Lower Egypt had been weighed.”
Shabaka Stone, lines 13c – 16c.

“… and the Sun is the begetter of all good, the ruler of all ordered movement, and governor of the seven worlds. Look at the Moon, who outstrips all the other planets in her course, the instrument by which birth and growth are wrought, the worker of change in matter here below. (…) Note how the Moon, as she goes her round, divides the immortals from the mortals.”
CH, Libellus XI, 7.

“All bodies then of which the coming-into-being is followed by destruction must necessarily be accompanied by two movements, namely, the movement worked by the soul, by which bodies are moved in space, and the movement worked by nature, by which bodies are made to grow and to waste away, and are resolved into their elements when they have been destroyed. Thus I define the movement of perishable bodies.”
Stobaeus, Excerpt IVA, 3.

Sources : Pyramid Texts, ca. 2348 to 2205 BCE, Shabaka Stone, ca. 710 BCE, Corpus Hermeticum, ca. 100 BCE – 270 CE, Strobaei Hermetica, ca. 500 CE.

All manifested things have two sides, with manifold degrees between two extremes. Growth and corruption, good and evil, light and darkness, Sun and Moon are fundament for the order of creation. This principle dominates all possible areas of Egyptian thought. Politically (Upper versus Lower Egypt), physically (desert versus fertile land), economically (a “good” versus a sluggish or plundering Nile), ethically (“isefet” versus “maat”), metaphysically (deities in the sky versus Pharaoh on Earth), theologically (Horus versus Seth) and funerary (“feather of Maat” versus “heart”, heavenly versus terrestrial Nile), duality and its transcendence play an essential role.

Even before creation, at the first occurrence, when Atum self-creates, his unity is only fugal, for as soon as the creator-god hatches out of his egg, he splits in two deities : Shu and Tefnut. Also in Memphis duality was revered ; Ptah created all by simultaneously thinking (heart, mind) and speaking (tongue, speech), and not (as the Greeks would have it) by thinking first and then acting (contemplation before action).

Of all dualities, the polarity between Horus and Seth was the most thematized, for it involved the founding of the Pharaonic State itself. Pharaoh as the “Lord of the Two Lands” kept Egypt together and physically represented its unity. In his royal titulary, his most important throne name was always preceded by “King of the Dual Kingdom”. Probably this duality also represented the political realities of the Predynastic Period, with two major chieftains confronting each other (the “followers of Seth” in the South and the “followers of Horus” in the North).

This polarity was not static. Between Horus and Seth various stages may be discerned. The original, unending conflict (with various evils done to both) is stopped by giving each its domain, but with no avail. The battle recommences until the goddess Geb or Neith decides in favour of Horus and Seth is punished (he has to carry Osiris and every night he reverses what Apophis, the gigantic snake of chaos, tries to do to Re, namely to stop his course by drinking up the Nile).

In fact, in the Pyramid Texts, we find traces of the cult of Seth, deemed to assist, together with Horus, Pharaoh in the afterlife. Pharaoh himself is the unity of both, as well as the “power of powers” (cf. Cannibal Hymn) transcending both. In the Late Period, Horus and Seth form one deity, further proof of both the bi-polarity as the step beyond it.

POLARITY & COMPLEMENTARITY
Egyptian
thought
Pharaoh, as “Lord of the Two Lands” guarantees the unity necessary to mediate the dual nature of all things, symbolized by Horus and Seth, manifestations of the two sides of the same (Horus-Seth).
Hermetism All poles are complementarities as Sun and Moon, manifestations of the same principle – differences consist of varying degrees between two poles.

The presence of Seth is another element pointing to the complemental polarity in a creation envisioned as an ordered, organic whole. Atum-Re and his Ennead is completed by the “good” Horus, the king of Egypt and “son” of his murdered father (the “good” Osiris, “Ausir” or “many eyed”, who is “wennofer”, “eternally good”). Indeed, the cause of “isefet” (evil) is found within the Ennead ! Evil is deified and opposed to the good. Seth is the cause of disruption and chaos. All possible turbulence and havoc are attributed to him and his followers. Seth is not absence of being or goodness, but the positive presence of active evil, natural (storms) and moral (murder, sodomy). He has a cult, priests and followers, among which Pharaohs. Rejecting or negating the powers and strength of evil (cf. the “privatio boni” of Plotinus) does not stop it. Only by giving evil its name and place can it be made useful to the purposes of creation and order (like Seth carrying Osiris or protecting Re against Apophis, his own demonical servant, in the 7th Hour of the Duat). While Seth is perverse and enjoys wickedness, Apophis is the ultimate evil step : utter annihilation. With this concept, Egyptian thought reached the “bottom of the pit” and found its ultimate negative symbol for the anti-life scheme present in creation. Apophis was never worshipped, had no sacred cult area, but was ritually execrated or killed for thousands of years. Here the rejection is absolute. The “enemies of Re” were imagined walking on their heads, burning in pits or eating faeces and drinking urine. Apt metaphors for a complete reversal of the conditions of the scheme of life.

5 Cyclic repolarisation : Osiris.

Osiris anointed & rejuvenated by Pharaoh Seti I
Abydos temple – XIXth Dynasty – ca. 1290 – 1279 BCE.

“Ascend and descend.
Descend with Nephthys, sink into darkness with the Night-bark.
Ascend and descend.
Ascend with Isis, rise with the Day-bark.”
Pyramid Texts, § 210.

“Pharaoh’s lifetime is eternal repetition. His limit is eternal duration.”
Pyramid Texts, § 412, Cannibal Hymn.

“To say : O my father Pharaoh Merenre, I have come and I bring You green eye-paint. I bring to You the green eye-paint which Horus gave to Osiris. I give You to my father Pharaoh Merenre, just as Horus gave You to his father Osiris. Horus has filled his Empty Eye with his Full Eye.”
Pyramid Texts, §§ 1681 – 1682.

“Raise yourself, O my father Osiris King Merenre, for You are alive.”
Pyramid Texts, § 1700.

“To say : Osiris awakes, the languid god wakes up, the god stands up, the god has power in his body.”
Pyramid Texts, § 2092.

“O Osiris, the inundation comes, the flood hastens, Geb engenders. I have mourned You at the tomb, I have smitten him who harmed You with scourges. May You come to life, may You raise yourself because of your strength.”
Pyramid Texts, §§ 2111 – 2112.

“Evil is fled, crime is gone.
The land has peace under its Lord.
Maat is established for her Lord.
One turns the back on falsehood.
May You be content, Wennofer !
The son of Isis has received the crown.
His father’s rank was assigned to him.
In the Hall of Geb Re spoke, Thoth wrote,
the council assented, your father Geb decreed for You,
one did according to his word.”
Great Hymn to Osiris.

“Coming into being is the beginning of destruction, and destruction is the beginning of coming into being.”
Stobaeus, Excerpt XI, aphorism 35.

“Such is the new birth of the Cosmos, it is a making again of all things good, a holy and awe-striking restoration of all nature, and it is wrought in the process of time by the eternal will of God.”
Asclepius III, 26a.

Sources : Pyramid Texts, ca. 2348 to 2205 BCE, Great Hymn to Osiris, ca. 1539 – 1292 BCE, Stela of Amenmose (XVIIIth Dynasty), Asclepius, ca. 270 CE, Strobaei Hermetica, ca. 500 CE.

By themselves, the cycle of Re and the Sothic rhythm are outstanding examples of ebb and flow, the pendulum-swing manifest in all things. This inner mechanism of nature was identified with Osiris, and the various phases of his life parallel what happens in the natural world, in particular in the agricultural life associated with the inundation of the Nile. The myth of Osiris summarizes the fundamental rhythms lived by man, nature and the deities.

Essential in this mythology was the restoration of Osiris by his son Horus. The latter had his Left Eye damaged in the battle with Seth, but it was healed by Thoth. He then brings his Restored Eye, the Wedjat, or Eye of Wellness, to his weary father, who, already in the Netherworld, resurrects there to become king again (but of the underworld). This act of giving the Eye of Horus, encompasses all material offerings, of which it is the sublime example. Together with “voice-offerings”, the Eye of Horus was the most powerful way to establish contact with the gods.

  • Osiris is the good King of Egypt : Osiris lives on Earth and establishes all good things, he brings civilization to Egypt and is loved by all, except Seth and his followers ;
  • Osiris assassinated, dismembered and scattered : Osiris is killed by his brother Seth and his body scattered all over Egypt ;
  • Osiris reassembled and reanimated by Isis : his wife and sister Isis recollects his body (except his penis) and revivifies it ;
  • Osiris inseminates Isis who gives birth to Horus : before Osiris goes to the Duat, Isis, the Great Sorceress, is able to take his seed and give birth to Horus ;
  • Osiris avenged by his son : although in his youth Horus was sodomized by his evil uncle, he grows up with the help of Isis and prepares to avenge his father by fighting Seth ;
  • Osiris resurrected by Horus : his Left Eye restored by Thoth, Horus is declared King of Egypt and descends into the Netherworld to bring his Eye of Wellness to his father, so as to resurrect him and restore all his powers ;
  • Osiris “King of the Netherworld” : Osiris reassembled, reanimated and finally resurrected by Horus is enthroned in the Netherworld as its king. In this capacity, he judges the dead and nobody is able to move further without being judged by him. He is the guarantee, on yonder side of existence, of rejuvenation and an eternal life featuring the best of this life.

Although destruction and death are part of the natural order, and thus inescapable, a deeper logic may be found, for all destruction is the beginning of renewal, the coming into being of something totally new. In this sense, death is a way to become more and more spiritual and an entry into a new state of existence, as Osiris shows. However, this is not automatic, for without the help of the living (Horus), the dead are weary and unhappy. Life and death are intimately linked and the needs of the dead are satisfied by the restoration brought about by the lovingkindness of the living, who take the trouble to “descend” and meet the dead on their own plane, offering them the life-bearing power of the “Eye of Horus”, the ultimate tool of restoration and renewal. A direct relationship between father and son, between the power to create and its offspring underlines Egyptian theology since Ptahhotep. The deceased Pharaoh is not dead but alive. When reaching the sky of Re, he makes sure his son is blessed by a “good Nile”, and so may become a powerful king in his own right. The best outcome is given when the son excels his father, as the Maxims of Good Discourse underline.

RHYTHM
Egyptian
thought
Birth, growth, decay, death and rebirth are the fundamental phases of the natural process of light and life. Death is part of the equation and the precondition of rebirth.
Hermetism Everything has tides, rise and fall and manifest a pendulum-swing.

The Osiris-cycle shows how death and judgment are linked. Nobody enters the Osirian heaven, if what has been said, thought, intended and willed during life is heavier than the feather of truth. In the Hall of Maat, the great balance records the differences between truth and falsehood, between a justified life and one of evil. All 42 nomes have sent their assessors. There is no place where evil is done unnoticed, for the eyes of the gods see it all. If and only if the feather of Maat is heavier, and truth prevailed, will the deceased become fully operational and effective in the afterlife. If after having done mistakes, nothing is rectified and Pharaoh has not been served well, then the heart betrays the soul and the name of the deceased is lost and the parts of man disconnected and scattered. We know the evil we do and we pay if truth has not been restored. Nature offers rejuvenation and eternal life, but it also harbors damnation, extended tortures and utter annihilation.

Although the CH speaks of a “world beyond the grave” (Libellus XI, 20), the Greek preconceptions of death are clearly present. An extensive study of this world is absent. The Greeks prefer not to speak of the afterlife, although mention is made of the fact dissolution of the body is not death. Dissolution does not lead to destruction, but to renewal. If the level of the Ogdoad may be reached during life on Earth, the Ennead is reserved for the afterlife. Also in Egypt the “akh”-state was reached in the afterlife. However, how this life has to be envisioned is not mentioned by the Greeks, neither is Osiris, judgment or the elaborated vision of the afterlife offered by Archaic Greek theology (in Late Hellenism a moral perspective was added).

6 Cause and effect : Horus & Pharaoh.

Statue of Nectanebo II and Horus
XXXth Dynasty – 360 – 343 BCE

“To say : I am Horus, O Osiris King Neferkare, I will not let You suffer. Go forth, wake up for me and guard yourself !”
Pyramid Texts, § 1753.

“O Osiris King Neferkare, Horus has put his Eye on your brow in its name of Great-of-Magic.”
Pyramid Texts, § 1795.

“To say : This is this Eye of Horus which he gave to Osiris ; give it to him that he may provide his face with it.”
Pyramid Texts, § 1643.

“For at the time when each one of us is born and made alive, the daemons who are at that moment on duty as ministers of birth take charge of us, -that is, the daemons who are subject to some one planet. For the planets replace one another from moment to moment ; they do not go on working without change, but succeed one another in rotation.”
CH, Libellus XVI, 15.

“The Cosmos moves within the very life of eternity, and is contained in that very eternity whence all life issues. And for this reason it is impossible that it should at any time come to a stand, or be destroyed, since it is walled in and bound together, so to speak, by eternal life.”
Asclepius III, 29c.

Sources : Pyramid Texts, ca. 2348 to 2205 BCE, Asclepius, ca. 270 CE, Corpus Hermeticum, ca. 100 BCE – 270 CE.

In Greek philosophy, theoretical issues were common. The abstract, linearizing mind always categorizes. In terms of physical reality, Aristotle introduced four categories of determination or “causes”, to wit : material, formal, efficient and final cause. For Hermetism, the causes determining our lives are astrological. Planets have natures and these cause propensities in humans. These lead homo communis astray. Only if the rational part of a man’s soul is illumined by gnosis will the effect of daemons be annihilated. This is rare, for most are led and driven by daemons, setting their hearts and passions on their satisfaction and accommodation. The daemons thus govern our life on Earth using our bodies as instruments. This government is called “destiny”. “Gnosis” liberates us from these causes, but is difficult to acquire. In terms of salvic efficiency, Antiquity has no mass psychology, although the Egyptian, Greek and Roman populace is entertained by regular festivities. Paulinian Christianity will be the first universal religion, addressing humanity as a whole. Its success is largely due to its simplicity and the collective anxiety-relief it gave en masse, and this irrespective of social class. Indeed, baptism and faith in the Cross of Christ is called for, and not expensive, cryptic and elaborated rituals.

In Ancient Egypt, the deities were in charge of reality. The most evident “cause” of life being a “good Nile”. The blessings procured by the “god of the city” were the result of cultic offerings by the diving king (and his representatives, who assumed his divinity). Because Pharaoh offered Maat to Re, health, life & prosperity would endure. Hence, Pharaoh, the sole god and witness on Earth, is the first cause of happiness. In periods when the Two Lands are divided, a return to chaos is imminent, for the gods turn away from Egypt.

Cause and effect are approached in the image of the Eye of Horus. Although brought back to life by Isis & Thoth, he is weary and inert. His cries are heard by his son, king Horus, who descends in the Netherworld. Because he brings his Eye of Wellness (the Wedjat restored by Thoth), his father is rejuvenated and enthroned as king of the Duat. In the Late Period, when Pharaoh became more of an institution than the direct guarantee of the proper order of things, the will of the gods and in particular that of the “king of the gods”, Amun, became all-powerful. No longer was Pharaoh on Earth, but in the sky. Amun Pharaoh is the cause of it all. He decides and manifests his decisions by oracular means.

CAUSE AND EFFECT
Egyptian
thought
Horus-Pharaoh is the terrestrial cause of life, prosperity & health. He guarantees a “good Nile” and is the representative of Re and the deities on Earth. In the Later Period, fate and destiny cause events and both rest in the hands of the deities, in particular their king Amun. It is the Eye of Horus which causes Osiris to complete his restoration and become king of the dead.
Hermetism Everything on Earth is caused by the movements of the planets. Our destiny is fixed and only gnosis, the Light of God, sets us free. Determinism is inevitable as long as our bodies are the instruments of the planets, as in most human beings.

Add to this the influence of Chaldaean astrology, and we come full circle : the Deities decide and delegate their power to the planets, each being in charge of a portion of fate and destiny. Both rule life, and nobody knows what the Deities will decide next. Not oracles, but the astral logic of planetary constellations decides how the commoners live and die. Most humans are not liberated, but chained to their constellations. The better predictions are, the less free man is. Those who have gnosis are no longer subject to their fate, but decide for themselves.

7 Gender : Osiris, Isis & Nephthys.

Papyrus of Ani – Plate 4
The Osiris Scribe Ani, Osiris, Isis & Nephthys
XIXth Dynasty, ca. 1250 BCE.

“Geb has brought your two sisters to your side for You, namely Isis and Nephthys …”
Pyramid Texts, § 577.

“Your two sisters Isis and Nephthys come to You that they may make You hale …”
Pyramid Texts, § 628.

“Bring me the milk of Isis, the flood of Nephthys, the overspill of the lake, the surge of the sea, life, prosperity, health, happiness, bread, beer, clothing, and food, that I, Pharaoh Teti, may live thereby.”
Pyramid Texts, § 707.

“To say : Raise yourself, O King ! You have your water, You have your inundation, You have your milk which is from the breasts of mother Isis.”
Pyramid Texts, § 734.

“Isis speaks to You, Nephthys calls to You, the spirits come to You bowing and they kiss the Earth at your feet because of the dread of You, O King, in the towns of Sia.”
Pyramid Texts, § 755.

“Isis conceives me, Nephthys begets me, and I sit on the Great Throne which the gods have made.”
Pyramid Texts, § 1154.

“‘Endure !’ says Isis.
‘In peace !’ says Nephthys, when they see their brother.”
Pyramid Texts, § 1292.

“To say : I, Pharaoh Wenis, have inundated the land which came forth from the lake, I have torn out the papyrus-plant, I have satisfied the Two Lands, I have united the Two Lands, I have joined my mother the Great Wild Cow.”
Pyramid Texts, § 388.

“Adoration of the King of Upper and Lower Egypt,
who lives by Maat, the Lord of the Two Lands,
Nefer-kheperu-Re, Sole-one-of-Re,
the Son of Re who lives by Maat, Lord of Crowns,
Akhenaten, great in his lifetime
and of the beloved great Queen,
Lady of the Two Lands : Nefer-nefru-Aten Nefertiti,
who lives in health and youth forever !”
Great Hymn to the Aten, introduction.

“O You, who make semen grow in women,
who creates people from sperm,
who feeds the son in his mother’s womb,
who soothes him to still his tears.
You nurse in the womb !
Giver of breath to nourish all creatures.
When the child emerges from the womb
to breathe on the day of his birth,
You open wide his mouth to supply his needs.”
Great Hymn to the Aten, 33-39.

“O beauteous one, O cow, O great one,
O great magician, O splendid lady, O gold of gods !
The King reveres You, Pharaoh, give that he live !
O queen of gods, he reveres You, give that he live ! (…)
Behold what is in his inmost,
though his mouth speaks not.
His heart is straight, his inmost open,
no darkness is in his breast !
He reveres You, O queen of gods !
Give that he live !”
Hymns to Hathor, III.

“He, filled with all the fecundity of both sexes in one, and ever teeming with his own goodness, unceasingly brings into all that he has willed to generate, and all that he wills is good. From his Divine being has sprung the goodness of all things in this world below, and hence it is that all things are productive, and that their procreative power is adequate to ensure that all shall hereafter be as it is now, and as it has been in the past.”
Asclepius III, 20b.

“… the type persists unchanged, but generates at successive instants copies of itself as numerous and different as are the moments in the revolutions of the sphere of heaven. For the sphere of heaven changes as it revolves, but the type neither changes nor revolves. Thus the generic forms persist unchanged, but the individuals, for all their sameness of generic form, yet differ one from another.”
Asclepius III, 35.

“The Earth is ever passing through many changes of form. It generates produce, it nourishes the product it has generated, it yields all manner of crops, with manifold differences of quality and quantity, and above all, it puts forth many sorts of trees, differing in the scent of their flowers and the taste of their fruits.”
Asclepius III, 36.

“The body is a mixture of the elements, that is, of earth, water, air and fire. And so, since the body of the female has in its composition an excess of the fluid element and the cold element, and a deficiency of the dry element and the cold element, the result is that the soul which is enclosed in a bodily frame of this nature is melting and voluptuous, just as in males one finds the reverse …”
Stobaeus, Excerpt XXIV, 8 – 9.

Sources : Pyramid Texts, ca. 2348 to 2205 BCE, Great Hymn to the Aten, ca. 1353 – 1336 BCE, Hymns to Hathor, Graeco-Roman Period, Dendera, 54 BCE, Asclepius, ca. 270 CE, Strobaei Hermetica, ca. 500 CE.

If we compare the situation of women in Ancient Egypt with that of the surrounding cultures, we are struck by the fundamental, relative equality between men and women. Because of this, it has been argued Egypt was in fact a matriarchy, which is not the case. Sources show monogamy was the rule, with exceptions caused by the high level of child mortality and usually limited to the royals (as were marriages between sister and brother).

Although Pharaoh was a male, women assured dynastic change. This may well go back to Predynastic times, when the “great goddess” (Hathor) ruled supreme in the affairs of fertility, growth & family. The rise of divine kingship implied the assimilation by Pharaoh of the power of the great fertility goddess, a fact found in the myths associated with the “Two Ladies”, a title found in the royal titulary and referring to the two goddesses on the brow of the “nemes” worn by the king, adorned by a vulture (Nekhbet) and a cobra (Wadjet), associated with Upper and Lower Egypt respectively. These protective deities, Wadjet in particular, were connected with Atum, who’s enraged eye was transformed into this fire-spitting royal cobra. Pharaoh Akhenaten went a step further, and allowed his wife to become the third person in his monotheist Atenite trinity : Aten, Akhenaten & Nefertiti.

GENDER
Egyptian
thought
Except for the bisexual Atum, all gods have their consort. Male and female are the two sides of the balance. Every day the male Pharaoh offers Maat, truth and justice, the daughter of Re and consort of Thoth. Because of this, creation endures.
Hermetism Male and female are a mixture of the elements out of which all physical phenomena are composed. Air and Fire are masculine, Water and Earth feminine.

Among the deities, goddesses enjoyed an identical status. Not only do all gods have consorts, except Atum, an autogenous bisexual, who masturbates to create the world, but the protective role of the goddesses springs to the fore in the Osiris-cycle. In the Duat, Osiris is assisted by Isis and Nephthys, but before his enthronement, Osiris would never have been resurrected by Horus without Isis (his wife & sister). Next to her all-important role, Hathor also remained a major goddess from the Predynastic Period until the end of the Pharaonic Period, and many others may be identified (Nut, Maat, Mut, Neith, Sekhmet, Satet, Sechat, to name the most popular). Pharaoh, a mighty bull, assimilates the female powers and by doing so excels in masculinity : he is Horus and the only son of Re alive on Earth.

Although the majority of Egyptian art and texts are foremost male-dominated activities and male images and concerns are far more prominent, women are more represented in the documentation in later times than they are in the Old Kingdom. Their sacerdotal role was enduring and powerful, and of an exceptional status in the whole of Antiquity.

8 The astrology of the Ogdoad : Thoth.

Circular Zodiac of Dendera with eclipses, constellations, decans & planets
roof Hathor Temple – Ptolemaic Period- September 25, 52 BCE
colored drawing by unknown artist

“Do not set your heart on wealth !
There is no ignoring Shay and Renenet !”
Instruction of Amenemapt, chapter 7, 1-2.

“For Pharaoh is the great power that overpowers the powers.
Pharaoh is a sacred image, the most sacred image
of the sacred images of the Great One.
Whom he finds in his way, him he devours bit by bit.

Pharaoh’s place is at the head of all the noble ones who are in the horizon.
For Pharaoh is a god, older than the oldest.
Thousands revolve around him, hundreds offer to him.
There is given to him a warrant as a great power by Orion, the father of the gods.”
Pyramid Texts, § 406 – 407.

Ceiling with 36 decans – tomb of Pharaoh Seti I
XIXth Dynasty – Luxor – Valley of the Kings

“This Earthly tent, my son, out of which we have passed forth, has been put together by the working of the Zodiac, which produces manifold forms of one and the same thing to lead men astray ; and as the Signs of which the Zodiac consists are twelve in number, the forms produced by it, my son, fall into twelve divisions.”
CH, Libellus XIII, 12.

“And the first Mind, that Mind which is Life and Light, being bisexual, gave birth to another Mind, a Maker of Things. And this second Mind made out of fire and air seven Administrators, who encompass with their orbits the world perceived by sense, and their administration is called Destiny.”
CH, Libellus I, 9.

“The seven spheres, as they are called, have as their Ruler the Deity called Fortune or Destiny, who changes all things according to the law of natural growth, working with a fixity which is immutable, and which yet is varied by everlasting movement.”
CH, Asclepius, III, 19b.

“… the Sun receives from God, through the intelligible Cosmos, the influx of good (that is, of life-giving energy), with which he is supplied.”
CH, Libellus XVI, 17.

“If You wish to see Him, think on the Sun, think on the course of the Moon, think on the order of the stars. Who is it that maintains that order ?”
CH, Libellus V, 3.

“… You see, my son, through how many bodily things in succession we have to make our way, and through how many troops of daemons and courses of stars, that we may press on to the one and only God.”
CH, Libellus IV, 8b.

“And thereupon, having been stripped of all that was wrought upon him by the structure of the heavens, he ascends to the substance of the eighth sphere, being now possessed of his own proper power, and he sings, together with those who dwell there, hymning the Father, and they that are there rejoice with him at his coming. (…) they (the men ascending to this sphere) give themselves up to the Powers, and becoming Powers themselves, they enter into God. This is the Good. This is consummation for those who have got gnosis.”
CH, Libellus I, 26a.

Sources : Pyramid Texts, ca. 2348 to 2205 BCE, Instruction of Amenemapt, ca. 1292 – 1075 BCE, Corpus Hermeticum, ca. 100 BCE – 270 CE.

In the aftermath of Alexander’s conquest, Greeks had settled in Persia and their migration to Egypt brought Chaldaean stellar science (astronomy plus astrology) to Alexandria (and from there to Rome). In Egypt, oracular practices were already very common. Since the end of the New Kingdom (ca. 1075 BCE), these ways had gained importance, in particular the oracular rule of Amun and his priests. Add astrology, and the will of the gods can be inferred by predicting and understanding celestial events. This astral religion had two sides : a technical one involving measurement (astronomy) and an “oracular”, “prophetic” one dealing with inter-subjective meaning attributed to all kinds of astral cycles (astrology).

The notion astronomical phenomena are relevant symbols was not new to the Egyptians. The linking of the Nile flood with the rising of Sirius, the Sothic year, the Lunar tides, the Heliacal decans, the hours, the calendars and the integral relationship in Late Egyptian religion between the stars and the gods mentioned by Plutarch (On Isis and Osiris), manifest the stellar practices of the priesthood. Already in the Old Kingdom, stellar phenomena were an integral part of the funerary ideology of Pharaoh (cf. the orientation and shafts of the Great Pyramid and other monuments). Decans adorn IXth & Xth Dynasty (cf. 2160 – 1980 BCE) sarcophagi, which shows the Antiquity of this astronomical division based on myth, ritual and religion. With the decline of the institution of divine kingship in the Late Ramesside Period, the rule of the deities became supreme, both in the sky as on Earth. Amun was “king of the gods”, but also Pharaoh. He ruled Egypt by means of oracles …

The projection of meaning on the movements of the seven planets (or deities : Sun, Moon, Mercury, Venus, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn), allowing for predictions in individual royal affairs (like birth & death), was foreign to Egyptian astrology. In his Commentary on the Timaeus (Diehl – 3.151), Proclus (412 – 485 CE) wrote that Theophrastus (ca. 372 – 280 BCE) had said his Chaldaean contemporaries had a theory predicting every event in the life and death of an individual human being, rather than just general, collective effects, such as good or bad weather. In ca. 280 BCE, Berossus, priest of Marduk, presented to king Antiochus I his Babylonaika, or treatise on Chaldaean astral doctrine. The earliest individual horoscope dates from 410 BCE, whereas a cuneiform tablet dated 523 BCE indicates the ability to calculate monthly ephemerides for the Sun and Moon, the conjunctions of the planets and of the planets with each other, as well as eclipses. The Babylonian idea making individuals subject to stellar conditions (genethialogical astrology) was un-Egyptian, although the power of fate was acknowledged.

Egyptian priests studied Chaldaean astrology and under the Ptolemies the discipline flourished. Astrology was attributed to Hermes and identified with the planet Mercury. It became an integral part of Hermetism, and acted as the cement between popular magic and the learned Hermetica, between “practice” and “knowledge” and involved proper timing. In the Ptolemaic empire, astrology became prominent and fused with the existing fatalistic tendencies to become a stellar fatalism. This same happened on a larger scale, for Late Hellenism was a period of great insecurity and doubt. That the misfortunes of fate could be predicted was too good to be true. All depends on the will of the Gods, but can their will be read in the sky ? Moreover, the planets were conceived as the physical manifestations of the Pantheon ruling the affairs of Earth. Not only prediction, but praise & prayer could be offered to change the course of events (magic). These beliefs, belonging to the technical Hermetica, made astrology so popular in the Hellenistic age, prone to feelings of alienation and the pressing impact of the Deities fate and fortune … the Egyptian deities Shay and Renenet.

Traditional astrology got recorded by Claude Ptolemy (born towards the end of the first century CE) in his Tetrabiblos & the Centiloquim. In Demotic papyri of the Roman period, we find versions of texts going back to the mid-second century BCE. They concern kings of Egypt and wars with Syria and Parthia. The earliest papyrus horoscope concerns a birth in 10 BCE, while the first horoscope preserved in a literary texts deals with a birth in 72 BCE. The most interesting Ptolemaic monumental piece called the “Zodiac of Dendera”, recording the event of Ptolemy XII Neos Dionysos Auletes founding a new Hathor temple at Dendera (the 16th of July 54 BCE). In fact, it is the world’s first monumental founding horoscope or “election horoscope”, erected for the 25th of September 52 BCE (at the time of a unique Lunar eclipse). A plaster copy of it can be seen in the Hathor Temple, the original having been removed by Sebastien Saulnier in 1820 to the Bibliothèque Nationale, Paris, and now in the Museum of the Louvre (D38).

The Hellenistic astrologers saw themselves as men of religion, priests of an astral faith, using a sacred cult to rise above the seven planets (Hebdomad) ruling fate and -reassured of the Divine nature of our mind- to resist and curtail the power of these “archons” of the created world. The traditional Greek “evasion” from the cave was “mechanized” in a series of astral initiations (Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, Saturn and Sun) associated with the voces magicae and the harmony of the spheres. The need to “escape” this world is clearly an un-Egyptian element in the Hermetic equation (cf. Discourse of a Man with his Ba).

In Egypt, Shay was the personification of destiny and god of life-span, fate & fortune, who, in the Ptolemaic Period, was identified with “Agatho Daimon”, the Hellenistic fortune-telling serpent Deity. In the Old Kingdom, “Renenutet” (“rnnwtt”) was a goddess of the harvest and a divine nurse (“rnnt”), but also a guardian of the king identified with the royal uraeus and Pharaoh’s “robe”. In the New Kingdom Litany of Re, this goddess appears in the underworld as the “Lady of Justification”, and in the Late Period, she decides many of the events in an individual’s life.

In native Egyptian religion, the “Ogdoad” is a company of eighth precreational deities, at the head of which stands Thoth. These fashion the primordial egg out of which creation hatches by the word of Thoth.

In Hermetism, the “Hebdomad”, the fate-driven part of nature, is below the “Ogdoad”, just as “7” is smaller than “8”. Indeed, there are no inner semantics between the Egyptian and the Hermetic use of the words “ogdoad” and “ennead”.

For Hermes, the Ogdoad is the realm of illumination, associated with the fixed stars, the Deities and the blessed souls (the gnostics). It can be reached while in the physical body. This sphere is the presence of Hermes as human teacher or “logos“, the “holy word” coming forth from the Light of the Divine Nous. Because of this, the Ogdoad and the Ennead are intimately connected. For the Word brings the Light and this Light is Hermes as the Mind of God. And he who sees the Mind of God becomes the Mind of God, but not in this life …

In Egypt, the deities and the fixed stars were the “akhu” or “spirits” of Atum-Re, the supreme creator-god. Pharaoh ascended to this sky through the Northern shaft or through the entrance to his tomb. This light of these circumpolar stars was deemed to be the house of these spirits. In the Old Kingdom, this type of transformation was Pharaoh’s afterlife privilege and involved his sublime attainment of the “power of powers”, being more powerful than the gods.

9 The order of the Ennead : Atum.

Atum at the moment of autocreation

“To say : Atum is he who (once) came into being, who masturbated in Heliopolis. He took his phallus in his grasp that he might create orgasm by means of it, and so were born the twins Shu and Tefnut.”
Pyramid Texts, § 1248.

“There is nothing more Divine than mind, nothing more potent in its operation, nothing more apt to unite men to Gods, and Gods to men.”
CH, Libellus X, 23.

“If then You do not make yourself equal to God, You cannot apprehend God ; for like is known by like. Leap clear of all that is corporeal, and make yourself grow to a like expanse with that greatness which is beyond all measure ; rise above all time, and become eternal ; then You will apprehend God.”
CH, Libellus XI, 20b.

“… some men are Divine, and the humanity of such men is near to Deity, for the Agathos Daimon said : ‘Gods are immortal men, and men are mortal God’.”
CH, Libellus XII, 1.

“I am not now the man I was. I have been born again in Mind, and the bodily shape which was mine before has been put away from me. I am no longer an object colored and tangible, a thing of spatial dimensions. I am now alien to all this, and to all that You perceive when You gaze with bodily eyesight. To such eyes as yours, my son, I am not now visible. – Tat. Father, You have driven me to raving madness …”
CH, Libellus XIII, 4.

“Father, now that I see in mind, I see myself to be the All. I am in heaven and in Earth, in water and in air, I am in beasts and plants, I am a babe in the womb, and one that is not yet conceived, and one that has been born. I am present everywhere … – Hermes. Now, my son, You know what the Rebirth is.”
CH, Libellus XIII, 13.

“The physical body, which is an object of sense, differs widely from that other body, which is of the nature of true Being. The one is dissoluble, the other is indissoluble. The one is mortal, the other is immortal.”
CH, Libellus XIII, 14.

Sources : Pyramid Texts, ca. 2348 to 2205 BCE, Asclepius, ca. 270 CE.

The Heliopolitan Ennead is an order of creation in three generations of deities presided by Atum (the Egyptian creator-god). The Ennead of Hermetism is the Light of Nous, the order of God’s Mind. Both Atum and Hermes are autogenous. The structure of the Ennead of Atum is the structure of creation, for the deities are natural differentials. The Mind of God is an architecture of perfect ideas (Plato). These are crude parallels. In salvic terms, the differences between Greek and Egyptian ways are considerable.

In the salvic scheme of Hermetism, the stern Greek component is outstanding : one has to rise above Hebdomadic nature to find Ogdoadic peace and Enneadic Deification, master the body to escape fate, but die to be Deified. These differences also undermine any attempt to identify Greek mysteries (and initiation) with their Egyptian counterparts. Spiritually, Greek philosophy and religion is escapists and neglectful of the (idealized) body, and the Greek mysteries constantly reject the physical body to give weight to the mind and the spirit. The body is deemed corrupt and passionate, the mind serene and contemplative. The body is the “prison” of the soul, the “tent” or “tabernacle”. The material world of becoming is a fleeting shadow, a pale reflection of the world of ideas (Plato). Only contemplative life fulfills human existence (Aristotle). The body is the prison or tomb of the soul, the cosmos its cave or cavern (Plotinus).

In Egypt, an Oriental mindset prevailed : the ritualized body (or mummy) is a gateway for the deceased to remain in contact with the living. Although the spirits (“akhu”) remain “in the sky”, their mediating factors (double & soul) may dwell on Earth and animate our lives here. Our ancestors move to and fro, for they have a ritual reference (the mummy) and a “false door”. A whole spiritual economy was set in place to ritualize and standardize these constant interactions between the “dead” and the living. Egyptians wrote letters to the dead and got dreams from them. The dead were as alive as the living, although their ways were subtle, invisible and magical. In this context, the initiate did not die to be reborn, but he gazed upon Osiris to be rejuvenated as he had been. The dead were not lost spectres or fleeting images in the Hades with a few elect in the Empyreum. Every deceased who could pay for the rituals was an “Osiris NN” who could hope for final justification and spiritualization.

Already by the end of the Dark Age, the Greek cultural form had persistent “Aryan”, Indo-European characteristics of its own. These help explain the stern and gloomy interpretation of death in Greek civilization.

  • linearization : Mycenæan megaron, geometrical designs, mathematical form and peripteros ;
  • anthropocentrism : warrior leaders, individual aristocrats, poets, sophoi and teachers ;
  • fixed vowels : the categories of the real sound are written down & transmitted ;
  • dialogal mentality : the Archaic Greeks enjoyed talking, writing & discussing (with strong arguments) ;
  • undogmatic religion : the Archaic Greeks had no sacred books and hence no dogmatic orthodoxy ;
  • cultural affirmation : the Archaic Greeks were a young people who needed to affirm their identity, they were spontaneous & cheerful ;
  • cultural approbation & improvement : the Archaic Greeks accepted to be taught and were eager to learn, driven by a Divine discontent.

According to Homeric belief, when somebody died, his or her vital breath or “psyche” left the body to enter the Hades. This dark and gloomy place was ruled by the king of the dead, the Roman Pluto. Once it had fled the body, the psyche merely existed as a phantom image, at time perceptible but always untouchable. The wall separating the living from the dead was deemed impenetrable. Crossing the river of death (Styxs) caused one to forget everything. A concept of punishments for the wicked and rewards for the virtuous did not, at first, play a dominant role. This typical Indo-European sense of separation, rupture, cleavage, schism etc. between life and death will remain a dominant feature and return in literature, philosophy, drama and science. It was absent in Egyptian religion (although skeptic voices also left their traces). Egypt rooted its spirituality in recurrent cycles, not in ongoing linear growth.

On the one hand, Egyptian religion was not individualistic, but the major concern of the Pharaonic State. On the other hand, wisdom discourses and induction rituals are intimate and personal. Hermetism combines the two : the temple becomes the lodge and its “workings” (knowledge and practice) involve highly individual initiations (comparable in Egypt with the conjectured “seeing of Osiris” – cf. Osireon). But these Hermetic initiations are un-Egyptian, and stress the individual escape from the Hebdomad to reach the Ogdoad. Greek unworldliness and demonisation of matter mixed with Christianity, influenced the Jewish Qabalah and reemerged in Hermeticism. With modern science, the naturalistic mindset returned and the superstitions and myths of “past ages” were boldly left behind to raise to power the myth of no myth.

10 The alchemy of the Decad : Amun.

 

Amun protecting Tutankhamun
1336 – 1327 BCE

“O You, the great god, whose name is unknown.”
 Pyramid Texts, § 276.

“Opened are the double doors of the horizon, drawn back are its bolts.”
Pyramid Texts, § 194.

“Secret of manifestations and sparkling of shape.
Marvellous God, rich in forms.
All gods boast of Him,
to magnify themselves in His beauty,
to the extent of His Divinity.”
Hymns to Amun, 200

“He is this Ptah who proclaims by the great name : Tenen. He who united this land of the South as King of Upper Egypt and this land of the Delta as King of Lower Egypt. He indeed begat Atum who gave birth to the Ennead.”
Shabaka Stone, lines 3 – 6.

“One is Amun,
who keeps himself concealed from them,
who hides himself from the gods,
no one knowing his nature.
He is more remote than the sky,
He is deeper than the netherworld.

None of the gods knows his true form.
His image is not unfolded in the papyrus rolls.
Nothing certain is testified about him.

He is too secretive
for his Majesty to be revealed.
He is too great to be enquired after,
too powerful to be known.”
Hymns to Amun, 200.

“Such is He who is too great to be named God. He is hidden, yet most manifest. He is apprehensible by thought alone, yet we can see Him with our eyes. He is bodiless, and yet has many bodies, or rather, is embodied in all bodies. There is nothing that He is not, for all things that exist are even He. For this reason all names are names of Him, because all things come from Him, their one Father, and for this reason He has no name, because He is the Father of all.”
CH, Libellus V, 10a.

“… the Decad, my son, is the number by which soul is generated. Life and light united are a Unit ; and the number One is the source of the Decad. It is reasonable then that the Unity contains in itself the Decad.”
CH, Libellus XIII, 12.

“God is everlasting, God is eternal. That he should come into being, or should ever have come into being, is impossible. He is, he was, he will be for ever. Such is God’s being : He is wholly self-generated.”
Asclepius II, 14.

“And I see the eighth and the souls that are in it and the angels singing a hymn to the ninth and its powers. And I see Him who has power of them all, creating those (that are) in the spirit. It is advantageous from (now on) that we keep silence in a reverent posture. Do not speak about the vision from now on. It is proper to (sing a hymn) to the Father until the day to quit (the) body.”
The Discourse on the Eighth and Ninth, 59 – 60 (Robinson).

Sources : Pyramid Texts, ca. 2348 to 2205 BCE, Shabaka Stone, ca. 710 BCE, Hymns to Amun, ca.1213 BCE, Asclepius, ca. 270 CE, The Discourse of the Eighth and Ninth, ca. second century CE.

Both native Egyptian religion and Hermetism embrace henotheism (One in all Divine Beings & all Divine Beings as One). The former in an ante-rational way, the latter with full support of Greek conceptual rationality (in both its idealistic and realistic variants).

The essence of God is hidden and nameless. The existence of God is visible everywhere, although only known by thought. Everything is a manifestation of the Divine Mind. The Decad cannot be experienced. Even the Ennead is best for after this life. The Ogdoad is a secret gnosis available to initiates of Hermes only. All other humans are driven by astral determinism. This highly elitist way reflects the exclusivist tendencies of Greek initiation, imagining a symbolical death before rebirth, a rejection of the gross, evil body before the illumination by the Light of the Nous. In general, the soteriology of Antiquity is elitist, exclusivist, naturalist (no order of grace) and an upper classes phenomenon. In the afterlife, slaves surely perished and the poor benefitted from the goodness of Amun.

Officially, only Pharaoh was able to offer to the deities, for gods only communicate with other gods, and the divine king was the son of Re and an incarnation of Horus. When entering the “naos” or “holy of holies” (“kAs”) and performing adjacent rituals, the “hem netjer” or “servant of the god”, who was not a god but who represented the king (in a large temple this would be the high priest), assumed the form or image (“iri”) of the divine king (and his titulary deities). The king is the “10th” added to the Ennead of Atum, for as Horus, he is the justified successor of his father. In Pharaoh, the “mystery” of divine incarnation abided, for he was the only deity incarnated in a human body. In this way, he prefigured Hermes and Christ.

Amun, the “king of the gods” is “one, hidden and millions”. In the Old Kingdom, the great unknown god is invoked. Behind all deities, a hidden, primordial and ultimate nameless great deity is imagined. At first, this supreme deity is situated before all possible nature, for preexistent. He belongs to the precreational realm. In the New Kingdom, Amun is also present in every possible manifestation, he is before nature and in every nature.

Epilogue

Ancient Egyptian Mysteries ?

“ankh” the Egyptian sign for life
possessed by every deity

Egyptian religion is a celebration of life. This love of life is so pronounced, that even death is but another way of living. Indeed, the origin of life is deemed precreational, for with Atum rising out of Nun, the “first occurrence” (“zep tepi”) begins, which is the start of space, life (Shu), truth, order (Tefnut) and light (Re). Religion, ritual, induction and initiation always involve a return to this primordial time of maximum efficient power, in essence limitless, eternal and everlasting. This golden time of the gods, the true fount of life, is present in our world as “the horizon” (“Axt” or “akhet”) or the junction of Earth and sky. Moreover, the horizon is where the spirit-state is attained, an interstitial area where the “mystery” of transformation occurs, allowing the divine king (in this life and in the next) to rise to the Imperishable Stars of the Northern sky, and the ordinary deceased to attain the spirit-state.

“May You (Atum-Re and Pharaoh) rise from the Akhet,
from the place through which You become Akh.”
Pyramid Texts, § 152.

There is no irreversible separation or wall between the dead and the living. If the living take care for the tombs of the dead, the latter will be able to return to the physical plane to interact with those living there. The living do not communicate with the essence of the deceased, for the spirits (the “akhu”) exist in the bliss of their celestial, starry light. They are free and effective and so able to interact with Earth by means of the “ba” and the “ka”, their operational aspects. Spirit-life being the highest form of life, the attainment of this “akh-state” was the crucial postmortem event (the form allowing the deceased to live effectively in the afterlife). At first only Pharaoh could attain it, but eventually every justified deceased had a soul and so could hope to become a noble dead, although the unjustified would never enter the Field of Reeds and other heavenly abodes. They would be annihilated (not reincarnated).

On Earth, only Pharaoh was a living spirit, a mortal god. When his body died, the divine spirit would rise up, move through the underworld and ascend to heaven. Arrived there, he would make sure the new Horus-Pharaoh would be given a “good Nile”, underlining his justification. The tomb had a two-way function : via the North (or the West), the deceased king would ascend and his “ba” and “ka” would descend. Likewise, the temple was gateway to and fro heaven. Egypt as the “image of the sky” is literal : each of the hundreds of temples was a stargate.

Recently, Naydler (2005), by suspending the funerary interpretation, made clear that the Pyramid Texts in general and the Unas texts in particular, reveal an experiential dimension, and so also represent this-life initiatic experiences consciously sought by the divine king (cf. Egyptian initiation). These may be classified in two categories : Osirian rejuvenation (cf. the texts of the burial-chamber), already at work in the Sed festival, and Heliopolitan ascension (cf. the texts in the antechamber). To this may be added, that in the New Kingdom, both Lunar and Solar spiritual economies were refined ; the way of Osiris in the Osireon and the Netherworld Books (cf. Amduat), and the way of Re in the New Solar Theology of both Atenism and Amenism. Both the Amduat (cf. the 6th Hour) and the Pyramid Texts testify that the core of the Osirian Ceremony involved rejuvenation (found in the pit of darkness).

The Egyptian “mysteries” are the inner secrets of this religion, divided in mortuary temples, henceforward called temples for the royal cult, and cult temples, or the “horizon” of a divine being (the expression “double doors of the horizon” refers to the two doors of the shrine of the cult statue, kept hidden in the sanctum sanctorum). The former were intended to rejuvenate the living Horus-king (by identifying with Osiris) and, after death, to sustain the link with the deified deceased, the latter involved the service of a divine being at work in “its domain”. Examples are the elaborated Morning Rituals, taking place at dawn in the sanctuary of every temple, in and around the “naos”, and the famous “Opening of the Mouth”. Although most of the fine details of these rituals are lost, the records do keep some of the highlights “frozen” in stone or on papyrus and thanks to the Egyptian love of words, a large number of spells and texts inform us about what was said and done (cf. Pyramid Texts, Coffin Texts, Book of the Dead, Amduat, Book of Gates). In tune with Egyptian visual thought, these icons provide further information and suggest many parallels, embedded in the hieroglyphic script (as the following determinatives make clear). The historical reconstruction hence offers a basic ritual matrix.

Ritual Postures Semantics
A7 – “wrd” – tire, exhaustion
non-activity, inertia, funerary rituals and lamentations
A16 – “ksi” – bow down
honoring the deities and the divine king and rites of submission and respect
A59 – “sHr” – drive away, execrate
ritual banishments, execrations
A6 – “wab” – pure, clean
preparing for ritual, purifications
A4 – “dwA” – supplicate, adore
paying homage (praise) and acts of supplication
A8 – “hnw” – jubilation
commemoration of the victory of Horus over Seth, the Henu Rite
A26 – “nis” – summon, call, invoke
formal invocation of the deities and the noble dead
A32 – “xbi” – dance, jubilate
expressions of joy and happiness in the presence of the divine
A30 – “dwA” – praise, supplicate, adore
reciting hymns and giving praise to the deities and Pharaoh
A28 – “Hai” – high, joy, rejoice, laud
highest expression of celebration and spiritual joy

Let us summarize the historical and methodological situation of the Egyptian tradition. Historically, distinguish between four theo-ontological models of the Divine :

  1. Semitic model : God is One and Alone. He, the sole, singular God, is an unknown and unknowable Divine Person, Who Wills good and evil alike (cf. Judaism & Islam) ;
  2. Greek model : God is a Principle of principles, the best of the best (Plato), the unmoved mover (Aristotle), the One even ecstasy does not reveal, impersonal and in no way evil or tainted by absence or privation of being (Plotinus), the First Intellect (Ibn Sina), a “God of the philosophers” (Whitehead). This abstract God figures in intellectual theologies, humanism & atheism. In the latter, by the “alpha privativum” of the Divine, as in a-theism, an absolute term is produced, but this time by negation instead of by affirmation. God is reduced to an abstract & absolute “no-absolute”. But for the Greek populace, the deities are anthropomorphic and display a variety of human passions and interests ;
  3. Christian model : God is One essence in Three Persons : God the Father revealed by God’s incarnated Son, Jesus Christ, because, in and with God the Deifying Holy Spirit (either only from the Father, as in the Orthodox East, or from both Father and Son, as in the West). A God of Love, never impersonal, always without evil (pure of heart) and sole cause of goodness (Christianity) ;
  4. Oriental model : God, The All, is One sheer Being present in every part of creation in terms of a manifold of impersonal & personal Divine Self-manifestations (theophanies or modes of the One), as we see in Ancient Egypt, Alexandrian Hermetism, Hinduism (Vedanta), Jainism, Buddhism, Taoism and Hermeticism.

Egyptian religion belongs to the Oriental group of religions. The Divine is not unknowable and not exclusively personal. God is hidden and unveiled, one and many. More than just an abstract principle, God may become a Person, but no theophany is ruled out, and so God may also manifest as a real (like Anubis) or fabulous animal (like Seth), an artifact (like the crowns), a concept (like Maat, Sia, Hu etc) or a deified human (like Imhotep). Many Deities are at work as parts of nature, and each is a Perfect Manifestation, Appearance, Aspect or Attribute of the same God, who is The All but also hidden in all, as Graeco-Egyptian Hermetism affirms.

Most Greeks worshipped anthropomorphic deities, and more than one Greek intellectual (living outside Egypt and misunderstanding the deeper purpose of the association) ridiculed Egypt’s animal-faced deities. Greek Gods were like immortal humans, the Egyptian deities represented archetypal natural differentials. Egyptian Orientalism and the Greek mentality had overlapping verbal & linguistic interests (cf. the study of literature in Alexandria), but different iconic sensitivities and logical tastes. The Greeks idealized the body and rejected death, the Egyptians understood the body as an expression of the spirit and embraced death as a portal to more life. Pre-Socratic Greece also sought the root and the law of the universe (cf. Thales, Anaximander, Pythagoras) and had found its first answers in Lower Egypt (Neukratis and Memphis).

Regarding method this. Before contemporary Egyptology could do its work and articulate a historical reconstruction based on the available evidence and its scientific interpretations, Ancient Egypt was the object of three major flawed reconstructions :

  • the Hellenistic reconstruction : Ancient Egyptian religion, after having influenced the Greeks, was eventually Hellenized. The cults of Osiris and Isis, as well as Hermetism, evidence the survival of Hellenized forms of the native Egyptian ways. But the Greeks intermixed their somber, linear and isolationist views of the hereafter with the extended Egyptian funerary rituals. The ecstatic “catharsis”, “away from the body” mystique of their mysteries was escapist and directly influenced Judaism (Qabalah), Christianity (unworldliness) and Islam (the best is given after death). The role of Anubis as “guide of the dead” and initiator and Osiris as “king of the dead” was reinterpreted in terms of the Greek religious attitude. The Egyptian mysteries were seen as leading to another, better plane of existence, away from the limitations and boundaries of the material plane. The Greeks longed for a contemplative life, devoid of material duties and suffering. Theory was more appreciated than practice. Hence, material life on Earth, which fed the passions, had to be bridled and finally transcended. In this perspective, death heralded the final disconnection with the body, a state the Egyptians tried to avoid at all costs. Their religious attitude was un-Greek and in no way theoretical or abstract. In Egyptian religion, material life was spiritualized to make it eternal. Death was rebirth in the afterlife. And “voluntary death” was a spiritual dismemberment to a spiritualization of consciousness here and now. In the Graeco-Roman mind, nobody returned to Earth, the escape was final. Death brought rupture and disconnection, no return. When, for literary reasons or to close a play with a “Deus ex machina“, a spectre of the dead or a Deity appeared, then surely only vaguely and mostly to announce something bad or worse. This stern and lifeless vision of death (which befell all except the Deities) is already at work in Homer, who’s poetry suggests Mycenæan roots (cf. the Mycenæan Age, ca. 1600 – 1100 BCE). The “morbid”, funerary interpretation of the Egyptian tradition is therefore largely Hellenocentric. It denies Ancient Egyptian religion its mystics and ecstatics.
  • the Scriptural reconstruction : the so-called “religions of the book” (Judaism, Christianity & Islam), introduced their own narrow angle : Egypt as the home of taskmasters, idols & polytheists. In their “revealed” scriptures, these religions condemned Egyptian religion, although none of their protagonists were able to read Egyptian (Moses is not of history but of memory) and misunderstood when they tried. When Egypt turned Christian, the old religious structures were destroyed and most Egyptian deities transformed into demons (cf. “Amun” in Medieval Goetia and Solomonic magic). The cult of Isis became the worship of Mary, and the resurrection of Osiris was transformed into the spirituality of the cosmic Christ, represented on Earth by the Pope (the Christian Pharaoh and Emperor). The old trinitarian concepts of Deity developed in Egypt, became the “Holy Trinity” … It is remarkable to see how the canonized versions of these so-called “revealed” scriptures were written decades after their founders had died (Moses, Jesus and Mohammed wrote nothing). Moreover, although these traditions rejected the Egyptian view of the world, they nevertheless continued to cherish Egypt as the home of perennial wisdom, science, magic and mysteries, albeit allegorical and Pagan. These revelations were also Hellenized (Judaism with the Septuagint, Christianity because of the Greek authors of the gospel of Christ, who himself spoke Aramaic, and Islam with the impact of the Greek “falsafa” on theology and jurisprudence, as well as Hermes of Harran on Sufism).
  • the Renaissancist reconstruction : when the Renaissance started in Italy, and the work of the Arab translators began to influence intellectual life in Europe, the allegorical interpretation of hieroglyphs (initiated by the Egyptian priests of the Late Hellenistic Period), brought on stage a fictional approach of the Egyptian heritage. This would continue to operate despite Champollion cracking the code (in 1824) and demonstrating how the hieroglyphic signs were not allegorical but primarily phonetical. Between the XIIIth century (the end of the influential Templar movement with its “magical” tenets, the invention of the new Jewish Qabalah by Moses ben de Leon – cf. the Sepher Zohar and the influential Solomonic magic) and the XVIIth century (the start of Hermeticism, Freemasonry and the Rosicrucian movements) the allegorical interpretation of Ancient Egypt initiated egyptomania, a fictional approach of things Egyptian, devoid of any appreciation of the basic ritual matrix (cf. the historical reconstruction). For example, Seleem (2004, p.10) gives 50.509 BCE for the so-called emigration of the “priesthood of Atlantis” to Egypt !

Although all contemporary thematical reconstructions of the Egyptian mysteries, based on modern Egyptology, make use of rational thought, we have to avoid introducing Hellenistic bias, in particular with regard to the neglect of the body and the physical plane of existence. In tune with nature, the Egyptians are interested in recurrent cycles, not in linear expansion. To witness the ongoing rejuvenation of creation being the heart of Pharaoh and his intent. To know nature is to understand the intricate delicacy of its movements and to organize life in tune with it. No radical change is envisioned, for natural process has its own natural timing. Catastrophe and inventive changes are periods of stress and disruption. The Egyptians must have hated these loud Greeks with their reckless, inquisitive and ever-expanding spirits and at time violent and perverse morals.

(a very old Egyptian priest exclaims 🙂
“Solon ! Solon ! You Greeks are always children !
An old Greek does not exist !”
Plato, Timaeus, 22, my italics.

The revealed religions added a vile theological component to the Greek neglect of death (and the idealization of the physical form of the body) : sin. To reach God, the body and its appetites had to be mortified, for they were deemed the source of sin and stood between man and his salvation. Not only is the body a prison, it is also a wild beast and the natural ally of Shaitan, Satan or Iblis (the Seth of Egypt ?). Clearly, those who adhere to such exoteric ideas cannot comprehend Egyptian spirituality and its enjoyment of all parts of the body, now and in the afterlife. They are unable to address darkness and evil with serene minds and remain unfit to wander in the abysses of nature. The Oriental view on evil may be in tune with the Semitic mind (for both understand evil as God’s will), but both differ on how to deal with it. The revealed religions exclude Satan from man’s salvation, while in Egypt, Seth was subject to worship.

Because contemporary Egyptology provides a historical reconstruction based on the evidence, it is not called to speculate. This is not its task, for it works with and for a scientific knowledge base of the available evidence, an intersubjective consensus based on the facts. We may ask it to organize its objects of study in function of the main themes covered by the Ancient Egyptians themselves, and in this religion plays a prominent role. Maybe such a systematic and generalizing approach is still lacking. Insofar a series of hangovers are eliminated (antiquarian mentality, geosentimentalism, Europacentrism, Hellenocentrism, Afrocentrism, etc.), Egyptology is the best ally of the philosopher of religion as well as the esotericist and the Kemetist.

Let us first consider the case of the philosopher. Mysticology, the study of the knowledge-manipulation of mystics (cf. my Kennis en Minne-Mystiek, 1994), describes the process underpinning spiritual growth, as three-tiered : purification, totalization, actionalization and recognized that these stages gave rise to alternative canonized superstructures by the many religions of humanity, while the experiential register is fundamental.

These phases are first put into evidenced by the cave-art of the Upper Paleolithic and its religious implications.

These three stages are :

  1. “the entry” : the tunnel : the process of differentiation from light to darkness ;
  2. “the sanctum” : the cathedral : the secluded place of the mystery of the hidden light ;
  3. “the exit” : the return : the process of integration from darkness to light.

Before reaching the gigantic underground rock cathedral within the holy mound, the Cro-Magnon, or Homo sapiens sapiens (from 100.000 till ca. 10.000 BCE), crawls a considerable distance through a twisting, narrrowing, pitch black tunnel underneath tones of solid rock. The heart of the mountain is one or several caves lit with fires, with a variety of known, unknown and phantastic animals painted on high walls and maybe animated by the resounding echoes of the fierce rhythms of beated stalactites … Are strange men running around in unseen outfits, shouting, dancing or otherwise occupied ? The Dancing Sorcerer of Trois Frères perhaps, directing, in this grand natural galleries within the sacred mound, the secret dance of the powers that be, i.e. the supernatural spirits of the ancestors and the deities. Why do these Palaeolithic ritualists seek the same darkness of deep, dreamless sleep and death as the stage for their activities ?

The underlying purpose of this drama of darkness is religious and magical. The former reconnects the archaic, mythical layer of consciousness, predominant in Upper Palaeolithic and Neolithic humanity, with the primordial, archetypal powers or differentials of nature, the types representing the “nature” of the natural order. The latter protects against the dark, dangerous side of the natural order, and aims at its successful manipulation by means of this “nature of natures”. Prehistoric consciousness projects this outwards, and perceives it as the living, animated existence of ceaseless repetitions and constant types. The latter are only “typical coordinations” within its psychomorphy perceptions of the natural environment, particularly the “psychophysics” of water (food) and light (darkness). Over time, mythical notions of these psychomorph experiences take form. These eventually become natural “stereotypes”, the gods and goddesses of archaic polytheism. These deities represent the unchanging in the constantly changing, the stability of change in the life of wanderers and farmers alike.

Light and darkness are the physical underpinning of the cave mysteries. The cave is a protected mediating area were the human and the archetypes of nature touch. Its heart is an uterus, a place of new birth. The tunnel is a crawl or passage-way between stages & stations of life and the otherworld (the beforelife and the afterlife), the path of the seed to the ovary. In the natural darkness of the sanctum, events such as the death of a hunter could be relived and the causes combatted in a symbolical, allegorical way. Initiations could happen. The womb was the temple of the great goddess, she who enfolds nature as a whole.

The Cro-Magnon were the first to use grand rock cathedrals and their difficult entrances to invoke the experience of symbolical death and the subsequent initiation into a new, more powerful, rejuvenated state of consciousness, enabling one to move to a higher, stronger mode of being and awareness of being. Perhaps a better hunter, healer and leader of others. These superior hominids were able to artistically symbolize their religious and magical experiences, and thus shape spiritual traditions and eventually develop notions like heaven, hell, god and goddess, as well as shamanism (the conscious control of trance) and later priesthood (the specialization of magico-religious activities in more centralized village societies). Their common experiences shaped the earliest myths.

The Pyramid Texts as well as the Amduat confirm this architecture. After purifications and offerings to the deities, the king (or the “ba of Re”) is identified with Osiris to rejuvenate and to be reborn as “the living Horus” (the risen Sun). Performed during earthly life, this ceremony in itself duplicates the three steps : taking on the Osiris form, totalizing the Osiris form, return from the Osiris form to the Horus form. These totalizations makes him stand beyond the fundamental difference providing the energy to the process in the Duat, namely Horus versus Seth, righteousness versus wickedness, conscious good versus conscious evil. Lastly, Osiris the king ascends to the heaven of Re and is assimilated by Re. This last phase was the sole concern of Akhenaten, who was the unique son of Re without reference to Osiris or Amun (the “hidden” deities).

To operationalize and perform the rituals without initiating a new Egyptian religion is the task of the philosopher of religion interested in the living spiritual realities rather than their exoteric cast. In the case of a dead religion, an exceptional condition can be tested : are the ruins of a powerful religion effective enough to allow it to work its magic ? This approach is more in tune with participant observation than any phenomenological reduction (of the natural world) could be. But if an esoteric “lodge” beguiles the philosopher, to him a “church” is anathema.

And Hermeticism ? Can egyptomania contribute ? Maybe to warn future Kemetists of the dangers of fusing traditions as well as the futility of comparing systems in the actual practice of religion (in ritual, magic & prayer) ? Even in the Golden Dawn and its heir, Egyptian elements were combined with Babylonian, Jewish, Greek, Christian and Hermeticist sources.

The ultimate spiritual system is no Qabalah of Qabalah, as abstraction and rationality summon, but the articulation of a clean, pure and efficient celebration of the fundamental mystery of religion. In Egypt, this mystery of life involves constant rejuvenation and the spiritualization of all things material (and vice versa). This rejuvenation is brought by an inundation guaranteed by Horus-Pharaoh, the eternal witness. The “black land”, the residue left after the waters receded, is the fertile ground feeding the new cycle. Because of their syncretism, Hermeticists have depleted the original thought form and were blind for the ecology and economy of the Kemetic intention. Because of the meddle, egyptomania is to be avoided.

What is the form of the basic ritual matrix provided by the historical reconstruction ? The various ritual activities have been discussed elsewhere. Let us summarize the overall intentions of Kemetism. Ritual is not there to escape life on Earth or to compel the Deities (the Greek flaw at work in Hermetism). Ritual is not a reenactment of a covenant and man is not called to rectify (“tikun”) the flaws of nature (as in Judaism). Nor is there a special “order of grace” installed by the Cross of Christ and addressed by ritual (as in Christianity). The creator-god is not evil (as in Gnosticism).

This brings to the fore the fundamental trait of the Oriental concept of the Divine. The Deities, the dramatis personae of nature, are a series of “powers” or natural differentials with fixed laws in their retinue. They are born, culminate, withdraw, die and are reborn every day together with Re (cf. Amduat). They are the recurrent cycles of nature given form in symbolical, analogical and visual ways. Rituals are then a series of “natural operations” with automatic results “de opere operato“. Once these natural powers are understood and available, an efficient and irreversible (magical) outcome ensues which no force stops. The “will of the gods” is therefore the sum total of natural processes and their inevitable results. No supernatural “order of grace” is posited, for the deities themselves participate in the eternal cycle of Atum-Re (who destroys creation to start it all over again ad infinitum). There is no apocalypse, for the ultimate state is eternal recurrence. Identical ideas are found in Buddhism and Taoism. By contrast, the Graeco-Abrahamic tradition has elaborated on a monolithic, ontological & moral concept of God. In such a moralizing system, what is more subtle is also better (cf. evil as “privatio boni“). The violent final outcome being the “New Jerusalem”, a new, ideal world order …

“Kemetism”  (from “kmt”, the native name of Egypt) refers to revivals of the Ancient Egyptian religion developing in Europe and the United States from the 1970s. These approaches often involve a historical “reconstruction” of Ancient Egypt, filling in the obvious “gaps” with material which ante-dates the tradition, like Hermetism and/or Hermeticism. New grammatical insights & better translations point the way to different reconstructions, and the process is ongoing and per definition incomplete.

Clearly contemporary Kemetism cannot just reproduce the Ancient Egyptian tradition. Firstly, because only a basic outline of it is left, and secondly because Kemetism embraces rational thought. Lastly, Pharaoh is reinterpreted as representing the individual, witnessing “Higher Self”, and so accommodates a personal approach of the mysteries (no longer the privilege of a small number of priest).

Kemetic spirituality attunes with and benefits from natural cycles. Three fundamental movements are thus integrated : the daily movement of the Earth (Horus-Pharaoh) around its axis (causing diurnal and nocturnal hemispheres as well as the rising of 36 decans, stars and planets), the monthly movement of the Moon (Osiris) around the Earth and the yearly movement of the Earth around the Sun (Atum-Re). In fact, all Kemetic rituals follow these rhythms, which provide the form or syntax of the rituals (as well as their timing). The Lunar rites give rise to what could be called the “Ceremony of Becoming Osiris”, whereas the Solar ceremony is one of Ascension to Re.

Qua content, the fundamental operation consists in returning to the “first occurrence”, the golden age of the Deities, and harvest the energy-surplus available there. Only in this time of no time will common offerings and voice-offerings, as Maat herself, be truly effective. This pleases the Deities enough for them to dispatch their souls and vital power. Every time this happens, nature is rejuvenated by the additional energy entering creation (and the body) from the surrounding lifeless eternal waters (Nun) and their autogenous potential (Atum). One is thus more and more perfected (made more and more efficient) and this natural process continues, here and in the hereafter, until one becomes a God, i.e. one of the Powers of nature.

“Do not reveal the rituals You see in all mystery in the temples.”
Horus Temple – Edfu – Chassinat, 1928, p.361.

At the ultimate point where Deities produce Deities, the Kemetic intention has been fulfilled and only silence prevails.

UP AND DOWN THE MONOCHORD: Seven Vowels—Seven Planets

UP AND DOWN THE MONOCHORD: Seven Vowels—Seven Planets [Part II]

by Maria Danova, Independent Scholar

“Cultures have long heard wisdom in non-human voices:
Apollo, god of music, medicine and knowledge, came to Delphi in the form of a dolphin.
But dolphins, which fill the oceans with blipping and chirping, and whales, which mew and caw in ultramarine jazz—a true rhapsody in blue—are hunted to the edge of silence.”
–Jay Griffiths, British writer

Most of the sources concerning Pythagoras claim that he traveled extensively and was initiated in almost every kind of mystery available at the time: the Eleusinian Mysteries in Greece, the Mysteries of Isis in Egypt, the Babylonian mysteries, and even the Brahmanic Mysteries at Elephanta and Ellora, India, all of which taught one supreme truth—there is only One God. Therefore, the true origin of his infinitely deep knowledge is most likely the ancient esoteric schools, and it is based on this knowledge, gained through initiation and study, that he formed his doctrine and founded his own initiatory school. As an initiate and Master, he always wore a white robe, representing the purity of a ritual and contributing to his reputation as a divine being; the closest circle of his disciple had the same clothes.

Fyodor Bronnikov, Pythagoreans celebrate sunrise (Pythagoreans’ Hymns to the Rising Sun), 1869, Tretyakov State Gallery

They started and rounded off each day with music (at the time, there were no chords, i.e., simultaneous striking of several notes, and, for all we know, this music was played as a single melody); they chanted sacred sounds, meditating and bringing their souls into perfect harmony:

“…at night when his disciples went to sleep, he delivered them from all the noises and troubles of the day, and purified the perturbations of their minds, and rendered their sleeps quiet with good dreams and predictions. And when they rose again from their beds, he freed them from the drowsiness of the night, from faintness and sluggishness, by certain proper songs, either set to the Lute or some high voice.” [1]

The depiction of the angelic song and dance in Milton’s epic 17th century poem Paradise Lost could be seen as indirectly describing this Pythagorean way of life:

“That day, as other solemn days, they spent
In song and dance about the sacred hill,
Mystical dance, which yonder starry sphere
Of planets and of fixed in all her wheels
Resembles nearest mazes intricate,
Eccentric, intervolved, yet regular
Then most, when most irregular they seem;
And in their motions harmony divine
So smooths her charming tones, that God’s own ear
Listens delighted.”

Pythagoras taught that the human soul, just as the whole world, is created according to musical laws and should be tempered accordingly. This tradition is still preserved by Rosicrucians who chant sacred vowels in a certain order and Kabbalists who engage in sound meditation connected with the Sefirot Tree (the tradition that stems from Rabbi Ibrahim Abulafia, 13th century) [2], thus also harmonizing different levels of their being. In keeping with this, it was said that Pythagoras used to cure people with sound and music. As Diogenes writes, “he used to practice divination by sound or voices…”

*

The tradition of chanting vowels is very ancient. As Melanie Braun writes in her article on the mystical implications of vowel intonations, “in ancient Egypt, the laws of music were even engraved on the temple walls. The Egyptians took the seven vowels from the Oriental languages and used them as musical characters. Invocations to the seven planets were composed of vowels and designated musical modes.”  According to Manly P. Hall, one of the sacred Egyptian hymns contained the following invocation: The seven sounding tones praise Thee, the Great God, the ceaseless working Father of the whole universe. And in another hymn, the Deity describes Himself thus:

“I am the great indestructible lyre of the whole world, attuning the songs to the heavens.”

Most of the known sources, including Plato, point to the fact that the practice of vowel incantations derived from Egypt. In Plato’s Philebus (section 18 b), “Theuth”—known as the Egyptian deity Thoth, is mentioned as “some god, or divine man” who first divided the sounds of human speech into three categories: mutes, semi-vowels, and vowels. [3] And in Demetrius’ De Elocutione (late Hellenistic or early Roman period) the following reference is found:

“In Egypt the priests, when singing hymns in praise of the gods, employ the seven vowels, which they utter in due succession; and the sound of these letters is so euphonious that men listen to it in place of aulos and cithara.” [4]

Analogously, “in Kabbalistic study, it is taught that Hebrew letters and words are elements of power” able to reach the Deity. [5] As Jamie James and Anthony Westbrook state, the Ancient world existed within the framework of a unified intellectual continuum stretching throughout Asia, even into China, thus it is no wonder that the Greeks shared the same beliefs regarding the seven sacred vowels and their correspondence with the planetary gods.

Pythagoreans, too, associated vowels with planets and, moreover, believed that each of the planets had a certain velocity produced by its oscillation. For instance, the Pythagorean Nichomachus of Gerasa (late 1st to early 2nd centuries C.E.) in his Manual of Harmony wrote that vowels symbolized  “the primary sounds emitted by the seven heavenly bodies”:

“And the tones of the seven spheres, each of which by nature produces a particular sound, are the sources of the nomenclature of the vowels. These are described as unpronounceable in themselves and in all their combinations by wise men since the tone in this context performs a role analogous to that of the monad in number, the point in geometry, and the letter in grammar. However, when they are combined with the materiality of the consonants just as soul is combined with body and harmony with strings – the one producing a creature, the other notes and melodies – they have potencies which are efficacious and perfective of divine things.” [6]

Nicomachus (right) and Plato in a 12th  c. manuscript, Cambridge University Library. Plato revered Pythagoras as a great teacher, but, curiously, almost never mentioned his name in his works – perhaps because he owed him so much of his knowledge; he bought the book containing the compilation of Pythagoras’ wisdom from the Pythagorean Philolaus. His dialogue “Timaeus” is largely based on the Pythagorean doctrine, although understood in Plato’s own way.

This theory of sound-planetary correspondences is even confirmed by modern science:

Exploring the first moments of the Universe, cosmologists then had a startling revelation: the primeval plasma was crossed by waves similar to those produced by sound in the air—ripples propagating in space, a rich choir accompanying cosmic evolution. The disturbance produced in the plasma by perturbations of different size traveled as waves of different frequency. Perturbations of larger extent produced slower oscillations—lower frequencies, deep and low tones. [7]

The seven vowels of the Greek alphabet, in their planetary correspondence, are:

A (alpha, a) = 1st heaven;
E (epsilon, short e) = 2nd heaven;
H (eta, long e) = 3rd heaven;
I (iota, i) = 4th heaven;
O (omicron, short o) = 5th heaven;
Y (upsilon, u) = 6th heaven;
Ω (omega, long o) = 7th heaven.

According to this concept, between the Alpha and Omega lies the whole gamut of phenomenal world, and these 7 vowels represent a perfect circle and perfect harmony [8]:

“When these seven heavens sing together they produce a perfect harmony which ascends as an everlasting praise to the throne of the Creator. <…> The seven strings were always related both to their correspondences in the human body and to the planets. The names of God were also conceived to be formed from combinations of the seven planetary harmonies.” [9]

*

The number 7 was and still is considered a powerful, beneficial number. When ancient astronomers observed the planets discernible to the naked eye, they discovered that they were seven in number, and many ancient religions were based on the veneration of this number. In Jewish religion, they were the archangels Michael, Gabriel, Raphael, Samael, Uriel, Amiel, Zadkiel. To the Babylonians, the seven planets were the seven gods—Shamash, the Sun; Sin, the Moon; Nebo, Mercury; Ishtar, Venus; Nergal, Mars; Marduk, Jupiter; and Ea, Saturn. [10]

It is indeed interesting to imagine how Pythagoras passed the initiations in Babylon, directly corresponding to the number 7. The images become especially vivid when we read the description of the ancient seven-level temples of the Babylonian religion in Higgins’ Beginning of Masonry:

Their disposition from the bottom up was that of the planets in their respective order of velocity. Saturn, the slowest, was represented at the bottom by a black chamber; then came an orange-hued Temple for Jupiter, then a red one for Mars. Above this was the Temple of the Sun covered with plates of gold, then that of Venus, of a pale yellow color, and the last of the initiations took place in the literally Blue Lodge, dedicated to the planet Mercury, of whom the old rituals told us that the three lesser lights were “the Sun, the Moon, and Mercury.” Above this was the silver-covered Temple of the Moon god, where the fully initiated hierophant took his place among the astronomers who studied the heavenly bodies from this elevated Middle Chamber. [11]

Babylonian temple with seven levels, from: Higgins, Frank C. The Beginning of Masonry, New York, 1916 : 57

In view of this magnificent image, we should recall Goethe’s famous words “architecture is frozen, or crystallized, music”. Being a Freemason, a highly advanced initiate, and “Gesamtwesen” (a kind of universal being), in this phrase he hinted at the ancient concept of correspondences between music and architecture. As Manly P. Hall writes in his survey of the Pythagorean doctrine in The Secret Teachings of All Ages, in Ancient Greece “the elements of architecture… were considered as comparable to musical modes and notes, or as having a musical counterpart. Consequently when a building was erected in which a number of these elements were combined, the structure was then likened to a musical chord, which was harmonic only when it fully satisfied the mathematical requirements of harmonic intervals.”

*

Our Western musical system, indebted to the antique one, with its 7 notes and 7 musical modes (Ionian=the major scale, Dorian, Phrygian, Lydian, Mixolydian, Aeolian=the minor scale, Locrian), is to this day primarily based on the seven notes Do (Ut, C), Re (D), Mi (E), Fa (F), Sol (G, notice the resemblance to the name of the Sun – Sol), La (A), Si (H, or B).

These seven notes form a framework for countless variations and combinations, the possibilities of which seem truly inexhaustible. The very names of these notes were introduced by the Benedictine monk and musician Guido d’Arezzo (ca.991-1033) and are based on the seven initial syllables of the Hymn to St. John written in Latin (Ut queant laxi resonare fibris, Mira gestorum famuli tuorum, Solve polluti labii reatum, Sancte Ioannes / So that your servants may, with loosened voices, resound the wonders of your deeds, clean the guilt from our stained lips, O Saint John). The names of the notes also have semantic significance: do – dominus (God), re – rerum (matter), mi – miraculum (miracle), fa – familias planetarium (solar system), sol – solis (Sun), la – lactea via (Milky Way), and si – siderae (heavens). Thus, the sacred character of music is preserved in the very names of the sounds that are the “atoms” forming the body of music, and music works can still be seen as prayers to the deity, at times trying to imitate the heavenly sounds.

Hymn to St.John

This imitation was, as far as we know, one of the aims of the daily musical practice of the Pythagoreans. The heavenly sounds—the music of the spheres—could be only heard by the Master, who then brought this knowledge to his disciples in an accessible form: “he [Pythagoras] framed some representations of these sounds to exhibit them as much as was possible, imitating (that music) chiefly by instruments or the voice alone.” [12]

Later in history, Johannes Kepler (1571-1630), following the Pythagorean tradition, claimed that he knew exactly how the spheres sounded:

“Planets that moved in circular orbits, like Venus, kept one tone. Planets that moved in eccentric orbits, like the moon and Mars, created arpeggios. Rapid planets, like the moon, moved in semi-quavers. Slow movers, like Saturn, moved in breves. Kepler believed that the planets also had specific intervals based on the difference between the maximum and minimum angular speeds of the various planets when measured from the sun. In other words, the closer to a circle around the sun the orbit is, the closer it is to a unison at each end of the orbit. Earth’s interval, whose orbit is very nearly a circle but not quite, in a semitone: mi to fa. (He also glossed the names of these pitches theologically by suggesting that they also stood for the words “misery” and “famine”—our lot on earth). Venus is almost a perfect circle and therefore the interval for Venus is a quarter tone. Thus do the orbits of the planets eventually build up a cosmic chord.” [13]

Visual representation of near unison made by a scientific instrument called Harmonograph, an invention attributed to a Professor Blackburn in 1844. From Aston, Anthony. Harmonograph: A Visual Guide to the Mathematics of Music, 2003 : 23

*

We may wonder, who, according to the Pythagoreans, “ruled” the system of divine harmony briefly outlined above? Who tuned the velocity of the heavenly bodies? Who, thus, was the master and player of the world lyre? Naturally it was Apollo, the supreme deity of harmony, order, and the arts.

Diogenes writes that “the only altar at which he [Pythagoras] worshiped was that of Apollo the Giver of Life,” obviously without any animal sacrifice, since the Pythagoreans were strict vegetarians. Apollo, whose cult was most prominent in Ionia, Pythagoras’ homeland (he was born on the island of Samos, one of the islands of the Ionian League) was associated with the SUN:

“the Sun is the leader of the choir of planets, and Apollo’s lyre a symbol of the harmony of the spheres.” [14]

Onorio Marinari, Apollo, half-length, holding a lyre, ca. 1686, collection unknown (?)

All in all, as Jacqueline Behling writes, although his origin remains a mystery, “Apollo is commonly considered as the ‘most Greek’ of all the gods of Greece”. Still, it is more than possible that this deity was actually of non-Greek origin: it was a common notion that he came from the North; according to another concept, he was the Greek embodiment of the Egyptian god Horus.

In her work on Apollo and Pythagoreanism, Behling calls Pythagoras Apollo’s “most prominent non-priestly advocate”:

“While earning credit for major early contributions to mathematics and geometry as well as philosophy, he identified himself closely with Apollo, as either a messenger or perhaps an avatar of the god.” [15]

According to Pythagoras, who was also considered a son of the god [16], Apollo represented the higher principle setting the orderly framework (net) of the universe, “an impersonal principle of…higher reality” (Behling). In many Renaissance depictions of the world as a system organized according to harmonious laws, Apollo presides above the so-called “world monochord,” stretching the cord of the whole creation, as in this well-known drawing from Franchino Gaffurio’s treatise Practica musicae, 1518 [17]:

As we can see, Apollo is situated above and, in fact, outside the system comprised of the basic elements (water, earth, fire, air), planets, the sphere of the fixed stars, each corresponding to a certain muse and a certain ancient Greek musical note and mode, and rules the time itself, shown in the form of the three-headed serpent, Chronos. Here, Apollo is depicted as “a personification of the regulating, harmonizing forces in the universe, and as such is aptly associated with music, in which these forces are made audible.” [18]

Although it was believed that the supreme God resided high above, the music of the spheres tuned by him and “performed” by the heavenly bodies in their motion and interaction still affected everything that existed below, regardless of human ability to hear it. Pythagoras was one of those very rare men on planet Earth who was able to discern those sounds and correctly interpret the astrological influences effected through them. Thus, he existed as if between two worlds, between Above and Below.

It is humanity’s great luck that he was also generous enough to share his perception of this divine harmony with others. In this way, first his disciples and, over the course of the centuries, many other scientists and laymen became aware of the existence of these heavenly harmonies, even if they could not always actually hear them.

Science has come so far as to actually record some of the sounds produced by the planets, by way of registering regular impulses occurring in plasma. For the opportunity to actually hear these sounds today we are also indebted to Pythagoras. For without him, the very idea of the existence of such cosmic music might have not occurred at all, or its development might have been delayed by several centuries.

NASA Symphonies of the Planets 3, 1992

*

NOTES:

 [1] Stanley, Thomas. Pythagoras: His Life and Teachings. A Compendium of Classical Sources. (From the 1687 edition of The History of Philosophy). Preface by Manly P. Hall. Lake Worth, Fl.: Ibis Press, 2010

[2] On this subject, see: Idel, Moshe. Mystical Experience in Abraham Abdulafia; esp. Chapter 2: Music and Ecstatic Kabbalah. SUNY Series in Judaica, State University of New York Press, 1988

[3] “Thoth himself was shown on the Temple Wall at Karnak in the act of ‘stretching the cord,’ which is the act of moving from a spiritual center outwards in order to create forms in the physical 3-dimensions of space; the great hermetic Egyptologist Schwaller de Lubicz labeled this Temple illustration ‘Thoth, Master of the Net.” From: Gilbert, Robert J. “The Hidden Energy Science of Sacred Geometry: Ancient Traditions and Recent Breakthroughs”, Spirit of Maat Webzine, March 2008

[4] Godwin, Joscelyn. The Mystery of the Seven Vowels in Theory and Practice. Grand Rapids, MI: Phanes Press, 1991: 22-23

[5] Braun, Melanie. “Exploring the Efficacy of Vowel Intonations.” The Rose+Croix Journal, 2005, Vol. 2 : 13

[6] Godwin, Joscelyn. The Mystery of the Seven Vowels… : 23-24

[7] Balbi, Amedeo. The Music of the Big Bang: The Cosmic Microwave Background and the New Cosmology. Berlin, Heidelberg : Springer-Verlag, 2008 : 91

[8]  Here is a brief overview of many other objects that also come in seven, since seven is a sacred number partaking crucially in the structure of the universe: “The seven vowels, primary colors, notes of music, metals, days of the week, liberal arts, rounds of the spiritual ladder or staircase, deadly sins, sorrows of the Virgin Mary; the seven rays or Heptaktis of Jao Sabaoth among the Chaldeans; the seven rays of Indra in Hindu Mythology; the seven stars of the Pleiades, in Taurus; the Seven Ages of Man, not invented by Shakespeare, but quoted by Solon, the Athenian lawgiver, and by the school of Hippocrates; the seven Hyades, the seven stars of the Great Bear, forming a Swastika, in which the Hindus placed their seven Rishi or sages of primitive wisdom; seven wonders of the world; seven reeds to Pan’s pipe; seven strings to Apollo’s Lyre; seven gifts of the Holy Ghost; seven champions of Christendom; seven sleepers of Ephesus; seven Amshaspands of Persian theology, and seven Heavens.” – Higgins, Frank C. The Beginning of Masonry, New York, 1916 : 40

[9] Hall, Manly P. The Pythagorean Theory of Music and Color, in: The Secret Teachings of All Ages. Online: Sacred-texts.com

[10] Higgins, Frank C. The Beginning of Masonry : 39

[11] Higgins, Frank C. The Beginning of Masonry : 58-59

[12] Stanley, Thomas. Pythagoras: His Life and Teachings. A Compendium of Classical Sources, 1687

 [13] Huckvale, David. The Occult Arts of Music: An Esoteric Survey from Pythagoras to Pop Culture. McFarland & Co, 2013 : 22

[14] Godwin, Joscelyn. The Mystery of the Seven Vowels in Theory and Practice: 22

[15] Behling, Jacqueline. Pythagoras, the Cult of Apollo, and the Birth of Philosophy. A thesis presented to the Faculty of California State University Dominguez Hill, 2000 : 1-2

[16] “…according to Aristotle, the Krotonians believed him to be a son of the Hyperborean Apollo, and there was a saying that ‘among rational creatures there are gods and men and beings like Pythagoras’”, from: Koestler, Arthur. The Sleepwalkers: A History of Man’s Changing Vision of the Universe, NYC: The Macmillan Company, 1959

[17] Gaffurio, also known as Franchinus Gaffurius (1451-1522), was friends with Leonardo da Vinci and was allegedly depicted by the artist in the famous “Portrait of a Musician” (ca. 1490, Pinacoteca Ambrosiana, Milan).

[18] Godwin, Joscelyn. Robert Fludd: Hermetic Philosopher and Surveyor of Two Worlds. London: Thames & Hudson, 1979 : 77

Recommended Recordings:

  • MUSIQUE DE LA GRÉCE ANTIQUE [The Music of Ancient Greece]. Atrium Musicae de Madrid, Gregorio Paniagua. Arles, France: Harmonia Mundi s.a., 1979
  • VIBRATION by Shulamit & The Drepung Gomang Buddhist Monks © Copyright – Soulsongs Inc. & Drepung Gomang Monks / Soulsongs Publications, 2001
  • THE PASSION OF REASON. Five centuries of ‘scientific’ music. Sour Cream Ensemble, recorded in June 1993 and July 1994, Glossa Platinum Series. Heidelberg, Germany : Note 1 Music GmbH, 2013
  • SYMPHONIES OF THE PLANETS. NASA Voyager Recordings, vols. 1-5, 1992

Interesting Websites:

Comments (1)

Newest First

Preview Post Comment…

Heinrich Heine, Der Apollogott: 2
Aus Romanzero, Gedichte, 1851

»Ich bin der Gott der Musika,
Verehrt in allen Landen;
Mein Tempel hat in Gräcia
Auf Mont-Parnaß gestanden.

Auf Mont-Parnaß in Gräcia,
Da hab ich oft gesessen
Am holden Quell Kastalia,
Im Schatten der Zypressen.

Vokalisierend saßen da
Um mich herum die Töchter,
Das sang und klang la-la, la-la!
Geplauder und Gelächter.

Mitunter rief tra-ra, tra-ra!
Ein Waldhorn aus dem Holze;
Dort jagte Artemisia,
Mein Schwesterlein, die Stolze.

Ich weiß es nicht, wie mir geschah:
Ich brauchte nur zu nippen
Vom Wasser der Kastalia,
Da tönten meine Lippen.

Ich sang – und wie von selbst beinah
Die Leier klang, berauschend
Mir war, als ob ich Daphne sah,
Aus Lorbeerbüschen lauschend.

Ich sang – und wie Ambrosia
Wohlrüche sich ergossen,
Es war von einer Gloria
Die ganze Welt umflossen.

Wohl tausend Jahr’ aus Gräcia
Bin ich verbannt, vertrieben –
Doch ist mein Herz in Gräcia,
In Gräcia geblieben.«

http://www.textlog.de/heine-gedichte-gott-musika.html

Translation of the first two stanzas by Hal Draper:

I am the god of music, I,
Beloved by lads and lasses,
My temple under Grecian sky
Stood on Mount Parnassus.

I often sat in times gone by
Upon Parnassus Mountain
Where cypress shades and shimmers vie
Beside Castalia’s fountain

Wenn Worte aufhören, beginnt die Musik.
When words leave off, music begins.
https://s-media-cache-ak0.pinimg.com/736x/e7/cd/17/e7cd17a3bd1c19c4192ae6a03d1b4d97.jpg

Positio Fraternatatis (2001)

M A N I F E S T O

Positio Fraternitatis Rosae Crucis

Salutem Punctis Trianguli!

In this, the first year of the third millennium, in the sight of the God of all beings and of all life, we, the Deputies of the Supreme Council of the Rosicrucians, have judged that the time has come to light the fourth R+C Torch in order to reveal our position regarding the present state of humanity, and to bring to light the threats that lie heavy upon it, as well as the hopes that we place on it.

So Mote It Be!

Ad Rosam per Crucem Ad Crucem per Rosam

Antiquus Mysticusque Ordo Rosae Crucis

 

MANIFESTO

Positio Fraternitatis Rosae Crucis

©2005, Supreme Grand Lodge of the Ancient & Mystical Order Rosae Crucis Published by the Grand Lodge of the English Language Jurisdiction, AMORC, Inc.

 

FOREWORD

Dear Reader,

Since we did not know how to contact you directly, we are doing so through the medium of this Manifesto. We hope that you will read it with an open mind and that it will arouse at the least some thought within you. Our wish is not to convince you of the validity of this Positio; it is to share it with you freely. Of course, we hope that it will find a responsive chord within your soul. If not, we appeal to your tolerance….

In 1623, the Rose-Croix plastered the walls of Paris with mysterious and intriguing posters, which read as follows:

“We, the Deputies of the Higher College of the Rose-Croix, do make our stay, visibly and invisibly, in this city, by the grace of the Most High, to Whom turn the hearts of the Just. We demonstrate and instruct, without books and distinctions, the ability to speak all manners of tongues of the countries where we choose to be, in order to draw our fellow creatures from error of death.”

“He who takes it upon himself to see us merely out of curiosity will never make contact with us. But if his inclination seriously impels him to register in our fellowship, we, who are judges of intentions, will cause him to see the truth of our promises; to the extent that we shall not make known the place of our meeting in this city, since the thoughts attached to the real desire of the seeker will lead us to him and him to us.”

A few years before, the Rose-Croix had already made themselves known by publishing three now famous Manifestos: the Fama Fraternitatis, the Confessio Fraternitatis, and the Chymical Wedding of Christian Rosenkreuz, published respectively in 1614, 1615, and    1616.

At the time, these three Manifestos aroused many reactions in intellectual circles, and also among political and religious authorities. Between 1614 and 1620, about 400 pamphlets, manuscripts, and books were published—some to praise these Manifestos; others to disparage them. As can be seen, their publication constituted a major historical event, especially in the esoteric world.

The Fama Fraternitatis addressed political and religious leaders, as well as the scientists of the time. While making a rather negative statement about the general situation in Europe, it revealed the existence of the Order of the Rose-Croix through the allegorical story of Christian Rosenkreuz (1378-1484), beginning with his journey throughout the world before giving birth to the Rosicrucian movement, and ending with the discovery of his tomb. This Manifesto called for a “Universal Reform.”

The Confessio Fraternitatis complemented the first Manifesto by insisting, on the one hand, upon the need for a regeneration of humanity and society; and, on the other hand, by pointing out that the Rosicrucians possess a philosophical knowledge enabling it to achieve this regeneration. It primarily addressed seekers who wished to participate in the work of the Order and to strive for the happiness of humanity. The prophetic aspect of this text greatly intrigued the scholars of the day.

In a style rather different from that of the first two Manifestos, the Chymical Wedding of Christian Rosenkreuz recounted an initiatory journey which portrayed the quest for Illumination. This seven-day journey took place for the most part in a mysterious castle where the wedding of a king and a queen was to be held. The Chymical Wedding symbolically related the spiritual development which leads an Initiate to achieve union between the soul (the bride) and God (the bridegroom).

As emphasized by contemporary historians, thinkers, and philosophers, the publication of these three Manifestos was neither insignificant nor inopportune. It occurred at a time when Europe—politically divided and torn asunder by conflicting economic interests—was experiencing a profound existential crisis. Religious wars were sowing unhappiness and desolation, causing division even within families; and science, developing rapidly, was already demonstrating a trend toward materialism. For the vast majority, living conditions were miserable. The changing society of the time was undergoing a complete mutation, and yet it lacked guidelines for evolvement that held a general interest.

History repeats itself and regularly re-enacts the same events, though generally on a broader scale. Thus, almost four centuries after the publication of the first three Manifestos, we notice that the entire world, and Europe in particular, is facing an unprecedented existential crisis    in all spheres: political, economic, scientific, technological, religious, moral, artistic, etc. Moreover, our planet—the environment in which  we live and evolve—is gravely threatened, elevating in importance the relatively recent science of ecology. Certainly, present-day humanity is not faring well. This is why, faithful to our Tradition and our Ideal, we, the Rose-Croix of today, have deemed it advisable to address this crisis through this Positio.

The Positio Fraternitatis Rosae Crucis is not an eschatological essay. It is by no means apocalyptic. As we have just mentioned, its purpose is to state our position concerning the state of the world today and to reveal what seems worrisome to us about its future. As our past brothers and sisters did in their time, we likewise wish to appeal for more humanism and spirituality, for we are convinced that the individualism and materialism now prevailing in modern societies cannot bring to humanity the happiness which it rightfully desires. This Positio will undoubtedly seem alarmist to some, and yet, as the saying goes: “Who is so deaf or so blind as the one that willfully will neither hear nor see?”

Today’s humanity is both troubled and bewildered. The great progress we have achieved materially has not truly brought us happiness and does not enable us to foresee our future with serenity. Wars, famines, epidemics, ecological catastrophes, social crises, attacks on fundamental freedoms—these are just some of the many calamities which contradict the hope that humans have for their future. That is why we are addressing this message to all those who are willing to hear  it. This message is in the same tradition as that expressed by the 17th- century Rosicrucians through the first three Manifestos. To understand the message we must realistically read the great book of history and  have a clear view of humanity—this great body composed of men and women in the process of  evolution.

Humanity evolves over time, as does everything else connected with our lives. Indeed, the whole universe evolves. This is characteristic of everything which exists in the manifested world. However we feel that human evolution is not limited to the material aspects of our existence, convinced as we are that we possess a soul—in other words, a spiritual dimension. According to our teachings, it is this soul that makes us conscious beings, capable of reflecting upon our origin and destiny. This is why we consider human evolution as an end, spirituality as a means, and time as an enlightener.

History is made intelligible not by the events which generate it or which it generates, rather by the connections which unite such events. Furthermore, most of today’s historians will admit that history has a greater overall meaning, and that events need to be understood within the entire context of history. To understand history properly, events should be carefully considered not simply as isolated elements, rather as parts of a greater whole. As a matter of fact, we feel that an event is truly historical only in relationship to the greater whole of which it is a part. To dissociate events from the greater whole, or to make a moral code from history out of their dissociation, constitutes intellectual fraud. This is why seeming connections, juxtapositions, coincidences, or concomitances never really owe anything to chance.

As mentioned in the Foreword, we see a similarity between the present world situation and that of 17th-century Europe. What some refer to as the “post-modern era” has brought about comparable effects in many areas of modern life, and this has unfortunately resulted in a certain degeneracy of humanity. However, we feel that this degeneracy is only temporary and that it will lead to an individual and collective regeneration, provided that men and women give a humanist and spiritualistic direction to their future. If we do not, we lay ourselves open to much more serious problems than those we are facing today.

Due to our ontology, we think that human beings are the most evolved of all creatures living on Earth, even though we often behave in a shameful manner not befitting this  status.

The reason that we hold this privileged position is because we are endowed with self-consciousness and free will. We are therefore capable of thinking and directing our lives as we so choose. We also believe that each human being is an elementary cell of a single body—that of all humanity. By virtue of this principle, our conception of humanism is that all humans should have the same rights, be given the same respect, and enjoy the same freedoms, regardless of the country of their origin or the nation in which they live.

As for our conception of spirituality, it is based, on the one hand, upon the conviction that God exists as an Absolute Intelligence having created the universe and everything therein; and, on the other hand, on the assurance that each human being possesses a soul which emanates from God. Moreover, we think that God manifests in all creation through laws that we must study, understand, and respect for our greater good. In fact, we believe that humanity is evolving toward the realization of     a Divine Plan and that humanity is destined to create an ideal society upon Earth. This spiritualistic humanism may seem utopian. However, we concur with Plato, when he stated in The Republic: “Utopia is the form of Ideal Society. Perhaps it is impossible to achieve it on Earth, and yet a wise man must place all his hopes in it.”

In this transitional period of history, the regeneration of humanity seems to us more possible than ever before because of the convergence  of consciousness, the generalization of international exchanges, the growth of cross-cultural fertilization, the worldwide coverage of news,   as well as the growing interdisciplinary movement among the different branches of learning. We think that this regeneration, which must take place both individually and collectively, can only come about by favoring eclecticism and its corollary, tolerance. Actually, no political institution, religion, philosophy, or science holds a monopoly on truth. However, we can approach truth by sharing the most noble aspects that each of these disciplines has to offer humanity, seeking unity through diversity.

Sooner or later, life’s vicissitudes lead us to ponder the reason for our presence on Earth. This quest for justification is natural, for it is an integral part of the human soul and constitutes the foundation of our evolution. Furthermore, the events which have blazed the trail of history cannot be justified simply through the fact that they exist; they demand a greater reason for their being,      a reason above and beyond their mere existence. We believe that this raison d’être involves a spiritual process which incites human beings to question themselves about the mysteries of life—hence the interest which we attach to mysticism and to the “Quest for Truth” at some point in our evolution. If this pursuit is natural, we additionally feel that humans are driven to hope and optimism by a command of their divine nature and by a biological instinct for survival. Thus, the aspiration to transcendency appears to be a vital requirement of the human species.

 

Concerning politics, we feel that a complete renewal of political systems is imperative. Among the important 20th-century political models, Marxism-Leninism and National Socialism, founded on supposedly definitive social postulates, have led to a decline of reason and finally to barbarism. These two totalitarian ideologies have inevitably come up against the human need for self-determination, thus betraying our right to freedom while at the same time writing some of the blackest pages of history. And history has disqualified them both—forever, let us hope! Whatever we may think of them, political systems based upon a single, monolithic idea often have in common a desire to impose upon human beings a “Doctrine of Salvation,” which is supposed to free them from their imperfect state, and elevate them to a heavenly status. Moreover, most of these political systems do not ask citizens to think, rather to believe, which makes them resemble in effect “nonsectarian religions.”

Conversely, trends of thought such as Rosicrucianism are not monolithic, rather they are open and pluralistic. In other words, they encourage dialogue with  others  and  promote  human  relations.  At the same time, they accept a plurality of opinions and the diversity of behavior patterns. Therefore, such systems of thought feed upon exchanges, interactions, and even contradictions, which totalitarian ideologies forbid and from which they abstain. Moreover, it is for this reason that Rosicrucian thought  has been consistently rejected by totalitarian systems, whatever their nature may be. From its very beginning, our Order has advocated the right of each individual to create and express her or his own ideas freely. In this respect, Rosicrucians are not necessarily freethinkers, however they are all free to think.

In the state of the world today, it seems to us that true democracy remains the best form of government—although certain weaknesses cannot be overlooked. In any genuine democracy, based upon freedom  of thought and expression, we generally find a multitude of tendencies, as much among the governors as among the governed. Unfortunately, this plurality often engenders dissension, with all its resulting conflicts. Sadly, it is for this reason that most democratic states manifest divisions that continually and almost systematically conflict with one another. It seems to us that these political divisions, most often gravitating around a majority and an opposition, are no longer well suited to modern societies, and hold back the regeneration of humanity. The ideal in this regard would be for each nation to help promote the emergence of a government bringing together the personalities most capable of governing the affairs of state. In a wider sense, we hope that one day there will be a worldwide government representing all nations, of which today’s United Nations is just the beginning.

 

Concerning economics, we feel that the economic situation of the world is completely adrift. We can see that the current economic system conditions human activity more and more, and this is increasingly becoming the norm. On the one hand, this economic dominance takes the form of very influential, and therefore interventionist, structured networks which appear in various guises. On the other hand, today’s economy operates from determined values that, more than ever before, are necessarily quantifiable, involving cost of production, break-even point, evaluation of profit, duration of labor, and so on. These values are essential to the present economic system and provide it with the means to achieve its ends. Unfortunately, these ends are fundamentally materialistic, because they are based on excessive profit and enrichment. This is how human beings have entered into the service of the economy, while the economy should instead serve human beings.

All nations are presently dependent on a worldwide economic system, which we may describe as being totalitarian. This economic totalitarianism does not meet the most elementary needs of hundreds    of millions of people, while the supply of money has never been so vast on a worldwide scale. This means that the wealth produced by human beings only benefits a minority among them, which we find deplorable. Actually, we notice that the gap never ceases to widen between the most affluent nations and the poorest. We can observe the same phenomenon within each country, between the most deprived classes and the most fortunate ones. We feel that this situation has arisen because the economy has become too speculative, and it supplies markets and interests that are more virtual than real.

Quite obviously, economics will fulfill its role well only when it is serving all of humanity. This supposes that we shall come to view money for what it should be: a means of exchange and an energy meant to supply everyone with what he or she needs to live happily on the material plane. In this regard, we are convinced that human beings are not destined to be poor, and even less to be destitute; on the contrary, they are meant   to have everything that may contribute to human welfare, so that we may lift our souls with perfect peace of mind toward higher planes of consciousness. In absolute terms, economics should be used in such a way that there would no longer be people who experience poverty, and every person would enjoy good material conditions, for such is the foundation of human dignity. Poverty is not destined; nor is it the effect of a divine decree. Generally speaking, it is the consequence of human selfishness. Therefore, we hope that the day will come when the economic system will be based upon sharing and taking into account the common good. However, the resources of the Earth are not inexhaustible and cannot  be divided endlessly, so it will certainly be necessary to control the birth rate, especially in overpopulated countries.

 

Concerning science, we feel that science has reached a particularly critical phase. Indeed, it cannot be denied that science has advanced immensely and enabled humanity to achieve considerable progress. Without science, we would still be in the Stone Age. And yet, where the Greek civilization had worked out a qualitative understanding of scientific research, the 17th century brought on a veritable upheaval by establishing the supremacy of the quantitative concept, which is closely tied in with the evolution of economics. Mechanism, rationalism, positivism, etc., have separated consciousness and matter into two very distinct realms and reduced all phenomena to a measurable entity devoid of subjectivity. The how has eliminated the why. While it is true that research undertaken in the past few decades has led to important discoveries, the financial stakes seem to have taken precedence over everything else, and we have now reached the pinnacle of scientific materialism.

We have made ourselves the slaves of science, more than we have subjected it to our will. Today, simple technological failures are capable of putting the most advanced societies in jeopardy, which proves that we have created an imbalance between the qualitative and the quantitative, and also between ourselves and that which we create. The materialistic goals that humans pursue today through scientific research have resulted in leading many minds astray. At the same time, these materialistic goals have estranged us from our soul and from the divine within us. This excessive rationalization by science is a real danger that will threaten humanity sooner or later. In fact, any society in which matter dominates conscience, advances that which is the less noble in human nature. Therefore, such a society condemns itself to disappear prematurely and most often under tragic circumstances.

To a certain extent, science has become a religion—a materialistic religion, which is paradoxical. Based upon a mechanistic approach to  the universe, nature, and humanity itself, science possesses its own creed: “Only believe what is seen”; and its own dogma: “No truth outside of science.” Nevertheless, we notice that the research conducted on the how of things has led science to question the why, so that little by little science is becoming aware of its limitations, and in this regard is beginning to agree with mysticism. Some scientists—still too few it is true—have even reached the point of admitting the existence of God. It must be noted that science and mysticism were very close in ancient times, to such an extent that scientists were mystics, and vice versa. It is precisely toward the reunification of these two paths of knowledge that we must work in the coming decades.

It has become necessary to rethink  the  question  of  knowledge.  For instance, what is the true meaning of being able to reproduce an experience? Is a proposition that cannot be verified in all cases necessarily false? Surpassing the rational dualism that took hold in the 17th century seems imperative to us, for true knowledge lies in this “surpassingness.” Moreover, simply because the existence of God cannot be proved does not justify the declaration that God does not exist. Truth may have many faces; to remember only one in the name of rationality is an insult to reason. Besides, can we truly speak of rational or irrational? Is science itself rational, when it believes in chance? In fact, it seems to us much more irrational to believe in chance rather than to not believe in it. On this same subject, we must say that our Order has always been against the common notion of chance, which it looks upon as an easy solution and resignation in the face of reality. We agree with Albert Einstein’s comment about chance when he described it as: “The Path that God takes when [God] wants to remain anonymous.”

The evolution of science also poses new problems, both ethically and metaphysically. While it cannot be denied that genetic research has made it possible to achieve incredible progress in the treatment of previously incurable illnesses, this same research has opened the way to developments making it possible to create human beings through cloning. This form of procreation can only lead to a genetic impoverishment of the human species and to the degeneracy of the human race. Further, it implies criteria of selection inevitably stamped with subjectivity and consequently presents risks when it comes to the matter of eugenics. Moreover, reproduction by cloning only takes into account the physical and material part of the  human  being,  without  paying  particular  attention to the mind or the soul. This is why we feel that such genetic manipulation not only harms human dignity; it also threatens the mental, psychic, and spiritual integrity of human beings.

In this respect, we agree with the following saying: “Science without conscience is the ruin of the soul.” The appropriation of human beings by other human beings has only left sad memories throughout history. Therefore, it seems dangerous to us that scientists be given free rein to conduct experiments involving the reproductive cloning of human beings in particular, and all living species in general. We entertain the same fears regarding the manipulations affecting the genetic makeup of both animals and plants.

 

Concerning technology, we note that technology is also undergoing  a  complete  transformation.  From  our  very  beginnings,  humans have always attempted to fabricate tools and machines so as to improve their living conditions and to make their work more efficient. In its  most positive aspects, this desire originally had three primary goals: to enable humans to create things which they could not fabricate by hand alone; to spare them effort and fatigue; and to save time. Of course, for centuries, if not millennia, technology was only used to help humans with manual work and physical activities, while today it also assists us in the intellectual sphere. Moreover, for a very long time technology was limited to mechanical processes requiring direct human intervention and causing little or no harm to the environment.

Today, technology is omnipresent and constitutes the core of modern societies, to the extent that it has become almost indispensable. Its uses are many, and it now integrates all types of processes—mechanical, as well as electrical, electronic, computer, and so on. Unfortunately, the dark side of technology is that machines have become a danger to humans themselves. Ideally, machines were intended to help humans by sparing us from toil; now they are replacing humans. Moreover, we cannot deny that the development of mechanization has progressively led to a certain dehumanization of society, in the sense that it has considerably reduced human interaction—in other words, direct physical contacts. Added to this are all the forms of pollution generated by industrialization.

The problem now posed by technology stems from the fact that it has evolved much faster than has human consciousness.

Consequently, we believe that technology must break away from today’s emphasis on materialism and become an agent of humanism. To bring this about, it is imperative that the human being again be placed at the center of our social fabric which, according to what we have said with respect to economics, implies having machines again serve human beings. To accomplish this necessitates a thorough questioning of the materialistic values that form the basis of today’s society. This implies that all human beings reorient themselves and come to understand that we must respect the quality of life, and stop this frenetic race against time. This is only possible, however, if humans learn once more how to live in harmony with nature, and also with themselves. The ideal would be for technology to evolve in such a way that it would free human beings from the most difficult tasks and, at the same time, enable us to evolve harmoniously in contact with others.

 

Concerning the great religions, we believe that they are now manifesting two opposite movements—centripetal and centrifugal. The first movement—which looks inward—consists of fundamentalist groups within Christianity, Judaism, Islam, Hinduism, as well as other religions seeking a return to their religious roots. The second movement—which looks outward—has resulted in a neglect of religious creed in general and of religious dogmas in particular. People are no longer satisfied to remain on the periphery of a system of beliefs, even though a particular religion is said to be revealed. They now want to place themselves in the center of a system of thought arising from their own experiences. In this respect, the acceptance of religious dogmas is no longer automatic. Believers have acquired a certain critical sense regarding religious questions, and the basis of their convictions corresponds increasingly to a self-validation. Whereas in the past the need for spirituality brought forth a few religions having an arborescent form—i.e., that of a tree well rooted in its sociocultural soil, to the enrichment of which they have also contributed—today it takes the form of a rhizoidal structure, composed of many and  varied small shrubs. Does not Spirit move where It wishes?

What we have today, on the fringe or in place of the great religions, are groups of like mind, religious communities sharing similar ideas, or movements of thought within which doctrines, more proposed than imposed, are accepted through voluntary membership. Irrespective of the intrinsic nature of these religious communities, groups, or movements, their multiplication indicates a diversification of the spiritual quest. Generally speaking, we feel that this diversification has come about because the great religions, which we respect as such, no longer have a monopoly on faith. They exhibit increasing difficulties in answering people’s questions and can no longer satisfy them inwardly. Furthermore, people may be estranged because the religions have alienated themselves from spirituality. And yet spirituality, although immutable in essence, constantly seeks to express itself through channels increasingly suited to the evolution of humanity.

The survival of the great religions depends more than ever upon their ability to discard the most dogmatic moral and doctrinal beliefs and positions they have adopted through the centuries. If the major religions wish to endure, it is imperative that they adapt to society.  If they do  not take into account either the evolution of human consciousness or scientific progress, they condemn themselves to a gradual disappearance, and not without causing further ethnic, social, and religious conflicts. Nonetheless, we presume that their disappearance is inevitable and that, under the influence of a worldwide expansion of consciousness, they will give birth to a universal religion, which will integrate the best that the major religions have to offer humanity for its regeneration. Furthermore, we believe that the desire to know divine laws—that is, natural, universal, and spiritual laws—will eventually supplant the need just to believe in God. We assume, therefore, that belief will one day give way to knowledge.

 

Concerning morality—a concept whose meaning is becoming more and  more  ambiguous—we  observe that  it is being increasingly disregarded. In our  view,  morality  should  not show a blind compliance with various rules or even dogmas—social, religious, political, or otherwise.  However this is how much of society perceives today’s morality, and so, they reject it. We feel that morality should instead relate to the respect that any individual should have for oneself, for others, and for the environment. Self-respect consists of living according to one’s own ideas and not in assuming behavior that we disapprove of in others. Respect for others merely consists of not doing unto them what we would not want them to do unto us, as taught by all sages of the past. As to respect for the environment, let us be so bold as to say that to respect nature and preserve it for generations to come flows naturally from the heart. Seen from this standpoint, morality implies a balance between the rights and the duties of everyone, which gives it a humanistic dimension that is not at all moralizing.

Morality, in the sense that we have just explained, brings up the whole matter of education, which now seems to be in a state of distress. Most parents have withdrawn themselves from the educational process, or no longer have the necessary qualifications to properly educate their children. Many parents are shifting their responsibility onto the teachers in order to compensate for this inadequacy. After all, is it not a teacher’s role to instruct—that is, to transmit knowledge? Rather, education should consist of implanting civic and ethical values. In this, we concur with Socrates who believed it to be “the art of awakening the virtues of the soul,” such as humility, generosity, honesty, tolerance, kindness, and so on. Apart from any spiritual consideration, we believe that these are the virtues which parents, and adults in general, should inculcate in children. Naturally, this implies that, even if they have not acquired these virtues themselves, they at least be aware of the need to acquire them.

As you surely know, the Rosicrucians of the past practiced material alchemy, which consisted of transmuting raw metals—such as tin and lead—into gold. What we often ignore is that they also devoted themselves to spiritual alchemy. Contemporary Rosicrucians give priority to this form of alchemy, for the world needs it more than ever. This spiritual alchemy consists of transmuting every human fault into its opposite quality, so as to acquire precisely the virtues to which we have referred earlier. In fact, we believe that such virtues constitute human dignity,  for we are worthy of our status only when expressing virtue in our thoughts, words, and deeds. Undoubtedly, if all individuals—whatever their religious beliefs, political ideas, or other thoughts may be—made the effort to acquire these virtues, it would be  a better world. Consequently, humanity can and must effect a complete moral and spiritual reform, and for this to happen, each individual must regenerate oneself.

 

Concerning art, we feel that during the past centuries, and most particularly during the last decades, it has followed a trend of intellectualization that has led it toward an increasing degree of abstraction. This process has divided art into two opposing trends: elitist art and popular art. Elitist art, which is expressed through the abstract, is most often understood only by those who claim to be, or who are said to be its initiates. Through a natural reaction, popular art opposes this tendency by intensifying its way of portraying the concrete, sometimes in an excessively representational fashion. And yet, as paradoxical as it may seem, both delve deeper and deeper into matter, since it is quite true that opposites attract. Thus, art has become structurally and ideologically materialistic, in the image of most realms of human endeavor. At the present time, it interprets the impulses of the ego more than the aspirations of the soul, which we regret.

We believe that truly inspired art consists of interpreting on the human plane the beauty and purity of the Divine Plane. In this view, noise is not music; daubing is not painting; hammering is not sculpture; helter-skelter movement is not dancing. When these art forms are not limited to expressing some passing fashion, they become serious means of expression that convey a sociological message that cannot be ignored. We can appreciate such means of expression, of course, and yet it seems to us inappropriate to call them “artistic.” In order for the arts to participate in the regeneration of humanity, we believe that they must draw their inspiration from natural, universal, and spiritual archetypes, which implies that artists “ascend” toward these archetypes, rather than “descend” toward the most common stereotypes. At the same time, it is absolutely necessary that the arts bestow upon themselves an aesthetic purpose. In our view, these two major conditions must be met so that the arts may truly contribute to the raising of consciousness and become the human expression of Cosmic Harmony.

 

Concerning human relationships, we think that  people are more and more self-seeking and leave less and less room for altruism. Of course, outbreaks of solidarity occur, although it happens only occasionally during such catastrophes as floods, storms, earthquakes, etc. In ordinary times, the policy of “everyone for oneself” predominates in behavioral patterns. In our view, this increase in individualism is again a consequence of the excessive materialism that is rampant today in modern societies. Nevertheless, the resultant isolation should eventually bring about the desire and need to renew contact with others. Moreover, we may hope that this solitude will lead everyone to go increasingly within and eventually become aware of spirituality.

The general prevalence of violence also seems to us very disquieting. Of course, it has always existed, yet it now expresses itself increasingly in individual behavior. Even more seriously, it is manifesting itself at an earlier age. At the beginning of the 21st century, one child kills another without any apparent compunction. Added to this real-life violence is the fictional violence which dominates the motion-picture and television screens. The first kind of violence inspires the second, and the second feeds the first, creating a vicious circle that needs to be stopped. It cannot be denied that violence has any number of causes, such as social poverty, fragmentation of the family, desire for vengeance, need for domination, feelings of injustice, and so on; its worst agent is none other than violence itself. Clearly, this culture of violence is pernicious and cannot be constructive, especially since humanity has the means to destroy itself on a planetary scale for the first time in known history.

In a paradox of modern times, we notice, moreover,  that in this era of communication, individuals barely communicate  with one another. Members of the same family no longer converse among themselves, so busy are they in listening    to the radio, watching television, or surfing the Internet.

Another established fact has more generally commanded attention: telecommunication has supplanted  other  forms  of  communication.  In so doing, it places one in isolation and intensifies the individualism mentioned earlier. Please do not mistake our meaning: individualism,   as a natural right to live autonomously and responsibly, should not be condemned at all in our eyes—quite the contrary. Yet when it becomes a way of life based on the negation of others, it seems particularly disturbing, in that it has contributed to the disintegration of the family circle and the fabric of society.

As contradictory as it may seem, we feel that today’s lack of communication among our fellow citizens is partly the result of an  excess of information. Of course, we do not mean to question the right to inform and the right to be informed, for both are the pillars of any true democracy. Nevertheless, it appears to us that information has become both excessive and intrusive, to the point that it has generated its opposite: disinformation. We also regret that it is focused primarily on the precariousness of the human condition and overemphasizes the negative aspects of human behavior. At best, it feeds on pessimism, sadness, and despair; at worst, on suspicion, division, and rancor. Although there is a legitimate need to show those things, which contribute to the ugliness of the world, it is in everyone’s best interest to also reveal those things that contribute to its beauty. More than ever, the world needs optimism, hope, and unity.

This understanding would constitute a great step forward, more radical yet than the scientific and technological progress experienced in the 20th century. This is why every society should not only encourage face-to- face meetings among its members; it should also open itself up to the world. By doing so, we defend the cause of a humane society making   all  individuals  citizens of the world, which implies putting an end to  all forms of racial, ethnic, social, religious, or political discrimination or segregation. Such openness encourages the coming of a Culture of Peace, founded  upon  integration  and  cooperation,  to  which  the Rosicrucians have always devoted themselves. As   humanity is one in essence, its happiness is only possible by promoting the welfare of all human beings without exception.

 

Concerning humanity’s relationship with nature, we believe that on the whole it has never been so deleterious. It is surely obvious to everyone that human activity is inflicting increasing degradation on the environment. Yet, it is also obvious that the survival of the human species depends upon its ability to respect natural balance. The development of civilization has generated many dangers because of biological manipulations affecting food, the widespread use of polluting agents, the poorly controlled accumulation of nuclear wastes—just  to mention a few of the major risks. The protection of nature, and therefore the safeguarding of humanity, has become the responsibility of all people, whereas previously it concerned only specialists. Moreover, it has now become a worldwide matter. This is all the more important since our very concept of nature has changed, and we have come to realize how much we are part of it. We can no longer speak today of “Nature in itself ” in that nature will be what humanity wishes it to be.

One of the characteristics of our present era is our great consumption of energy. This phenomenon would not be worrisome in itself if it were intelligently managed. Yet we observe that such natural resources as coal, gas, and petroleum are being overexploited and are gradually becoming exhausted. Moreover, certain energy sources, such as nuclear power plants, present serious hazards, which are very difficult to overcome.    We also observe that, despite the recent attempts at dialogue, certain dangers, such as the greenhouse effects of gas emission, desertification, deforestation, pollution of the oceans, and so on, are not the object of adequate protective measures, because of a lack of will. Apart from the fact that these assaults upon the environment cause humanity to face very serious risks, they show a great lack of maturity, both individually and collectively. Despite what some experts claim, we feel that present climatic disturbances, with such a large share of storms, floods, and so on, are the result of the damage that humans have been inflicting upon our planet for too long.

Quite obviously, another major problem—that of water— is sure to confront us in the future with increasing impact. Water is an element indispensable to the maintenance and development of life. In one form or another, all living beings need it. Humans are no exception to this natural law, if only because water constitutes seventy percent of our bodies. And yet today, access to fresh water is restricted for approximately one out of six world inhabitants, a proportion which may reach one out of four in less than fifty years, due to the increase in worldwide population, and the pollution of rivers and streams. Today, most eminent specialists agree that “white gold,” more than “black gold,” will be the great resource of this century, with all the potential for conflict that this implies. An awareness of this problem on a worldwide level is imperative.

Air pollution also entails serious dangers for life in general, and for the human species in particular. Industry, heating, and transportation contribute to the degradation of air quality and pollute the atmosphere, giving rise to potential health hazards. Urban areas are the most affected by this phenomenon, which threatens to increase along with expanding urbanization. In connection with this, the massive growth of cities constitutes a danger which could threaten the stability of societies. Concerning the growth of urban areas, we concur with the advice that Plato, who was mentioned earlier, expressed centuries ago: “To the point where, enlarged, it preserves its unity, the city can expand, yet not beyond.” Gigantism cannot favor humanism, in the sense we have defined it. It inevitably brings about discord and gives rise to misery and insecurity.

Humanity’s behavior toward animals is also part of our relationship with nature. It is our duty to love and respect them. All are part of the life chain manifesting on Earth, and all are agents of evolution. In their own way, animals are also vehicles of the Divine Soul and participate in the Divine Plan. We can even go so far as to consider the most evolved among them to be humans in the making that are passing through the evolutionary process. For all of these reasons, we find the conditions in which many animals are reared and slaughtered to be appalling. As for vivisection, we view it as being an act of cruelty. Generally speaking, we believe that society must include all beings to whom life has given birth. Consequently, we agree with the following words attributed to Pythagoras: “As long as men continue to destroy ruthlessly the living beings from the lower kingdoms, they will know neither health nor peace. As long as they massacre animals, they will kill each other. In effect, whoever sows murder and suffering cannot reap joy and love.”

 

Concerning humanity’s relationship with the Universe, we believe that it is based upon interdependence. As children of the Earth, and as the Earth is a child of the universe, we are therefore children of the universe. The atoms composing the human body originate in nature and remain within the confines of the Cosmos, which causes astrophysicists to comment that “We are children of the stars.” Even though we are indebted to the universe, it should also be noted that the universe owes much to humanity also—not its existence, of course, rather its reason for being. Indeed, what would the universe be if human eyes could not contemplate it? If our consciousness could not embrace it? If our soul could not be reflected in it? The universe and humanity need each other to know and even recognize each other, which reminds us of the famous saying: “Know thyself, and thou shalt know the Universe and the Gods.”

Nevertheless, we should not deduce that our conception of Creation is anthropocentric. Indeed, we do not make humans the center of the Divine Plan. Rather, let us say that we make humanity a focus of our concerns. In our opinion, humanity’s presence on Earth is not the result of mere happenstance; rather, it is the consequence of an intention originating from a Universal Intelligence commonly called “God.”  Although God  is incomprehensible and unintelligible because of Transcendency, this is not true of the laws through which God manifests within Creation. As previously mentioned, we have the power—if not the responsibility—to study these laws and to apply them for our material and spiritual welfare. We even believe that in this study and application lie our reason for being, as well as our happiness.

Humanity’s relationship with the universe also brings up the matter of knowing whether life exists elsewhere outside of Earth. We are convinced that this is the case. Since the universe includes approximately one hundred billion galaxies, and each galaxy has about one hundred billion stars, there probably exist millions of solar systems comparable to ours. Consequently, to think that only our planet is inhabited seems to us to be an absurdity and constitutes a form of egocentrism. Among the forms of life populating other worlds, some are probably more evolved than those existing on Earth; others may be less so. Yet they are all a part of the same Divine Plan and participate in Cosmic Evolution. As for knowing whether extraterrestrials are capable of contacting humanity, we feel that this will happen, and we are not spending time waiting for it. We have other priorities. Nonetheless, the day will come when this contact will happen, and it will constitute an unprecedented event. Indeed, the history of humanity will then integrate into that of Universal Life….

 

 

EPILOGUE

 

Dear Reader,

This, therefore, is what we wished to tell you by means of this Manifesto. Perhaps it has seemed alarmist to you, however  because of our very philosophy, let us assure you that we are both idealistic and optimistic, for we have faith in humanity and in its destiny. When we consider the most useful and beautiful works humans have created in the fields of science, technology, architecture, art, literature, and others—and when we think of the most noble sentiments that we are capable of feeling and expressing, such as wonder, compassion, love, and so on—we cannot doubt that humanity is innately divine and capable of transcending itself for the greater good. In this respect, we believe, at the risk once again of appearing utopian, that humans have the power to make Earth a place of peace, harmony, and community. It simply depends on us.

The situation of the contemporary world is not hopeless; it is worrisome. What concerns us most is not so much the condition of humanity; it is that of our planet. We think that time is of no significance in terms of humanity’s spiritual development, since we have all eternity to carry out this evolution, seeing that our soul is immortal. On the other hand, Earth is truly threatened, at least as a living environment for the human species. Time is running out for it, and we believe that its protection is a vital necessity in the 21st century. It is to this purpose that politics, economics, science, technology, and all other fields of human activity should devote their efforts. Is it really so difficult to understand that humanity can only find happiness by living in harmony with natural laws and, in a wider sense, with divine laws? Furthermore, is it so unreasonable to admit that humanity has the wherewithal to sublimate its own interests? Nevertheless, if humans continue to pursue materialism, the darkest prophecies will be fulfilled and no one will be spared.

It matters little what political ideas, religious beliefs, and philosophical convictions people hold. The time has passed for divisiveness in all its forms; the time is now ripe for unity—unity of differences in the service of the common good. In this, our Order counts among its ranks Christians, Jews, Moslems,Buddhists, Hindus, Animists, and even Agnostics. It also includes people who belong to all social classes and represent all recognized political movements. Men and women enjoy complete equality in status, and each member enjoys the same prerogatives. This unity in diversity has given power to our ideals and to our égrégore, a reflection of the fact that the virtue we cherish the most is tolerance—in other words, the right to differ. This does not make us sages, for wisdom encompasses many other virtues. Rather, we think of ourselves as being philosophers—literally, as “lovers of wisdom.”

Before sealing this Positio, and thereby giving it the stamp of our Order, we wish to conclude with an invocation that expresses what we may call “Rosicrucian Utopia” in the Platonist sense of the word. We are appealing to the good will of everyone so that one day this Utopia may become a reality, for the greater good of humanity. Perhaps this day will never come, however if all men and women endeavor to believe in it, and act accordingly, the world can only become better because of  it….

 

ROSICRUCIAN UTOPIA

 

God of all beings,God of all life,

In the humanity we are dreaming of:

 

  • Politicians are profoundly humanistic and strive to serve the common good;

 

  • Economists manage state finances with discernment and in the interest of all;

 

  • Scientists are spiritualistic and seek their inspiration in the Book of Nature;

 

  • Artists are inspired and express the beauty and purity of the Divine Plan in their works;

 

  • Physicians are motivated by love for their community and treat both the soul and the body;

 

  • Misery and poverty have vanished, for everyone has what one needs to live happily;

 

  • Work is not regarded as a chore; it is looked at as a source of growth and well-being;

 

  • Nature is considered to be the most beautiful temple of all, and animals are considered to be our brothers and sisters on the path of evolution;

 

  • A World Government composed of the leaders of all nations, working in the interest of all humanity, has come into existence;

 

  • Spirituality is an ideal and a way of life, which springs forth from a Universal Religion, founded more upon the knowledge of divine laws than upon the belief in God;

 

  • Human relations are founded upon love, friendship, and community, so that the whole world lives in peace and

 

So Mote It Be!

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sealed on March 20, 2001

 

Rosicrucian Year 3354

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

G-20 1105                                                                                                ������� �� �������� �����

THE CHEMICAL WEDDING of Christian Rosenkruetz (AlchemyLab)

THE CHEMICAL WEDDING of

Christian Rosenkruetz

Come to the Wedding!

You Are Cordially Invited to a Royal Wedding!

 Today – today – today

is the wedding of the King.

If you are born for this,

Chosen by God for joy,

You may ascend the mount

Whereon three temples stand

And see the Thing yourself.

Take heed,

Observe yourself!

If you’re not clean enough,

The wedding can work ill.

Perjure here at your peril;

He who is light, beware!


THE FIRST DAY

THE SECOND DAY

THE THIRD DAY

THE FOURTH DAY

THE FIFTH DAY

THE SIXTH DAY

THE SEVENTH DAY

The First Day

On an evening before Easter day, I sat at a table, and having (as my custom was) in my humble prayer sufficiently conversed with my Creator, and considered many great mysteries (whereof the Father of Lights his Majesty had shewn me not a few) and being now ready to prepare in my heart, together with my dear Paschal Lamb, a small, unleavened, undefiled cake; All on a sudden ariseth so horrible a tempest, that I imagined no other but that through its mighty force, the hill whereon my little house was founded, would flye in pieces. But in as much as this, and the like from the Devil (who had done me many a spight) was no new thing to me, I took courage, and persisted in my meditation, till some body after an unusual manner, touched me on the back; whereupon I was so hugely terrified, that I durst hardly look about me; yet I shewed myself as cheerful as (in the like occurrence.) humane frailty would permit; now the same thing still twitching me several times. by the coat, I looked back, and behold it was a fair and glorious lady, whose garments were all skye-colour, and curiously (like Heaven) bespangled with golden stars, in her right hand she bare a trumpet of beaten gold, whereon a Name was ingraven which I could well read in but am as yet forbidden to reveal it. In her left hand she had a great bundle of letters of all languages, which she (as I afterwards understood) was to carry into all countries. She had also large and beautiful wings, full of eyes throughout, wherewith she could mount aloft, and flye swifter than any eagle. I might perhaps been able to take further notice of her, but because she stayed so small time with me, and terror and amazement still possessed me, I was fain to be content. For as soon as I turned about, she turned her letters over and over, and at length drew out a small one, with which great reverence she laid down upon the table, and without giving one word, departed from me. But in her mounting upward, she gave so mighty a blast on her gallant trumpet, that the whole hill echoed thereof, and for a full quarter of an hour after, I could hardly hear my own words.

In so unlooked for an adventure I was at a loss, how either to advise, or assist my poor self, and therefore fell upon my knees and besought my Creator to permit nothing contrary to my eternal happiness to befall me; whereupon with fear and trembling, I went to the letter, which was now so heavy, as had it been mere gold, it could hardly have been so weighty. Now as I we. diligently viewing it, I found a little seal, whereupon a curious cross with this inscription, IN HOC SIGNO VINCES, was ingraven. Now as soon as I espied this sign I was the more comforted, as not being ignorant that such a seal was little acceptable, and much less useful, to the Devil. Whereupon I tenderly opened the letter, and within it, in an azure field, in golden letters, found the following verses written.

“This day, this day, this, this

The Royal Wedding is.

Art thou thereto by birth inclin’d,

And unto joy of God design’d,

Then may’st thou to the mountain trend,

Whereon three stately temples stand,

And there see all from end to end.

Keep watch, and ward,

Thy self regard;

Unless with diligence thou bathe,

The Wedding can’t thee harmless save;

He’l damage have that here delays;

Let him beware, too light that weighs.”

Underneath stood Sponsus and Sponsa.

As soon as I had read this letter, I was presently like to have fainted away, all my hair stood on end, and a cold sweat trickled down my whole body. For although I well perceived that this was the appointed wedding, whereof seven years before I was acquainted in a bodily vision, and which now so long time I had with great earnestness attended, and which lastly, by the account and calculation of the planets, I had most diligently observed, I found so to be, yet could I never fore-see that it must happen under so grievous perilous conditions. For whereas I before imagined that to be a well-come and acceptable guest, I needed only be ready to appear at the wedding, I was now directed to Divine Providence, of which until this time I was never certain. I also found by my self, the more I examined my self, that in my head there was nothing but gross mis-understanding, and blindness in mysterious things, so that I was not able to comprehend even those things which lay under my feet, and which I daily conversed with, much less that I should be born to the searching out, and understanding of the secrets of Nature, since in my opinion Nature might every where find a more virtuous disciple, to whom to intrust her precious, though temporary, and changeable treasures. I found also that my bodily behaviour, and outward good conversation, and brotherly love toward my neighbour, was not duly purged and cleansed; moreover the tickling of the flesh manifested itself, whose affection was bent only to pomp and bravery, and worldly pride, and not to the good of mankind: and I was always contriving how by this art I might in a short time abundantly increase my profit and advantage, rear up stately palaces, make my self an everlasting name in the world, and other like carnal designs.

But the obscure words concerning the three temples did particularly afflict me, which I was not able to make out by any after-speculation, and perhaps should not yet, had they not been wonderfully revealed to me. Thus sticking betwixt hope and fear, examining my self again and again, and finding only my own frailty and impotency, not being in any wise able to succour myself, and exceedingly amazed at the fore-mentioned threatening, at length I betook myself to my usual and most secure course; after I had finished my earnest and most fervent prayer, I laid me down in my bed, that so perchance my good angel by the Divine permission might appear, and (as it had sometimes formerly happened) instruct me in this doubtful affair, which to the praise of God, my own good, and my neighbours faithful and hearty warning and amendment did now likewise fall out. For I was yet scarce fallen asleep, when me-thought, I, together with a numberless multitude of men lay fettered with great chains in a dark dungeon, wherein without the least glimpse of light, we swarmed like bees one over another, and thus rendered each others affliction more grievous. But although neither I, nor any of the rest could see one jot, yet I continually heard one heaving himself above the other, when his chains or fetters were become ever so little lighter, though none of us had much reason to shove up the other, since we were all captive wretches. Now as I with the rest had continued a good while in this affliction, and each was still reproaching the other with his blindness and captivity, at length we heard many trumpets sounding together, and kettle drums beating so artificially thereto, that it even revived and rejoiced us in our calamity. During this noise the cover of the dungeon was from above lifted up, and a little light let down unto us. Then first might truly have been discerned the bustle we kept, for all went pesle-mesle, and he who perchance had too much heaved up himself, was forced down again under the others feet. In brief, each one strove to be uppermost, neither did I my self linger, but with my weighty fetters slipt up from under the rest, and then heaved myself upon a stone, which I laid hold of; howbeit, I was several times caught at by others, from whom yet as well as I might, with hands and feet I still guarded my self. For we imagined no other but that we should all be set at liberty, which yet fell out quite otherwise. For after the nobles who looked upon us from above through the hole, had a while recreated themselves with this our struggling and lamenting, a certain hoary-headed ancient man called us to be quiet, and having scarce obtained it, began (as I still remember) thus to say on.

“If wretched mankind would forbear

Themselves so to uphold,

Then sure on them much good confer,

My righteous Mother would:

But since the same will not ensue,

They must in care and sorrow rue,

And still in prison lie.

Howbeit, my dear Mother will

Their follies over-see,

Her choicest goods permitting still

Too much in the’ light to be.

Though very rarely it may seem

That they may still keep some esteem,

Which else would pass for forgery.

Wherefore in honour of the feast

We this day solemnise,

That so her grace may be increast,

A good deed she’1 devise.

For now a cord shall be let down,

And whosoe’er can hang thereon,

Shall freely be releast.

He had scarce done speaking when an ancient matron commanded her servants to let down the cord seven times into the dungeon, and draw up whosoever could hang upon it. Good God! that I could sufficiently describe the hurry and disquiet that then arose amongst us for every one strove to get to the cord, and yet only hindered each other. But after seven minutes a sign was given by a little bell, whereupon at the first pull the servants drew up four. At that time I could not come near the cord by much, having (as is before-mentioned) to my huge misfortune, betaken my self to a stone at the wall of the dungeon, and thereby was disabled to get to the cord which descended in the middle. The cord was let down the second time, but divers, because their chains were too heavy, and their hands too tender, could not keep their hold on the cord, but with themselves beat down many another, who else perhaps might have held fast enough; nay, many an one was forcibly pulled off by another, who yet could not himself get at it, so mutually envious were we even in this our great misery. But they of all others most moved my compassion, whose weight was so heavy, that they tore their very hands from their bodies, and yet could not get up.

Thus it came to pass that at those five times very few were drawn up. For as soon as the sign was given, the servants were so nimble at the draught, that the most part tumbled one upon another, and the cord, this time especially, was drawn up very empty. Whereupon the greatest part, and even I myself, despaired of redemption, and called upon God that he would have pity on us, and (if possible) deliver us out of this obscurity, who also then heard some of us: for when the cord came down the sixth time, some of them hung themselves fast upon it; and whilst in the drawing up, the cord swung from one side to the other, it (perhaps by the will of God) came to me, which I suddenly catching, uppermost above all the rest, and so at length beyond hope came out; whereat I exceedingly rejoiced, so that I perceived not the wound, which in the drawing up I received on my head by a sharp stone, till I with the rest who were released (as was always before done) was fain to help at the seventh and last pull, at which time through straining, the blood ran down all over my clothes, which I nevertheless for joy regarded not. Now when the last draught whereon the most of all hung, was finished, the matron caused the cord to be laid away, and willed her aged son to declare her resolution to the rest of the prisoners, who after he had a little bethought himself spoke, thus unto them.

“Ye children dear

All present here,

What is but now complete and done,

Was long before resolved on:

What er’r my mother of great grace

To each on both sides here hath shown,

May never discontent mix-place;

The joyful time is drawing on,

When every one shall equal be,

None wealthy, none in penury.

Who er’e receiveth great commands

Hath work enough to fill his hands.

Who er’e with much hath trusted been,

‘Tis well if he may save his skin.

Wherefore your lamentations cease,

What is’t to wait for some few days?”

As soon as he had finished these words, the cover was again put to and locked down, and the trumpets and kettle-drums began afresh, yet could not the noise thereof be so loud, but that the bitter lamentation of the prisoners which arose in the dungeon was heard above all, which soon also caused my eyes to run-over. Presently after the ancient matron, together with her son sat down on seats before prepared, and commanded the redeemed should be told. Now as soon as she understood the number, and had written it down in a gold-yellow tablet, she demanded every ones name, which were also written down by a little page; having viewed us all, one after another, she sighed, and spoke to her son, so as I could well hear her, “Ah how hartily am I grieved for the poor men in the dungeon! I would to God I durst release them all,” whereunto her son replied; “It is mother thus ordained of God, against whom we may not contend. In case we all of us were lords, and possessed all the goods upon Earth, and were seated at table, who would there then be to bring up the service?” whereupon his mother held her peace, but soon after she said; “Well, however, let these be freed from their fetters”, which was likewise presently done, and I, except a few was the last; yet I could not refrain, but (though I still looked upon the rest) bowed myself before the ancient matron, and thanked God that through her, had graciously and fatherly vouch-safed to bring me out of such darkness into the light: after me the rest did likewise, to the satisfaction of the matron. Lastly, to every one was given a piece of gold for a remembrance, and to spend by the Way, on the one whereof was stamped the rising sun, on the other (as I remember) these three letters, D.L.S., and therewith every one had license to depart, and was sent to his own business with this annexed intimation, that we to the glory of God should benefit our neighbours, and reserve in silence what we had been intrusted with, which we also promised to do, and so departed one from another.

But in regard of the wounds which the fetters had caused me, I could not well go forward, but halted on both feet, which the matron presently espying, laughing at it and calling me again to her said thus to me, “My son, let not this defect afflict thee, but call to mind thy infirmities, and therewith thank God who hath permitted thee even in this world, and in the state of thy imperfection to come into so high a light, and keep these wounds for my sake.” Whereupon the trumpets began again to sound, which so affrighted me that I awoke, and then first perceived that it was only a dream, which was so strongly impressed upon my imagination, that I was still perpetually troubled about it, and me thought I was yet sensible of the wounds on my feet. Howbeit, by all these things I well understood that God had vouchsafed that I should be present at this mysterious and bidden wedding; wherefore with childlike confidence I returned thanks to his Divine Majesty, and besought him, that he would further preserve me in his fear, that he would daily fill my heart with wisdom and understanding, and at length graciously (without my desert) conduct me to the desired end. Hereupon I prepared my self for the way, put on my white linen coat, girded my loins, with a blood-red ribbon bound-cross-ways over my shoulder. In my hat I stuck four red roses, that I might the sooner by this token be taken notice of Amongst the throng. For food I took bread, salt and water, which by the counsel of an understanding person I had at certain times used, not without profit, in the like occurrences. But before I parted from my cottage, I first in this my dress and wedding garment, fell down upon my knees, and besought God, that in case such a thing were, he would vouchsafe me a good issue. And thereupon in the presence of God I made a Vow, that if any thing through his grace should be revealed unto me, I would employ it neither to my own honour nor authority in the world, but to the spreading of his Name, and the service of my neighbour. And with this vow, and good hope I departed out of my cell with joy.

The Second Day   Return to Top

I was hardly got out of my cell into a forest when me thought the whole heaven and all the elements had already trimmed themselves against this wedding. For even the birds chanted more pleasantly then before, and the young fawns skipped so merrily, that they rejoiced my old heart, and moved me to sing: wherefore with a loud voice I thus began:

“With mirth thou pretty bird rejoice,

Thy Maker’s praise in-tranced.

Lift up thy shrill and pleasant voice,

Thy God is high advanced.

Thy food before he did provide,

And gives it in a fitting side,

Therewith be thou sufficed.

Why should’st thou now unpleasant be,

Thy wrath against God venting?

That he a little bird made thee,

Thy silly head tormenting?

Because he made thee not a man,

O peace, he hath well thought thereon.

Therewith be thou sufficed.

What is’t I’d have poor earthly worm,

By God (as’twere) inditing,

That I should thus ‘gainst Heaven storm

To force great arts by fighting?

God will out-braved be by none,

Who’s good for naught, may hence be gone,

O man b’ herewith sufficed.

That he no Caesar hath thee fram’d,

To pine therefore ’tis needless

His name perhaps thou hadst defam’d

Whereof he was not heedless

Most clear and bright Gods eyes do shine,

He pierces to thy heart within,

And cannot be deceived.”

This sang I now from the bottom of my heart throughout the whole forest, so that it resounded from all parts, and the hills repeated my last words, until at length I espied a curious green heath, wither I betook my self out of the forest. Upon this heath stood three lovely tall cedars, which by reason of their breadth afforded an excellent and desired shade, whereat I greatly rejoiced; for although I had not hitherto gone far, yet my earnest longing made me very faint, whereupon I hasted to the trees to rest a little under them, but as soon as I came somewhat higher, I espied a tablet fastened to one of them, on which (as afterwards I read) in curious letters the following words were written:

“God save thee, stranger! If thou hast heard anything concerning the nuptials of the King, consider these words. By us doth the Bridegroom offer thee a choice between four ways, all of which, if thou dost not sink down in the way, can bring thee to his royal court. The first is short but dangerous, and one which will lead thee into rocky places, through which it will be scarcely possible to pass. The second is longer, and takes thee circuitously; it is plain and easy, if by the help of the Magnet, thou turnest neither to left nor right. The third is that truly royal way which through various pleasures and pageants of our King, affords thee a joyful journey; but this so far has scarcely been allotted to one in a thousand. By the fourth shall no man reach the place, because it is a consuming way, practicable only for incorruptible bodies. Choose now which thou wilt of the three, and persevere constantly therein, for know which soever thou shalt enter, that is the one destined for thee by immutable Fate, nor canst thou go back therein save at great peril to life. These are the things which we would have thee know, but, ho, beware! thou knowest not with how much danger thou cost commit thyself to this way, for if thou knowest thyself by the smallest fault to be obnoxious to the laws of our King, I beseech thee, while it is still possible, to return swiftly to thy house by the way thou camest.”

As soon as I had read this writing all my joy was near vanished again, and I who before sang merrily, began now inwardly to lament. For although I saw all the three ways before me, and understood that hence forward it was vouchsafed me, to make choice of one of them, yet it troubled me that in case I went the stony and rocky way, I might get a miserable and deadly fall, or taking the long one, I might wander out of it through by-ways, or be otherway’s detained in the great journey. Neither durst I hope, that I amongst thousands should be the very one who should choose the royal way. I saw likewise the fourth before me, but it was so invironed with fire and exhalations, that I durst not (by much) draw near it, and therefore again and again considered, whether I should turn back, or take any of the ways before me. I well weighted my own unworthiness, but the dream still comforted me, that I was delivered out of the tower, and yet I durst not confidently rely upon a dream; whereupon I was so variously perplexed, that for very great weariness, hunger and thirst seized me, whereupon I presently drew out my bread, cut a slice of it, which a snow-white dove of whom I was not aware, sitting upon the tree, espied and therewith (perhaps according to her wonted manner) came down, and betook herself very familiarly with me, to whom I willingly imparted my food, which she received, and so with her prettiness did again a little refresh me. But as soon as her enemy a most black raven perceived it, he straight darted himself down upon the dove, and taking no notice of me, would needs force away the dove’s meat, who could no otherwise guard her self but by flight; whereupon they both together flew towards the south, at which I was so hugely incensed and grieved, that without thinking what I did, I made hast after the filthy raven, and so against my will ran into one of the forementioned ways a whole fields length; and thus the raven being chased away, and the dove delivered, I then first observed what I had inconsiderately done, and that I was already entered into a way, from which under peril of great punishment I durst not retire. And though I had still herewith in some measure to comfort my self, yet that which was worst of all to me, was, that I had left my bag and bread at the tree, and could never retrieve them. For as soon as I turned my self about, a contrary wind was so strong against me, that it was ready to fell me.

But if I went forward on my way, I perceived no hinderance at all. From whence I could easily conclude, that it would cost me my life, in case I should set my self against the wind, wherefore I patiently took up my cross, got up on my feet, and resolved, since so it must be, I would use my utmost endeavour to get to my journeys end before night. Now although many apparent byways shewed themselves, yet I still proceeded with my compass, and would not budge one step from the Meridian Line; howbeit the way was oftentimes so rugged and unpassable, that I was in no little doubt of it. On this way I constantly thought upon the dove and raven, and yet could not search out the meaning until at length upon a high hill afar off I espied a stately portal, to which not regarding how far it was distant both from me and the way I was in, I hasted, because the sun had already hid himself under the hills, and I could elsewhere espy no abiding place, and this verily I ascribe only to God, who might well have permitted me to go forward in this way, and withheld my eyes that so I might have gazed beside this gate. To which I now made mighty haste, and reached it by so much daylight, as to take a very competent view of it. Now it was an exceeding royal beautiful portal, whereon were carved a multitude of most noble figures and devices, every one of which (as I afterwards learned) had its peculiar signification. Above was fixed a pretty large tablet, with these words, Procul hinc, procul ite profani, and other things more, that I was earnestly forbidden to relate. Now as soon as I was come under the portal, there straight stepped forth one in a sky-coloured habit, whom I in friendly manner saluted, which though he thankfully returned, yet he instantly demanded of me my letter of invitation. O how glad was I that I had then brought it with me. For how easily might I have forgotten it (as it also chanced to others) as he himself told me’ I quickly presented it, wherewith he was not only satisfied, but (at which I much wondered) shewed me abundance of respect, saying, Come in my brother, an acceptable guest you are to me; and withal intreated me not to with-hold my name from him. Now having replied, that I was a Brother of the Red-Rosie Cross, he both wondered, and seemed to rejoice at it, and then proceeded thus, My brother, have you nothing about you wherewith to purchase a token? I answered my ability was small, but if he saw any thing about me he had a mind to, it was at his service. Now he having requested of me my bottle of water, and I granted it he gives me a golden token whereon stood no more but these two letters, S. C., intreating me that when it stood me in good stead, I would remember him. After which I asked him, how many were got in before me, which he also told me, and lastly out of mere friendship gave me a sealed letter to the second Porter. Now having lingered some time with him, the night grew on. Whereupon a great beacon upon the gates was immediately fired, that so if any were still upon the way, he might make hasted hither. But the way where it finished at the castle, was on both sides inclosed with walls, and planted with all sorts of excellent fruit trees, and still on every third tree on each side lanterns were hung up, wherein all the candles were already lighted with a glorious torch by a beautiful Virgin, habited in skye-colour, which was so noble and majestic a spectacle, that I yet delayed somewhat longer than was requisite. But at length after sufficient information, and an advantageous instruction, I friendly departed from the first Porter. On the way, though I would gladly have known what was written in my letter, yet since I had no reason to mistrust the Porter, I forbare my purpose, and so went on the way, until I came likewise to the second gate, which though it was very like the other, yet was it adorned with images and mystic significations. In the affixed tablet stood Date et dabitur vobis. Under this gate lay a terrible grim lion chain’d, who as soon as he espied me arose and made at me with great roaring; whereupon the second Porter who lay upon a stone of marble awaked, and wished me not to be troubled or affrighted, and then drove back the lion, and having received the letter which I with trembling reached him, he read it, and with very great respect spake thus to me, “Now well-come in Gods Name unto me the man whom of long time I would gladly have seen.” Meanwhile he also drew out a token, and asked me whether I could purchase it? But having nothing else left but my salt, presented it to him, which he thankfully accepted. Upon this token again stood only two letters, namely, S. M. Being now just about to enter discourse with him, it began to ring in the castle, whereupon the Porter counselled me to run apace, or else all the pains and labour I had hitherto taken would serve to no purpose, for the lights above began already to be extinguished; whereupon I dispatched with such haste that I heeded not the Porter, in such anguish was I, and truly it was but necessary, for I could not run so fast but that the Virgin, after whom all the lights were put out, was at my heels, and I should never have found the way, had not she with her torch afforded me some light; I was moreover constrained to enter the very next to her, and the gate was so suddenly clap’s to, that a part of my coat was locked out, which I was verily forced to leave behind me; for neither I, nor they who stood ready without and called at the gate could prevail with the Porter to open it again, but he delivered the keys to the Virgin, who took them with her into the court. Mean time I again surveyed the gate, which now appeared so rich, as the whole world could not equal it; just by the door were two columns on one of which stood a pleasant figure with this inscription, Congratulor. The other having its countenance veiled was sad, and beneath was written, Condoleo. In brief, the inscriptions and figures thereon, were so dark and mysterious, that the most dexterous man upon earth could not have expounded them. But all these (if God permit) I shall ever long publish and explain. Under this gate I was again to give my name, which was this last time written down in a little vellum book, and immediately with the rest dispatched to the Lord Bridegroom. Here it was where I first received the true guest token, which was somewhat less than the former, but yet much heavier.

Upon this stood these letters, S. P. N. Besides this, a new pair of shoes were given me, for the floor of the castle was laid with pure shining marble; my old shoes I was to give away to one of the poor who sate in throngs, howbeit in very good order, under the gate. I then bestowed them on an old man; after which two pages with as many torches conducted me into a little room; there they willed me to sit down on a form, which I did, but they sticking their torches in two holes, made in the pavement, departed and thus left me sitting alone. Soon after I heard a noise, but saw nothing, and it proved to be certain men who stumbled in upon me; but since I could see nothing, I was fain to suffer, and attend what they would do with me; but presently perceiving them to be barbers, I intreated them not to jostle me so, for I was content to do whatever they desired, whereupon they quickly let me go, and so one of them (whom I could not yet see) fine and gently cut away the hair-round about from the crown of my head, but on my forehead, ears and eyes he permitted my ice-grey locks to hang. In his first encounter (I must confess) I was ready to dispair, for inasmuch as some of them shoved me so forceably, and I could yet see nothing, I could think no other but that God for my curiosity had suffered me to miscarry. Now these invisible barbers carefully gathered up the hair which was cut off, and carried it away with them. After which the two pages entered again, and heartily laughed at me for being so terrified. But they had scarce spoken a few words with me, when again a little bell began to ring, which (as the pages informed me) was to give notice for assembling; whereupon they willed me to rise, and through many walks, doors and winding stairs lighted me into a spacious hall. In this room was a great multitude of guests, emperors, kings, princes, and lords, noble and ignoble, rich and poor, and all sorts of people, at which I hugely marvelled, and thought to my self, ah, how gross a fool hast thou been to engage upon this journey with so much bitterness and toil, when (behold) here are even those fellows whom thou well know’st, and yet hadst never any reason to esteem. They are now all here, and thou with all thy prayers and supplications art hardly got in at last. This and more the Devil at that time injected, whom I notwithstanding (as well as I could) directed to the issue. Mean time one or other of my acquaintance here and there spoke to me: Oh Brother Rosencreutz! Art thou here too; yea, (my brethren) replied I, the grace of God hath helped me in also; at which they raised a mighty laughter, looking upon it as ridiculous that there should be need of God in so slight an occasion. Now having demanded each of them concerning his way, and found that most were forced to clamber over the rocks, certain trumpets (none of which we yet saw) began to sound to the table, whereupon they all seated themselves, every one as he judged himself above the rest; so that for me and some other sorry fellows there was hardly a little nook left at the lower-most table. Presently the two pages entered, and one of them said grace in so handsom and excellent manner, as rejoyced the very heart in my body.

Howbeit, certain great St John’s made but little reckoning of them, but fleired and winked one at another, biting their lips within their hats, and using more the like unseemly gestures. After this, meat was brought in, and albeit none could be seen, yet every thing was so orderly managed, that it seemed to me as if every guest had had his proper attendant. Now my artists having somewhat recruited themselves, and the wine having a little removed shame from their hearts, they presently began to vaunt and brag of their abilities. One would prove this, another that, and commonly the most sorry idiots made the loudest noise. Ah, when I call to mind what preternatural and impossible enterprises I then heard, I am still ready to vomit at it. In fine, they never kept in their order, but when ever one rascal here, another there, could insinuate himself in between the nobles; then pretended they the finishing of such adventures as neither Sampson, nor yet Hercules with all their strength could ever have achieved: this would discharge Atlas of his burden; the other would again draw forth the three-headed Cerberus out of Hell. In brief, every man had his own prate, and yet the great lords were so simple that they believed their pretences, and the rogues so audacious, that although one or other of them was here and there rapped over the fingers with a knife, yet they flinched not at it, but when any one perchance had filched a gold-chain, then would all hazard for the like. I saw one who heard the rustling of the heavens. The second could see Plato’s ideas. A third could number Democritus’s atoms. There were also not a few pretenders to the perpetual motion. Many an one (in my opinion) had good understanding, but assumed too much to himself, to his own destruction Lastly, there was one also who would needs out of hand persuade us that he saw the servitors who attended, and would still have pursued his contention, had not one of those invisible waiters reached him so handsom a cuff upon his lying muzzle, that not only he, but many more who were by him, became as mute as mice.

But it best of all pleased me, that all those, of whom I had any esteem, were very quiet in their business, and made no loud cry of it, but acknowledged themselves to be misunderstanding men, to whom the mysteries of nature were too high, and they themselves much too small. In this tumult I had almost cursed the day wherein I came hither; for I could not but with anguish behold that those lewd vain people were above at the board, but I in so sorry a place could not rest in quiet, one of those rascals scornfully reproaching me for a motley fool. Now I thought not that there was yet one gate behind, through which we must pass, but imagined I was during the whole wedding, to continue in this scorn, contempt and indignity, which yet I had at no time deserved, either of the Lord Bridegroom or the Bride. And therefore (in my opinion) he should have done well to sort out some other fool to his wedding than me. Behold, to such impatience cloth the iniquity of this world reduce simple hearts. But this really was one part of my lameness, whereof (as is before mentioned) I dreamed. And truly this clamour the longer it lasted, the more it increased. For there were already those who boasted of false and imaginary visions, and would persuade us of palpably lying dreams. Now there sat by me a very fine quiet man, who oftentimes discoursed of excellent matters. At length he said, “Behold my brother, if any one should now come who were willing to instruct these blockish people in the right way, would he be heard? “No, verily,” replied I. “The world” said he, “is now resolved (whatever comes on it) to be cheated, and cannot abide to give ear to those who intend its good. Seest thou also that same cocks-comb, with what whimsical figures and foolish conceits he allures others to him. There one makes mouthes at the people with the unheard-of mysterious words. Yet believe me in this, the time is now coming when those shameful vizards shall be plucked off, and all the world shall know what vagabond imposters were concealed behind them. Then perhaps that will be valued which at present is not esteemed. “Whilst he was thus speaking, and the clamour the longer it lasted the worse it was, all on a sudden there began in the hall such excellent and stately musick, as all the days of my life I never heard the like; whereupon every one held his peace, and attended what would become of it. Now there were in this music all sorts of stringed instruments imaginable, which sounded together in such harmony, that I forgot myself, and sat so unmovable, that those who sat by me were amazed at me, and this lasted near half an hour, wherein none of us spoke one word. For as soon as ever any one was about to open his mouth, he got an unexpected blow, neither knew he from whence it came. Me thought since we were not permitted to see the musicians, I should have been glad to view only all the instruments they made use of. After half an hour this music ceased unexpectedly, and we could neither see nor hear any thing further. Presently after, before the door of the hall began a great noise sounding and beating of trumpets, shalms and kettle-drums, also master-like, as if the Emperor of Rome had been entering; whereupon the door opened of itself, and then the noise of the trumpets was so loud, that we were hardly able to indure it. Meanwhile (to my thinking) many thousand small tapers came into the hall, all which of themselves marched in so very exact an order as altogether amazed us, till at last the two aforementioned pages with bright torches, lighting in a most beautiful Virgin, all drawn on a gloriously gilded triumphant self-moving throne, entered the hall. It seemed to me she was the very same who before on the way kindled, and put out the lights, and that these her attendants were the very same whom she formerly placed at the trees. She was not now as before in skye-colour, but arrayed in a snow-white glittering robe, which sparkled of pure gold, and cast such a lustre that we durst not steadily behold it. Both the pages were after the same manner habited (albeit somewhat more slightly). As soon as they were come into the middle of the hall, and were descended from the throne, all the small tapers made obeisance before her. Whereupon we all stood up from our benches, yet every one staid in his own place. Now she having to us, and we again to her, shewed all respect and reverence, in a most pleasant tone she began thus to speak:

“The King my Lord most gracious,

Who now’s not very far from us,

As also his most lovely Bride,

To him in troth and honour ti’d;

Already, with great joy indu’d,

Have your arrival hither view’d;

And do to every one,

and all Promise their grace in special;

And from their very hearts desire,

You may it at the same acquire;

That so their future nuptial joy

May mixed be with none’s annoy.”

Hereupon with all her small tapers she again courteously bowed, and presently after began thus:

 

“In the invitation writ, you know

That no man called was hereto

Who of God’s rarest gifts good store

Had not received long before,

Adorned with all requisit’s,

As in such cases it befit’s.

How though they cannot well conceit

That any man’s so desperate,

Under conditions so hard,

Here to intrude without regard;

Unless he have been first of all,

Prepared for this nuptial;

And therefore in good hopes do dwell

That with all you it will be well.

Yet men are grown so bold, and rude,

Not weighing their inepitude,

As still to thrust themselves in place

Whereto none of them called was.

No cocks-comb here himself may sell,

No rascal in with others steal;

For they resolve without all let

A wedding pure to celebrate.

So then the artists for to weigh

Seals shall be fix’d the ensuing day;

Whereby each one may lightly find

What he hath left at home behind.

If here be any of that rout

Who have good cause themselves to doubt,

Let him seek quickly hence aside;

For that in ease he longer bide,

Of grace forelor’n, and quite undone

Betimes he must the gauntlet run.

If any now his conscience gall,

He shall tonight be left in th’ hall

And be again releas’t by morn,

Yet so he hither ne’er return.

If any man have confidence,

He with his waiter may go hence,

Who shall him to his chamber light

Where he may rest in peace tonight;

And there with praise await the scale

Or else his sleep may chance to fail.

The others here may take it well,

For who aim’s ‘bove what’s possible,

‘Twere better much he hence had pas’t,

But of you all wee’l hope the best.”

As soon as she had done speaking this, she again made reverence, and sprung cheerfully into her throne, after which the trumpets began again to sound, which yet was not of force to take from many their grievous sighs. So they again conducted her invisibly away, but the most part of the small tapers remained in the room, and still one of them accompanied each of us. In such perturbation ’tis not well possible to express what pensive thoughts and gestures were amongst us. Yet the most part were resolved to await the scale, and in ease things sorted not well, to depart (as they hoped) in peace. I had soon cast up my reckoning, and being my conscience convinced me of all ignorance, and unworthiness, I purposed to stay with the rest in the hall, and chose much rather to content myself with the meal I had already taken, than to run the risk of a future repulse. Now after that every one by his small taper had severally been conducted into a chamber (each as I since understood into a peculiar one), there stayed nine of us, and amongst the rest he also, who discoursed with me at the table. But although our small tapers left us not, yet soon after within an hours time one of the aforementioned pages came in, and bringing a great bundle of cords with him, first demanded of us whether we had concluded to stay there, which when we had with sighs affirmed, he bound each of us in a several place, and so went away with our small tapers, and left us poor wretches in darkness. Then some first began to perceive the imminent danger, and I my self could not refrain tears. For although we were not forbidden to speak, yet anguish and affliction suffered none of us to utter one word. For the cords were so wonderfully made, yet none could cut them, much less get them off his feet. Yet this comforted me, that still the future gain, of many an one, who had now betaken himself to rest, would prove very little to his satisfaction. But we by only one nights penance might expiate all our presumption; till at length in my sorrowful thoughts I fell asleep, during which I had a dream. Now although there be no great matter in it, yet I esteem it not impertinent to recount it. Me thought I was upon an high mountain, and saw before me a great and large valley. In this valley were gathered together an unspeakable multitude of people, each of which had at his head a thread, by which he was hanged up towards Heaven, now one hung high, another low, some stood even quite upon the earth. But in the air there flew up and down an ancient man, who had in his hand a pair of sheers, wherewith here he cut one’s, and there another’s thread. Now he that was nigh the earth was so much the readier, and fell without noise, but when it happened to one of the high ones, he fell, so that the earth quaked. To some it came to pass that their thread was no stretched, that they came to the earth before the thread was cut. I took pleasure in this tumbling, and it joyed me at the heart, when he who had over-exalted himself in the air, of his wedding, got so shameful a fall, that it carried even some of his neighbours along with him. In like manner it also rejoiced me, that he who had all this while kept himself near the earth, could come down so fine and gently, that even his next men perceived it not. But being now in my highest fit of jolity, I was unawares jogged by one of my fellow captives, upon which I was awaked, and was very much discontented with him. Howbeit, I considered my dream, and recounted it to my brother, who lay by me on the other side, who was not dissatisfied with it, but hoped some comfort might thereby be pretended. In such discourse we spent the remaining part of the night, and with longing expected the day.

The Third Day   Return to Top

Now as soon as the lovely day was broken, and the bright sun, having raised himself above the hills, had again betaken himself, in the high heaven, to his appointed office, my good champions began to rise out of their beds, and leisurely to make themselves ready unto the inquisition. Whereupon, one after another, they came again into the hall, and giving us a good morrow, demanded how we had slept; and having espied our bonds, there were some that reproved us for being so cowardly, and that we had not, as they, hazarded upon all adventures. Howbeit, same of them whose hearts still smote them made no loud cry of the business. We excused ourselves with our ignorance, hoping we should now be set at liberty, and learn wit by this disgrace, that they on the contrary had not yet altogether escaped, and perhaps their greatest danger was still to be expected. At length each one being assembled, the trumpets began now again to sound and the kettle drums to beat as formerly, and we then imagined no other but that the Bridegroom was ready to present himself; which nevertheless was a huge mistake. For it was again the yesterday’s Virgin who had arrayed her self all in red velvet, and girded her self with a white scarfe. Upon her head she had a green wreath of laurel, which hugely became her. Her train was now no more of small tapers, but consisted of two hundred men in harness, who were all (like her) cloathed in red and white. Now as soon as they were alighted from the throne, she comes straight to us prisoners, and after she had saluted us, she said in few words, “That some of you have been sensible of your wretched condition is hugely pleasing to my most mighty Lord, and he is also resolved you shall fare the better for it.” And having espied me in my habit, she laughed and spake, “Good lack! hast thou also submitted thy self to the yoke, I imagined thou wouldst have made thy self very smug,” with which words she caused my eyes to run over. After which she commanded we should be unbound, and coupled together and placed in a station where we might well behold the scales. “For,” said she, “it may yet fare better with them, than the presumptuous, who yet stand here at liberty.” Mean time the scales which were intirely of gold were hung up in the midst of the hall. There was also a little table covered with red velvet, and seven weights placed thereon. First of all stood a pretty great one, next four little ones; lastly, two great ones severally. And these weights in proportion to their bulk were so heavy, that no man can believe or comprehend it. But each of the harnessed men had together with a naked sword a strong rope. These she distributed according to the number; of weights into seven bands and out of every band chose one for their proper weight; and then again sprung up into her high throne. Now as soon as she had made her reverence, with a very shrill tone she began thus to speak:

“Who int’ a painters room does go

And nothing does of painting know,

Yet does in prating thereof, pride it;

Shall be of all the world derided.

Who into th’ artists order goes,

And “hereunto was never chose;

Yet with pretence of skill does pride it;

Shall be of all the world derided.

Who at a wedding does appear,

And yet was ner’e intended there;

Yet does in coming highly pride it;

Shall be of all the world derided.

Who now into this scale ascends,

The weights not proving his fast friends,

And that it bounces so does ride it;

Shall be of all the world derided.”

As soon as the Virgin had done speaking, one of the Pages commanded each one to place himself according to his order, and one after another to step in: which one of the emperors made no scruple of, but first of all bowed himself a little towards the Virgin, and afterwards in all his stately attire went up: whereupon each captain laid in his weight; which (to the wonder of all) he stood out. But the last was too heavy for him, so that forth he must, and that with much anguish that (as it seemed to me) the Virgin her self had pity on him, who also beckoned to her people to hold their peace, yet was the good emperor bound and delivered over to the sixth band. Next him again came forth another emperor, who steps hautily into the scale, and having a great thick book under his gown, he imagined not to fail. But being scarce able to abide the third weight, and being unmercifully flung down, and his book in that affrightment flipping from him, all the soldiers began to laugh, and he was delivered up bound to the third band. Thus it went also with some others of the emperors who were all shamefully laughed at and captived. After these comes forth a little short man with a curled brown beard, an emperor too, who after the usual reverence got up also, and held out so steadfastly, that me thought, and there been more weights ready, he would have outstood them; to whom the Virgin immediately arose, and bowed before him, causing him to put on a gown of red velvet, and at last reached him a branch of laurel, having good store of them upon her throne, upon the steps whereof she willed him to sit down. Now how, after him it fared with the rest of the emperors, kings and lords, would be too long to recount; but I cannot leave unmentioned that few of those great personages held out. Howbeit sundry eminent virtues (beyond my hopes) were found in many. One could stand out this, the second another, some two, some three, four or five, but few could attain to the just perfection; but everyone who failed, was miserably laughed at by the bands. After the inquisition had also passed over the gentry, the learned, and unlearned, and the rest, and in each condition perhaps one, it may be, two, but for the most part none, was found perfect, it came at length to those honest gentlemen the vagabond cheaters, and rascally Lapidem Spitalanficum makers, who were set upon the scale with such scorn, that I my self for all my grief was ready to burst my belly with laughing, neither could the very prisoners themselves refrain. For the most part could not abide that severe trial, but with whips and scourges were jerked out of the scale, and led to the other prisoners, yet to a suitable band. Thus of so great a throng so few remained, that I am ashamed to discover their number. Howbeit there were persons of quality also amongst them, who notwithstanding were (like the rest) honoured with velvet robes and wreaths of laurel.

The inquisition being completely finished, and none but we poor coupled hounds standing aside, at length one of the captains stepped forth, and said, Gratious Madam, if it please your ladyship let these poor men, who acknowledged their mis-understanding, be set upon the scale also without their incurring any danger of penalty, and only for recreation’s sake, if perchance any thing that is right may be found amongst them. In the first place I was in great perplexity, for in my anguish this was my only comfort, that I was not to stand in such ignominy, or to be lashed out of the scale. For I nothing doubted but that many of the prisoners wished that they had stay’d ten nights with us in the hall. Yet since the Virgin consented, so it must be, and we being untied were one after another set up. Now although the most part miscarried, yet they were neither laughed at, nor scourged, but peaceably placed on one side. My companion was the fifth, who held out bravely, whereupon all, but especially the captain who made the request for us, applauded him, and the Virgin shewed him the usual respect. After him again two more were dispatched in an instant. But I was the eighth. Now as soon as (with trembling) I stepped up, my companion who already sat by in his velvet, looked friendly upon me, and the Virgin her self smiled a little. But for as much as I out-stayed all the weights, the Virgin commanded them to draw me up by force, wherefore three men moreover hung on the other side of the beam, and yet could nothing prevail. Whereupon one of the Pages immediately stood up, and cried out exceeding loud, THAT IS HE. Upon which the other replied, Then let him gain his liberty, which the Virgin accorded; and being received with due ceremonies, the choice was given me to release one of the captives, whosoever I pleased; whereupon I made no long deliberation, but elected the first emperor whom I had long pittied, who was immediately set free, and with all respect seated amongst us. Now the last being set up, and the weights proving too heavy for him, in the mean while the Virgin espied my roses, which I had taken out of my hat into my hands, and thereupon presently by her Page graciously requested them of me, which I readily sent her. And so this first act was finished about ten in the fore-noon. Whereupon the trumpets began to sound again, which nevertheless we could not as yet see. Mean time the bands were to step aside with their prisoners, and expect the judgement. After which a council of the seven captains and us was set, and the business was propounded by the Virgin as president, who desired each one to give his opinion, how the prisoners were to be dealt with.

The first opinion was that they should all be put to death, yet one more severely than another: namely those who had presumptuously intruded themselves contrary to the express conditions; others would have them kept close prisoners. Both which pleased neither the president nor me. At length by one of the emperors (the same whom I had freed) my companion, and my self the affair was brought to this point; that first of all the principal lords should with a befitting respect be led out of the castle; others might be carried out somewhat more scornfully. These would be stripped and caused to run out naked. The fourth with rods, whips or dogs, should be hunted out. Those who the day before willingly surrendered themselves, might be suffered to depart without any blame. And last of all those presumptuous ones, and they who behaved themselves so unseemly at dinner the day before, should be punished in body and life according to each man’s demerit. This opinion pleased the Virgin well, and obtained the upper hand. There was moreover another dinner vouchsafed them, which they were soon acquainted with. But the execution was deferred till twelve at noon. Herewith the senate arose, and the Virgin also, together with her attendants returned to her usual quarter. But the uppermost table in the room was allotted to us, they requesting us to take it in good part till the business were fully dispatched. And then we should be conducted to the Lord Bridegroom and the Bride, with which we were at present well content. Mean time the prisoners were again brought into the hall, and each man seated according to his quality; they were likewise enjoined to behave themselves somewhat more civilly than they had done the day before, which yet they needed not to have been admonished, for without this, they had already put up their pipes. And this I can boldly say, not with flattery, but in the love of truth, that commonly those persons who were of the highest rank, best understood how to behave themselves in so unexpected a misfortune. Their treatment was but indifferent, yet with respect, neither could they yet see their attendants, but to us they were visible, whereat I was exceeding joyful. Now although fortune had exalted us, yet we took not upon us more than the rest, advising them to be of good cheer, the event would not be so ill. Now although they would gladly have understood the sentence of us, yet we were so deeply obliged that none durst open his mouth about it. Nevertheless we comforted them as well we could, drinking with them to try if the wine might make them any thing cheerfuller. Our table was covered with red velvet, beset with drinking cups of pure silver and gold, which the rest could not behold without amazement and very great anguish. But e’er we had seated ourselves, in came the two Pages, presenting every one in the Bride-groom’s behalf, the Golden Fleece with a flying lion, requesting us to wear them at the table, and as became us to observe the reputation and dignity of the order, which his majesty had now vouchsafed us, and should suddenly be ratified with suitable ceremony. This we received with profoundest submission, promising obediently to perform whatsoever his Majesty should please. Besides these, the noble Page had a schedule, wherein we were set down in order. And for my part I should not otherwise be desirous to conceal my place, if perchance it might not be interpreted to pride in me, which yet is expressly against the fourth weight. Now because our entertainment was exceedingly stately, we demanded one of the Pages, whether we might not have leave to send some choice bit to our friends and acquaintance, who making no difficulty of it, every one sent plentifully to his acquaintance by the waiters, howbeit they saw none of them; and forasmuch as they knew not whence it came, I we. my self desirous to carry somewhat to one of them, but as soon as I was risen, one of the waiters was presently at my elbow, saying he desired me to take friendly warning, for in case one of the Pages had seen it, it would have come to the King’s ear, who would certainly have taken it amiss of me; but since none had observed it but himself, he purposed not to betray me, but that I ought for the time to come to have better regard to the dignity of the order. With which words the servant did really so astonish me, that for a long time after I scarce moved upon my seat, yet I returned him thanks for his faithful warning, as well as in haste and affright I was able. Soon after the drums began to beat again, to which we were already accustomed: for we well knew it was the Virgin, wherefore we prepared ourselves to receive her, who was now coming in with her usual train, upon her high seat, one of the Pages bearing before her a very tall goblet of gold, and the other a patent in parchment. Being now after a marvellous artificial manner alighted from the seat, she takes the goblet from the Page, and presents the same in the King’s behalf, saying, that it was brought from his Majesty, and that in honour of him we should cause it to go round. Upon the cover of this goblet stood Fortune curiously cast in gold, who had in her hand a red flying ensign, for which cause I drunk somewhat the more sadly, as having been but too well acquainted with Fortune’s way-wardness. But the Virgin as well as we, was adorned with the Golden Fleece and lion, whence I observed, that perhaps she wan the president of the order. Wherefore we demanded of her how the order might be named? She answered that it was not yet seasonable to discover it, till the affair with the prisoners were dispatched. And therefore their eyes were still held, and what had hitherto happened to us, was to them only for an offence and scandal, although it were to be accounted as nothing, in regard of the honour that attended us. Hereupon she began to distinguish the patent which the other Page held into two different parts, out of which about thus much was read before the first company.

That they should confess that they had too lightly given credit to fictitious books, had assumed too much to themselves, and so came into this castle, albeit they were never invited into it, and perhaps the most part had presented themselves with design to make their market here, and afterwards to live in the greater pride and lordliness; and thus one had seduced another, and plunged him into this disgrace and ignominy, wherefore they were deservedly to be soundly punished. Which they with great humility readily acknowledged, and gave their hands upon it. After which a severe check was given to the rest, much to this purpose.

That they very well knew, and were in their consciences convinced, that they had forged false fictitious books, had befooled others, and cheated them, and thereby had diminished regal dignity amongst all. They knew in like manner what ungodly deceitful figures they had made use of, in so much a. they spared not even the Divine Trinity. but accustomed themselves to cheat people the country over. It was also now as clear as day with what practices they had endeavoured to ensnare the true guests, and introduce the ignorant: in like manner, that it was manifest to all the world, that they wallowed in open whoredom, adultery, gluttony, and other uncleannesses. All which was against the express orders of our kingdom. In brief, they knew they had disparaged kingly majesty, even amongst the common sort, and therefore they should confess themselves to be manifest convicted vagabond-cheaters, knaves and rascals, whereby they deserved to be cashiered from the company of civil people, and severely to be punished.

The good artists were loath to come to this confession, but inasmuch as not only the Virgin her self threatened, and swore their death, but the other party also vehemently raged at them, and unanimously cryed out, that they had most wickedly seduced them out of the Light, they at length, to prevent a huge misfortune, confessed the same with dolour, and yet withal alledged that what had herein happened was not to be animadverted upon them in the worst sense. For in as much as the lords were absolutely resolved to get into the castle, and had promised great sums of money to that effect, each one had used all craft to seize upon something, and so things were brought to that pass, as was now manifest before their eyes. But that it succeeded not, they in their opinion had dis-deserved no more than the lords themselves; as who should have had so much understanding as to consider that in case any one had been sure of getting in, he would not, in so great peril, for the sake of a slight gain, have clambered over the wall with them. Their books also sold so mightily, that whoever had no other mean to maintain himself, was fain to engage in such a cousenage. They hoped moreover, that if a right judgment were made, they should be found no way to have miscarried, as having behaved themselves towards the lords, as became servants, upon their earnest entreaty. But answer was made them, that his Royal Majesty had determined to punish all, and every man, albeit one more severely than another. For although what had been alledged by them was partly true, and therefore the lords should not wholly be indulged, yet they had good reason to prepare themselves for death, who had so presumptuously obtruded themselves, and perhaps seduced the more ignorant against their will; as likewise they who with false books had violated royal majesty, as the same might be evinced out of their very writings and books.

Hereupon many began most pitteously to lament, cry, weep, entreat, and prostrate themselves, all which notwithstanding could avail them nothing, and I much marvelled how the Virgin could be so resolute, when yet their misery caused our eyes to run over, and moved our compassion (although the most part of them had procured us much trouble, and vexation). For she presently dispatched her Page, who brought with him all the curiassiers which had this day been appointed at the scales, who were commanded each of them to take his own to him, and in an orderly procession, so as still each curiassier should go with one of the prisoners, to conduct them into her great garden. At which time each one so exactly recognised his own man, that I marvelled at it. Leave also was likewise given to my yesterday companions to go out into the garden unbound, and to be present at the execution of the sentence. Now as soon as every man was come forth, the Virgin mounted up into her high throne, requesting us to sit down upon the steps, and to appear at the judgment, which we refused not, but left all standing upon the table (except the goblet, which the Virgin committed to the Pages keeping) and went forth in our robes upon the throne, which of it self moved so gently as if we had passed in the air, till in this manner we came into the garden, where we arose altogether. This garden was not extraordinary curious, only it pleased me that the trees were planted in so good order. Besides there ran in it a most costly fountain, adorned with wonderful figures and inscriptions, and strange characters (which God willing I shall mention in a future book). In this garden was raised a wooden scaffold, hung about with curiously painted figured coverlets. Now there were four galleries made one over another, the first more glorious than any of the rest, and therefore covered with a white taffeta curtain, so that at that time we could not perceive who-was behind it. The second was empty and uncovered. Again the two last were covered with red and blew taffeta. Now as noon as we were come to the scaffold, the Virgin bowed her self down to the ground, at which we were mightily terrified: for we might easily guess that the King and Queen must not be far off. Now we also having duely performed our reverence, the Virgin lead us up by the winding stairs into the second gallery, where she placed herself uppermost, and us in our former order. But how the emperor whom I had released, behaved himself towards me, both at this time as also before at the table, I cannot, without slander of wicked tongues, well relate. For he might well imagine in what anguish and sollicitude he now should have been, in case he were at present to attend the judgment with such ignominies and that only through me he hast not attained such dignity and worthiness. Mean time the virgin who first of all brought me the invitation, and whom hitherto I had never since seen, stepped in. First she gave one blast upon her trumpet, and then with a very loud voice declared the sentence in this manner.

The Kings Majesty my most gratious Lord could from his heart wish, that all and every one here assembled, held upon his Majesty’s invitation presented themselves so qualified, as that they might (to his honour) with greatest frequently have adorned this his appointed nuptial and joyful feast. But since it hath otherwise pleased Almighty God, his Majesty hath not whereat to murmur, but must be forced, contrary to his own inclination, to abide by the ancient and laudable constitutions of this Kingdom. But now, that his Majesty’s innate clemency may be celebrated over all the world, he hath thus far absolutely dealt with his council and estates, that the usual sentence shall be considerably lenified. So that in the first place he in willing to vouchsafe to the lords and potentates, not only their lives entirely, but also freely and frankly to dismiss them, friendly and courteously entreating your lordships not at all to take it in evil part that you cannot be present at his Majesty’s Feast of Honour; but to remember that there in notwithstanding more imposed upon your lordship. by God Almighty (who in the distribution of his gifts hath an incomprehensible consideration) than you can duely and easily sustain. Neither is your reputation hereby prejudiced, although you be rejected by this our order, since we cannot at once all of us, do all things. But for as much as your lordships have been seduced by base rascals, it shall not on their part, pass unrevenged. And furthermore his Majesty resolveth shortly to communicate with your lordships a catalogue of hereticks or Index Expurgatorius, that you may hence forward be able with better judgment to discern between the good and the evil. And because his Majesty e’re long also purposeth to rummage his library, and offer up the reductive writings to Vulcan, he friendly, humbly, and courteously entreats every one of your lordships to put the name in execution with your own, whereby it is to be hoped that all evil and mischief may for the time to come be remedied. And you are withal to be admonished, never henceforth so inconsiderately to covet an entrance hither, least the former excuse of seducers be taken from you, and you fall into disgrace and contempt of all men. In fine, for as much as the estates of the land have still somewhat to demand of your lordships, his Majesty hopes that no man will think much to redeem himself with a chain or what else he hath about him, and so in friendly manner to depart from us, and through our safe conduct to betake himself home again.

The others who stood not at the first, third and fourth weight, his Majesty will not no lightly dismiss. But that they also may now experience his Majesty’s gentleness, it is his command, to strip them stark naked and so send them forth.

Those who in the second and fifth weight were found too light, shall besides stripping, be noted with one, two or more brand-marks, according as each one was lighter, or heavier.

They who were drawn up by the sixth or seventh, and not by the rest, shall be somewhat more gratiously dealt withal, and so forward. For unto every combination there was a certain punishment ordained, which were here too long to recount.

They who yesterday separated themselves freely of their own accord, shall go at liberty without any blame.

Finally, the convicted vagabond-cheaters who could move up none of the weights, shall as occasion serves, be punished in body and life, with the sword, halter, water and rods. And such execution of judgment shall be inviolably observed for an example unto others.

Herewith our Virgin broke her wand, and the other who read the sentence, blowed her trumpet, and stepped with most profound reverence towards those who stood behind the curtain. But here I cannot omit to discover somewhat to the reader concerning the number of our prisoners, of whom those who weighed one, were seven; those who weighed two, were twenty one; they who three, thirty five; they who four, thirty five; those who five, twenty one; those who six, seven; but he that came to the seventh, and yet could not well raise it, he was only one, and indeed the same whom I released. Besides, of them who wholly failed there were many. But of those who drew all the weights from the ground, but few. And these as they stood severally before us, no I diligently numbered, and noted them down in my table-book. And it is very admirable that amongst those who weighed any thing, none was equal to another. For although amongst those who weighed three, there were thirty five, yet one of them weighed the first, second, and third, another the third, fourth, and fifth, a third, the fifth, sixth and seventh and so on. It is likewise very wonderful that amongst one hundred and twenty six who weighed any thing, none was equal to another. And I would very willingly name them all, with each mans weight, were it not as yet forbidden me. But I hope it may hereafter be published with the interpretation.

Now this Judgment being read over, the lords in the first place were well satisfied, because in such severity they durst not look for a mild sentence. For which cause they gave more than they were desired, and each one redeemed himself with chains, jewels, gold, monies and other things, as much as they had about them, and with reverence took leave. Now although the King’s servants were forbidden to jear any at his going away, yet some unlucky birds could not hold laughing, and certainly it was sufficiently ridiculous to see them pack away with such speed, without once looking behind them. Some desired that the promised catalogue might with the first be dispatched after them, and then they would take such order with their books as should be pleasing to his Majesty; which was again assured. At the door was given to each of them out of a cup a draught of FORGETFULNESS, that so he might have no further memory of misfortune.

After these the volunteers departed, who because of their ingenuity were suffered to pass, but yet so as never to return again in the same fashion. But if to them (as likewise to the others) any thing further were revealed, then they should become well-come guests.

Mean while others were stripping, in which also an inequality(according to each man’s demerit) was observ’d. Some were sent away naked, without other hurt. Others were driven out with small bells. Some were scourged forth. In brief the punishments were so various, that I am not able to recount them all. In the end it came to the last also with whom somewhat a longer time was spent, for whilst some were hanging, some beheading, some forced to leap into the water, and the rest otherwise dispatching, much time was consumed. Verily at this execution my eyes ran over, not indeed in regard of the punishment, which they otherwise for their impudency well deserved, but in contemplation of human blindness, in that we are continually busting ourselves in that which ever since the first Fall hath been hitherto sealed up to us. Thus the garden which so lately was quite full, was soon emptied; so that besides the soldier there was not a man left. Now as soon as this was done, and silence had been kept for the space of five minutes, there came forward a beautiful snow-white unicorn with a golden coller (having it in certain letters) about his neck. In the same place he bowed himself down upon both his fore-feet, as if hereby he had shown honour to the lion, who stood so immoveably upon the fountain, that I took him to be of stone or brass, who immediately took the naked sword which he bare in his paw, and brake it in the middle in two, the piece. whereof to my thinking sunk into the fountain: after which he so long roared, until a white dove brought a branch of olive in her bill, which the lion devoured in an instant, and so was quieted. And so the unicorn returned to his place with joy. Hereupon our Virgin lead us down again by the winding stairs from the scaffold, and so we again made our reverence toward the curtain. We were to wash our hands and heads in the fountain, and there a little while to wait in our order till the King through a certain secret gallery were again returned into his hall and then we also with choice music, pomp, state and pleasant discourse were conducted into our former lodging. And this was done about four in the afternoon. But that in the meanwhile the time might not seem too long to us, the Virgin bestowed on each of us a noble page, who were not only richly habited, but also exceedingly learned, so that they could so aptly discourse upon all subjects, that we had good reason to be ashamed of our selves. These were commanded to lead us up and down the castle yet but into certain places and if possible, to shorten the time according to our desire.

Meantime the Virgin took leave with this consolation, that at supper she would be with us again, and after that celebrate the ceremonies of the hanging up of the weights, requesting that we would in patience waite till the next day, for on the morrow we must be presented to the King. She being thus departed from us, each of us did what best pleased him. One part viewed the excellent paintings, which they copied out for themselves, and considered also what the wonderful characters might signify. Others were fain to recruit themselves again with meat and drink. I indeed caused my page to conduct me (together with my companion) up and down the castle, of which walk it will never repent me as long as I have a day to live. For besides many other glorious antiquities, the royal sepulcher was also shewed me, by which I learned more than is extant in all books. There in the same place stands also the glorious Phoenix (of which two years since I published a particular small discourse) and Am resolved (in case this my narration shall prove useful) to set forth several and peculiar treatises, concerning the Lion, Eagle, Griffon, Falcon and other like, together with their draughts and inscriptions. It grieves me also for my other conforts, that they neglected such pretious treasures. And yet I cannot but think it was the special will of God it should be so. I indeed reaped the most benefit by my page, for according as each ones genius lay, so he lead his intrusted into the quarters and places which were pleasing to him. Now the keys hereunto belonging were committed to my page, and therefore this good fortune happened to me before the rest; for although he invited others to come in, yet they imagining such tombs to be only in the churchyard, thought they would well enough get thither, when ever any thing was to be seen there. Neither shall these monuments (as both of us copied and transcribed them) be withheld from my thankful scholars. The other thing that was shewed us two was the noble library as it was altogether before the Reformation. Of which (albeit it rejoices my heart as often as I call it to mind) I have so much the less to say, because the catalogue thereof in very shortly to be published. At the entry of this room stands a great book, the like whereof I never saw, in which all the figures, rooms, portals, also all the writings, riddles ant the like, to be seen in the whole castle, are delineated. Now although we made some promise concerning this also, yet at present I must contain my self, and first learn to know the world better. In every book stands its author painted, whereof (as I understood) many were to be burnt, that so even their memory may be blotted out from amongst the righteous. Now having taken a full view hereof, and being scarce gotten forth, another page came running to us, and having whispered somewhat in our pages ear, he delivered up the keys to him, who immediately carried them up the winding stair. But our page was very much out of countenance, and we setting hard upon him with entreaties, he declared to us that the King’s Majesty would by no means permit that either of the two, namely the library and sepulchers, should be seen by any man and therefore he besought us as we tendered his life, to discover it to no man, he having already utterly denyed it. Whereupon both of us stood hovering between joy and fear, yet it continued in silence, and no man made further inquiry about it. Thus in both places we consumed three hours, which does not at all repent me. Now although it had already struck seven, yet nothing was hitherto given us to eat, howbeit our hunger was easie to be abated by constant revivings, and I could be well content to fast all my life long with such entertainment. About this time the curious fountains, mines, and all kind of art-shops, were also shown us, of which there was none but surpassed all our arts, though they should all be melted into one mass. All their chambers were built in semi-circle, that so they might have before their eyes the costly clock-work which was erected upon a fair turret in the center, and regulate themselves according to the course of the planets, which were to be seen on it in a glorious manner. And hence I could easily conjecture wherein our artists failed, howbeit its none of my duty to inform them. At length I came into a spacious room (shown indeed to the rest a great while before) in the middle whereof stood a terrestrial globe, whose diameter contained thirty foot, albeit near half of it, except a little which was covered with the steps, was let into the earth. Two men might readily turn this globe about with all its furniture, so that more of it was never to be seen, but so much as was above the horizon. Now although I could easily conceive that this was of some special use, yet could I not understand whereto those ringlets of gold (which were upon it in several places) served; at which my page laughed and advised me to view them more narrowly. In brief, I found there my native country noted with gold also. Whereupon my companion sought his, and found that so too. Now for as much as the same happened in like manner to the rest who stood by, the page told us of a certain that it was yesterday declared to the Kings Majest’y by their old Atlas (so is the astronomer named) that all the gilded points did exactly answer to their native countries, according as had been shown of each of them. And therefore he also, as soon as he perceived that I undervalued my self and that nevertheless there stood a point upon my native country, moved one of the captains to intreat for us, that we should be set upon the scale (without our peril) at all adventures; especially seeing one of our native countries had a notable good mark. And truly it was not without cause that he, the page who had the greatest power of all the rest, was bestowed on me. For this I then returned him thanks, and immediately looked more diligently upon my native country, and found more over that besides the ringlet, there were also certain delicate streaks upon it, which nevertheless I would not be thought to speak to my own praise or glory. I saw much more too upon this globe than I am willing to discover. Let each man take into consideration why each city produceth not a philosopher. After this he lead us quite into the globe, which was thus made. On the sea was a tablet, whereon stood three dedications, and the author’s name, which a man might gently lift up and by a little joyned board, go into the center, which was capable of four persons, being nothing but a round board whereon we could sit and at ease by broad daylight (it was now already dark) contemplate the stars.

To my thinking they were mere carbuncles which glittered in an agreeable order, and moved so gallantly, that I had scarce any mind ever to go out again, as the page afterwards told the Virgin, with which she often twitched me. For it was already supper time, and I had so much amused my self in the globe, that I was almost the last at table; wherefore I made no longer delay, but having again put on my gown (which I had before laid aside) and stepping to the table, the waiters treated me with so much reverence and honour, that for shame I durst not look up, and so unawares permitted the Virgin, who attended me on one side, to stand, which she soon perceiving twitched me by the gown, and so led me to the table. To speak any further concerning the music, or the rest of that magnificent entertainment, I hold it needless both because it is not possible sufficiently to express it, and I have above reported it according so my power. In brief, there was nothing there but art and amenity. Now after we had each to other related our employment since noon ( howbeit, not a word was spoken of the library and monuments) being already merry with the wine the Virgin began thus:

My lords, I have a great contention with one of my sisters. In our chamber we have an eagle. Now we cherish him with such diligence. that each of us in desirous to be the best beloved, and upon that score have many a squabble. On a day we concluded to go both together to him, and toward whom he should show himself most friendly, hers should he properly be; this we did. and I (as commonly) bare in my hand a branch of laurel, but my sister had none. Now as soon as he espied us both, he immediately gave my sister another branch which he had in his beak, and offered at mine, which I gave him. Now each of us hereupon imagined her self to be best beloved of him. Which way am I to resolve my self?” This modest proposal of the Virgin pleased us all mighty well and each one would gladly have heard the solution, but in as much as they all looked upon me. and desired to have the beginning from me, my mind was so extremely confounded that I knew not what else to do with it but propound another in its stead. and therefore said, “Gracious Lady, your ladyships question were easily to be resolved if one thing did not perplex me. I had two companions, both which loved me exceedingly; now they being doubtful which of them was most dear to me, concluded to run to me unaware, and that he whom I should then embrace should be the right; this they did, yet one of them could not keep pace with the other, so he staid behind and wept; the other I embraced with amazement. Now when they had afterwards discovered the business to me, I knew not how to resolve myself and have hitherto let it rest in this manner, until I may find some good advice herein.” The Virgin wondered at it, and well observed where about I was. whereupon she replied, “well then let us both be quit,” and then desired the solution from the rest. But I had already made them wise. Whereupon the next began thus: “In the city where I live, a virgin was lately condemned to death, but the judge being something pitiful towards her, caused it to be proclaimed that if any man desired to become the virgin’s champion, he should have free leave to do it. Now she had two lovers; the one presently made himself ready, and came into the lists to expect his adversary; afterwards the other also presented himself. but coming somewhat too late, he resolved nevertheless to fight, and willingly suffer himself to be vanquished, that so the virgin’s life might be preserved, which also succeeded according. Whereupon each challenged her. Now my lords instruct me, to which of them of right belongeth she “The Virgin could hold no longer, but said, I thought to have gained much information, and am my self gotten into the net but yet would gladly hear whether there be any more behind. “Yes, that there is ” answered a third,” a stranger adventure hath not been yet recounted than that which happened to my self. In my youth I loved a worthy maid. Now that this my love might attain its wished end, I was fain to make use of an ancient matron, who easily brought me to her. Now it happened that the maid’s brethren came in upon us just as we three were together, who were in such a rage that they would have taken my life, but upon my vehement supplication, they at length forced me to swear to take each of them for a year, to my wedded wife. Now tell me my lords, should I take the old, or the young one first?” We all laughed sufficiently at this riddle, and although some of them muttered one to another thereupon, yet none would undertake to unfold it. Hereupon the fourth began; “In a certain city there dwelt an honourable lady, who was beloved of all, but especially by a young noble man, who would needs be too importunate with her; at length she gave him this determination, that in case he would, in a cold winter, lead her into a fair green garden of roses, then he should obtain, but if not, he must resolve never to see her more. The noble man travelled into all countries to find such a man as might perform this, till at length he lite upon a little old man that promised to do it for him, in case he would assure him of half his estate, which he having consented to the other was as good as his word. Whereupon he invited the aforesaid lady to his garden, where contrary to her expectation, she found all things green, pleasant and warm, and withal remembering her promise, she only requested that she might once more return to her lord, to whom with sighs and tears she bewailed her lamentable condition. But for as much as he sufficiently perceived her faithfulness, he dispatched her back to her lover, who had so dearly purchased her, so that she might give him satisfaction. This husband’s integrity did so mightily affect the noble man, that he thought it a sin to touch so honest a wife; so he sent her home again with honour to her lord. Now the little man perceiving such faith in both these, would not, how poor soever he were, be the least, but restored the noble man all his goods again and went his way. Now my lords, I know not which of these persons may have shown the greatest ingenuity?” Here our tongues were quite cut off. Neither would the Virgin make any other reply, but only that another should go on. Wherefore the fifth, without delay, began: “My Lords, I desire not to make long work; who hath the greater joy, he that beholdeth what he loveth, Or he that only thinketh on it?” “He that beholdeth it,” said the Virgin; “Nay” answered I; hereupon arose a contest, wherefore the sixth called out, ‘My lords, I am to take a wife; now I have before me a maid, a married wife, and a widow; ease me of this doubt, and I will afterwards help to order the rest.” “It goes well there” replied the seventh, where a man hath his choice, but with me the case is otherwise; in my youth I loved a fair and virtuous virgin from the bottom of my heart, and she me in like manner: howbeit because of her friends denial we could not come together in wedlock.

Whereupon she was married to another, yet an honest and discreet person, who maintained her honourably and with affection, until she came into the pains of child-birth, which went so hard with her that all thought she had been dead, so with much state, and great mourning she was interred. Now I thought with my self, during her life thou couldst have no part in this woman, but yet now dead as she is thou mayst embrace and kiss her sufficiently; whereupon I took my servant with me, who dug her up by night. Now having opened the coffin and locked her in my arms, and feeling about her heart, I found still some little motion in it, which increased more and more from my warmth, till at last I perceived that she was indeed still alive; wherefore I quietly bare her home. and after I had warmed her chilled body with a costly bath of herbs, I committed her to my mother until she brought forth a fair son, whom (as the mother) I caused faithfully to be nursed. After two days (she being then in a mighty amazement) I discovered to her all the forepassed affair, requesting her that for the time to come she would live with me as a wife, against which she thus excepted, in case it should be grievous to her husband who had well and honourably maintained her. But if it could otherwise be, she was the present obliged in love to one as well as the other. Now after two months (being then to make a journey elsewhere) I invited her husband as a guest, and amongst other things demanded of him, whether if his deceased wife should come home again, he could be content to receive her, and he affirming it with tears and lamentations, at length I brought him his wife together with his son, and an account of all the forepassed business, intreating him to ratifie with his consent my fore-purposed espousals. After a long dispute he could not beat me from my right, but was fain to leave me the wife. But still the contest was about the son.” Here the Virgin interrupted him, and said, “It makes me wonder how you could double the afflicted mans grief.” “How’ answered he, ‘was I not then concerned?” Upon this there arose a dispute amongst us, yet the most part affirmed that he had done but right. “Nay,” said he, “I freely returned him both his wife and son. Now tell me my lords, was my honesty, or this man’s joy the greater? “These words had so mightily cheered the Virgin that (as if it had been for the sake or these two) she caused a health to go round. After which the rest of the proposals went on somewhat perplexedly, so that I could not retain them all, yet this comes to my mind, that one said, that a few years before he had seen a physician, who bought a parcel of wood against winter, with which he warmed himself all winter long; but as soon as the spring returned he sold the very same wood again, and so had the use of it for nothing. “Here must needs be skill,” said the Virgin, “but the time is now past.” “Yea,” replied my companion, who ever understands not how to resolve all the riddles, may give each man notice of it by a proper messenger, I conceive he will not be denied.” At this time they began to say grace, and we arose altogether from the table, rather satisfied and merry than glutted; and it were to be wished that all invitations and feastings were thus to be kept. Having now taken some few turns up and down the hall again, the Virgin asked us whether we desired to begin the wedding. “Yes,” said one, noble and virtuous lady; whereupon she privately dispatched a page, and yet in the mean time proceeded in discourse with us. In brief she was already become so familiar with us, that I adventured and requested her Name. The Virgin smiled at my curiosity, but yet was not moved, but replied:

My Name contains five and fifty, and yet hath only eight letters; the third is the third part of the fifth, which added to the sixth will produce a number whose root shall exceed the third itself by just the first, and it is the half of the fourth. Now the fifth and the seventh are equal, the last and the first are also equal, and make with the second as much as the sixth hath, which contains just four more than the third tripled. Now tell me, my lord, how am I called?

The answer was intricate enough to me, yet I left not off so, but said, noble and virtuous lady, may I not obtain one only letter? Yea, said she, that may well be done. What then (replied I again) may the seventh contain? It contains (said she) as many as there are lords here. With this I was content, and easily found her Name, at which she was well pleased, with assurance that much more should yet be revealed to us. Mean time certain virgins had made themselves ready, and came in with great ceremony. First of all two youths carried lights before them; one of them was of jocund countenance, sprightly eyes and gentile proportion. The other looks something angerly, and whatever he would have, must be, as I afterwards perceived. After them first followed four virgins. One looked shame-facedly towards the earth, very humble in behaviour. The second also was a modest, bashful virgin. The third, as she entered the room seemed amazed at somewhat, and as I understood, she cannot well abide where there is too much mirth. The fourth brought with her certain small wreaths, thereby to manifest her kindness and liberality. After these four came two which were somewhat more gloriously apparelled; they saluted us courteously. One of them had a gown of sky colour spangled with golden stars. The others was green, beautified with red and white stripes. On their heads they had thin flying tissaties, which did most becomingly adorn them. At last came one alone, who had on her head a coronet, but rather looked up towards heaven, than towards earth. We all thought it had been the Bride, but were much mistaken, although otherwise in honour, riches and state she much surpassed the Bride; and she afterwards ruled the whole Wedding. Now on this occasion we all followed our Virgin, and fell down on our knees, howbeit she showed her self extreme humble, offering every one her hand, and admonishing us not to be too much surprised at this, for this was one of her smallest bounties, but to lift up our eye to our Creator, and learn hereby to acknowledge his omnipotency, and so proceed in our enterprised course, employing this grace to the praise to God, and the good of man. In sum, her words were quite different from those of our Virgin, who was somewhat more worldly. They pierced even through my bones and marrow. “And thou ‘said she further to me, “hast received more than others, see that thou also make a larger return.” This to me was a very strange sermon; for as soon a. we saw the virgins with the music, we imagined we must presently fall to dancing, but that time was not as yet come. Now the weights, whereof mention has been before made, stood still in the same place, wherefore the Queen (I yet knew not who she was) commanded each virgin to take up one, but to our Virgin she gave her own, which was the last and greatest, and commanded us to follow behind. Our majesty was then somewhat abated, for I well observed that our Virgin was but too good for us, and we were not so highly reputed as we our selves wore almost in part willing to fantasy. So we went behind in our order, and were brought into the first chamber, where our Virgin in the first place hung up the Queen’s weight, during which an excellent spiritual hymn was sung. There was nothing costly in this room save only curious little prayer books which should never be missing. In the midst was erected a pulpit, very convenient for prayer, where in the Queen kneeled down, and about her we were all fain to kneel and pray after the Virgin, who read out of a book, that this Wedding might tend to the honour of God, and our own benefit. Afterwards we came into the second chamber, where the first Virgin hung up her weight also, and so forward until all the ceremonies were finished. Hereupon the Queen again presented her hand to every one, and departed thence with her virgin. Our president stayed yet a while with us. But because it had been already two hours night, she would no longer detain us; me thought she was glad of our company, yet she bid us good night, and wished us quiet rest, and so departed friendly, although unwillingly from us. Our pages were well instructed in their business, and therefore showed every man his chamber, and stayed also with us in another pallet. that in case we wanted any thing we might make use of them My chamber (of the rest I am not able to speak) was royally furnished with rare tapestries and hung about with paintings. But above all things I delighted in my page, who was so excellently spoken. and experienced in the arts, that he yet spent another hour with me and it was half an hour after three when first I fell asleep. And this indeed was the first night that I slept in quiet, and yet a scurvy dream would not suffer me to rest; for I was all the night troubled with a door which I could not get open. but at last I did it. With these fantasies I passed the time. till at length cowards day I awaked.

The Fourth Day   Return to Top

I still lay in my bed, and leisurely surveyed the noble images and figures up and down about my chamber, during which on a sudden I heard the music of coronets, as if they had been already in procession. My page skipped out of the bed as if he had been at his wits end, and looked more like one dead than living. In what case I was then, is easily imaginable, for, said he, “The rest are already presented to the King.” I knew not what else to do, but weep out-right and curs s my own slothfulness; yet I dressed my self, but my page was ready long before me, and ran out of the chamber to see how affairs might yet stand. But he soon returned, and brought with him this joyful news, that the time indeed was not yet but only I had over-slept my breakfast, they being unwilling to waken me because of my age. But that now it was time for me to go with him to the fountain where the most part were assembled. With this consolation my spirit returned again, wherefore I was soon ready with my habit, and went after the page to the fountain in the aforementioned garden, where I found that the lion instead of his sword had a pretty large tablet by him. Now having well viewed it, I found that it was taken out of the ancient monuments, and placed here for some especial honour. The inscription was somewhat worn out with age, and therefore I am minded to set it down here. as it is, and give every one leave to consider it.

HERMES PRINCEPS.

POST TOT ILLATA

GENERI HUMANO DAMNA,

DEI CONSILIO:

 ARTISQUE ADMINICULO,

MEDICINA SALUBRIS FACTUR

HEIC FLUO

 Bibat ex me qui potest: lavet, qui vult: turbet qui audet:

BIBITE FRATRES, ET VIVITE.

This writing might well be read and understood, and may therefore fitly be here placed, because easier than any of the rest. Now after we had first washed our selves out of the fountain, and every man had taken a draught out of an entirely golden cup, we were once again to follow the Virgin into the hall, and there put on new apparel, which was all of cloth of gold gloriously set out with flowers. There was also given to every one another Golden Fleece, which was set about with precious stones, and various workmanship according to the utmost skill of each artificer. On it hung a weighty medal of gold, whereon were figured the sun and moon in opposition; but on the other side stood this poesie, The light of the moon shall be as the light of the sun, and the light of the sun shall be seven times lighter than at present. But our former jewels were rayed in a little casket, and committed to one of the waiters. After this the Virgin lead us out in our order, where the musicians waited ready at the door, all apparelled in red velvet with white guards. After which a door (which I never saw open before) to the Royal winding-stairs was unlocked. There the Virgin led us together with the music, up three hundred and sixty five stairs; there we saw nothing but what was of extreme costly and artificial workmanship; and still the further we went, the more glorious still was the furniture, until at length at the top we came under a painted arch, where the sixty virgins attended us, all richly apparelled. Now as soon as they had bowed to us, and we as well as we could, had returned our reverence, our musicians were dispatched away, who fain to go down the stairs again, the door being shut after them. After this a little bell was tolled; then came in a beautiful Virgin who brought every one a wreath of laurel. But our virgins had branches given them. Mean while a curtain was drawn up, where I saw the King and Queen as they sate there in their majesty, and had not the yesterday queen so faithfully warned me, I should have forgotten my self, and have equalled this unspeakable glory to Heaven.

For besides that the room glistered of mere gold and precious stones; the Queen’s robes were moreover so made that I was not able to behold them. And whereas I before esteemed any thing for handsome, here all things so much surpassed the rest, as the stars in heaven are elevated.

In the mean time the Virgin steps in, and so each of the virgins taking one of us by the hand, with most profound reverence presented us to the King, whereupon the Virgin began thus to speak: “That to honour your Royal Majesties (most gracious King and Queen) these lords here present have ventured hither with peril of body and life, your Majesties have reason to rejoice, especially since the greatest part are qualified for the enlarging of your Majesties Estates and Empire, as you will find the same by a most gracious and particular examination of each of them.

Herewith I was desirous to have them in humility presented to your Majesties, with most humble suit to discharge me of this my commission, and most graciously to take sufficient information from each or them, concerning both my actions and omissions.” Hereupon she laid down her branch upon the ground. Now it would have been very fitting for one of us to have put in and spoken somewhat on this occasion, but seeing we were all troubled with the falling of the uvula, at length the old Atlas steps forward and spoke on the King’s behalf; “Their Royal Majesties do most graciously rejoice at your arrival, and will that their Royal Grace be assured to all, and every man. And with thy administration, gentle Virgin, they are most graciously satisfied, and accordingly a Royal Reward shall therefore be provided for thee. Yet it is still their intention, that thou shalt this day also continue with them, in as much as they have no reason to mistrust thee.” Hereupon the Virgin humbly took up the branch again. And so we for the first time were to step aside with our Virgin. This room was square on the front, five times broader than it was long; but towards the West it had a great arch like a porch, wherein in circle stood three glorious royal thrones, yet the middle-most was somewhat higher than the rest. Now in each throne sate two persons. In the first sate a very antient King with a grey beard, yet his consort was extraordinarily fair and young. In the third throne sate a black King of middle age, and by him a dainty old matron, not crowned, but covered with a vail. But in the middle sate the two young persons, who tho’ they had likewise wreaths of laurel upon their heads, yet over them hung a large and costly crown. Now albeit they were not at this time so fair as I had before imagined to my self, yet so it was to be. Behind them on a round form sat for the most part antient men, yet none of them (at which I wondered) had any sword, or other weapon about him. Neither saw I any other life-guard, but certain Virgins which were with us the day before, who sate on the sides of the arch. Here can I not pass in silence how the little Cupid flew to and again there, but for the most part he hovered and played the wanton about the great crown; sometimes he seated himself between the two lovers, somewhat smiling upon them with his bow. Nay, sometimes he made as if he would shoot one of us. In brief, this knave was so full of his waggery, that he would not spare even the little birds, which in multitudes flew up and down the room, but tormented them all he could.

The virgins had also their pastimes with him, but whensoever they could catch him, it was not so easy a matter for him to get from them again. Thus this little knave made all the sport and mirth. Before the Queen stood a small, but unpressibly curious altar, wherein lay a book covered with black velvet, only a little over-rayed with gold. By this stood a small taper in an ivory candlestick. Now although it were very small, yet it burnt continuously, and stood in that manner, that had not Cupid, in sport, now and then puffed upon it, we could not have conceived it to be fire. By this stood a sphere or celestial globe, which of itself turned clearly about. Next this, a small striking-watch, by that a little christal pipe or siphon-fountain, out of which perpetually ran a clear blood-red liquor; and last of all a skull, or death’s head; in this was a white serpent, which was of such a length, that though she crept circle-wise about the rest of it, yet her taile still remained in one of the eye-holes, until her head again entered at the other, so she never stirred from her skull, unless it happened that Cupid twitched a little at her, for then she slips in so suddenly, that we all could not choose but marvel at it. Together with this altar, there were up and down the room wonderful images, which moved themselves, as if they had been alive, and had so strange a contrivance, that it would be impossible for me to relate it all. Likewise, as we were passing out, there began such a marvellous kind of vocal music, that I could not certainly tell, whether it were performed by the virgins who yet stayed behind, or by the images themselves. Now we beeing for this time satisfied, went thence with our virgins, who, the musicians being already present, led us down the winding stairs again, but the door was diligently locked and bolted.

As soon as we were come again into the hall, one of the virgins began: “I wonder, Sister, that you dourest adventure your self amongst so many persons.” My Sister,” replied our president, “I am fearful of none so much as of this man,” pointing at me. This speech went to the heart of me, for I well understood that she mocked at my age, and indeed I wan the oldest of them all. Yet she comforted me again with promise, that in case I behaved my self well towards her, she would easily rid me of this burden. Mean time a collation was again brought in, and every one’s virgin seated by him, who well knew how to shorten the time with handsome discourses, but what their discourses and sports were I dare not blab out of school. But most of the questions were about the arts, whereby I could lightly gather that both young and old were conversant in the sciences. But still it run in my thoughts how I might become young again, whereupon I wan somewhat the sadder. This the Virgin perceived, and therefore began, “I dare lay anything, if I lye with him to night, he shall be pleasanter in the morning.” Hereupon they began to laugh, and albeit I blushed all over, yet I was fain to laugh too at my own ill-luck. Now there was one there that had a mind to return my disgrace again upon the Virgin, whereupon he said, “I hope not only we, but the virgins too themselves will bear witness in behalf of our brother, that our lady president hath promised her self to be his bedfellow to night.” “I should be well content with it,” replied the Virgin, “if I had no reason to be afraid of these my sisters; there would be no hold with them should I choose the best and handsomest for my self, against their will.” My Sister presently began another, “we find hereby that thy high office makes thee not proud; wherefore if by thy permission we might by lot part the lords here present, amongst us, for bed-fellows, thou shouldst with our good will have such a prerogative.” We let this pass for a jeast, and began again to discourse together. But our Virgin could not leave tormenting us, and therefore began again, “My lords, how if we should permit fortune to decide which of us must lie together to night? “Well,” said I, “if it may be no otherwise, we cannot refuse such a proffer.” Now because it was concluded to make this trial after meat, we resolved to sit no longer at table, so we arose, and each one walked up and down with his virgin. “Nay,” said the Virgin, “it shall not be so yet, but let us see how fortune will couple us,” upon which we were separated asunder. But now first arose a dispute how the business should be carried, but this was only a premeditated device, for the Virgin instantly made the proposal that we should mix our selves together in a ring, and that she beginning to count from her self, the seventh, was to be content with the following seventh, whether it were a virgin, or man. For our parts we were not aware of any craft, and therefore permitted it so to be; but when we thought we had very well mingled our selves, the virgins nevertheless were so subtle, that each one knew her station beforehand. The Virgin began to reckon, the seventh next her was again a virgin, the third seventh a virgin likewise, and this happened so long till (to our amazement) all the virgins came forth, and none of us was hit. Thus we poor pitiful wretches remained standing alone, and were moreover forced to suffer our selves to be jeared too. and confess we were very handsomely couzened. In short, who ever had seen us in our order, might sooner have expected the skye to fall, then that it should never have come to our turn. Herewith our sport was at an end, and we were fain to satisfy our selves with the Virgin’s . In the interim, the little wanton Cupid came also in unto us. But because he presented himself on behalf of their Royal Majesties, and delivered us a health (as from them) out of a golden cup, and was to call our virgins to the King, withal declaring he could at this time tarry no longer with them, we could not sufficiently sport our selves with him. So with a due return of our most humble thanks we let him fly forth again. Now because (in the interim) the mirth began to fall into my consort’s feet. and the virgins were nothing sorry to see it, they quickly lead up a civil dance, whom I rather beheld with pleasure then assisted, for my mercurialists were so ready with their postures, as if they had been long of the trade. After some few dances our president came in again, and told us how the artists and students had offered themselves to their Royal Majesties, for their honour and pleasure. before their departure to act a merry comedy; and if we thought good to be present at it, and to wait upon their Royal Majesties to the House of the Sun, it would be acceptable to them, and they would most gratiously acknowledge it. Hereupon in the first place we returned our most humble thanks for the honour vouchsafed us; not only so, but moreover most submissively tendered our small service which the Virgin related again, and presently brought word to attend their Royal Majesties (in our order) in the gallery, whither we were soon led, and stayed not long there; for the Royal Procession was just ready, yet without any music at all. The unknown Queen who was yesterday with us, went foremost. with a small and costly coronet, apparelled in white satin, she carried nothing but a small crucifix which was made of a pearl, and this very day wrought between the young King and his Bride. After her went the six fore-mentioned virgins in two ranks, who carried the King’s jewels belonging to the little altar. Next to these came the three Kings. The Bridegroom was in the midst of them in a plain dress, only in black satin, after the Italian mode. He had on a small round black hat, with a little black pointed feather, which he courteously put off to us, thereby to signify his favour towards us. To him we bowed our selves, as also to the first, as we had been before instructed. After the Kings came the three Queens, two whereof were richly habited, only she in the middle went likewise all in black, and Cupid held up her train. After this, intimation was given to us to follow, and after us the virgins, till at last old Atlas brought up the rear. In such procession, through many stately walks, we at length came to the House of the Sun, there next to the King and Queen, upon a richly furnished scaffold, to behold the fore-ordained comedy. We indeed, though separated, stood on the right hand of the Kings, but the virgins on the left, except those to whom the Royal Ensigns were committed. To them was allotted a peculiar standing at top of all. But the rest of the attendants were fain to stand below between the columns, and therewith to be content. Now because there are many remarkable passages in this comedy, I will not omit in brief to run it over.

First of all came forth a very ancient King. with some servants, before whose throne was brought a little chest, with mention that it was found upon the water. Now it being opened, there appeared in it a lovely babe, together with certain jewels, and a small letter of parchment sealed and superscribed to the King, which the King therefore presently opened, and having read it, wept, and then declared to his servants how injuriously the King of the Moors had deprived his aunt of her country, and had extinguished all the royal seed even to his infant, with the daughter of which country he had now purposed to have matched his son. Hereupon he swore to maintain perpetual enmity with the Moor and his allies, and to revenge this upon him; and therewith commanded that the child should be tenderly nursed, and to make preparation against the Moor. Now this provision and the discipline of the young lady (who after she was a little grown up was committed to an ancient tutor) continued all the first act, with many very fine and laudable sports besides.

In the interlude a lion and griffon were set at one another, to fight, and the lion got the victory, which was also a pretty sight.

In the second act, the Moor, a very black treacherous fellow, came forth also; who having with vexation understood that his murder was discovered, and that too a little lady was craftily stolen from him, began thereupon to consult how by stratagem he might be able to encounter so powerful an adversary, whereof he was at length advised by certain fugitives who by reason of famine fled to him. So the young lady contrary to all men’s expectation, fell again into his hands, whom, had he not been wonderfully deceived by his own servants, he had like to have caused to be slain. Thus this act too was concluded with a marvellous triumph of the Moor.

In the third act a great army on the King’s party was raised against the Moor, and put under the conduct of an ancient valiant knight, who fell into the Moors country, till at length he forceably rescued the young lady out of the tower, and apparelled her a new. After this in a trice they erected a glorious scaffold, and placed their young lady upon it. Presently came twelve royal ambassadors, amongst whom the fore-mentioned knight made a speech, alleging that the King his most gracious lord had not only heretofore delivered her from death, and even hitherto caused her to be royally brought up (though she had not behaved her self altogether as became her), but moreover his Royal Majesty had, before others, elected her, to be a spouse for the young lord his son, and most graciously desired that the said espousals might be really executed in case they would be sworn to his Majesty upon the following articles. Hereupon out of a patent he caused certain glorious conditions to be read. which if it were not too long, were well worthy to be here recounted. In brief, the young lady took an oath inviolably to observe the same, returning thanks withal in most seemly sort for this so high a grace. Whereupon they began to sing to the praise of God, of the King, and the young lady, and so for this time departed. For sport, in the mean while, the four beasts of Daniel, as he saw them in the vision, and hath at large described them, were brought in, all which had its certain signification.

In the fourth act the young lady was again restored to her lost kingdom, and crowned, and for a space, in this array, conducted about the place with extraordinary joy. After this many and various ambassadors presented themselves, not only to wish her prosperity, but also to behold her glory. Yet it was not long that she preserved her integrity, but soon began again to look wantonly about her, and to wink at the ambassadors and lords, wherein she truly acted her part to the life.

These her manners were soon known to the Moor, who would by no means neglect such an opportunity, and because her steward had not sufficient regard to her, she was easily blinded with great promises, so that she had no good confidence in her King but privily submitted her self to the entire disposal of the Moor. Hereupon the; Moor made haste, and having (by her consent) gotten her into his hands, he gave her good words so long till all her kingdom had subjected itself to him, after which in the third scene of this act, he caused her to be led forth, and first to be strips stark naked, and then upon a scurvy wooden scaffold to be bound to a post, and well scourged, and at last sentenced to death. This was so woeful a spectacle, that it made the eyes of many to run over. Hereupon thus naked as she was, she was cast into prison, there to expect her death, which was to be procured by poison, which yet killed her not but made her leprous all over. Thus this act was for the most part lamentable.

Between, they brought forth Nebuchadnezzar’s image, which was adorn ‘d with all manner of arms, on the head, breast, belly, legs and feet, and the like, of which too more shall be spoken in the future explication.

In the fifth act the young King was acquainted with all that had passed between the Moor and his future spouse, who first interceeded with his father for her, intreating that she might not be left in that condition; which his father having agreed to, ambassadors were dispatched to comfort her in her sickness and captivity, but yet withal to give her notice of her inconsiderateness. But she would not yet receive them, but consented to be the Moor’s concubine, which was also done, and the young King was acquainted with it.

After this comes a band of fools, each of which brought with him a cudgel, where within a trice they made a great globe of the world, and soon undid it again. It was fine sportive fantasy.

In the sixth act the young King resolved to bid battle to the Moor, which also was done. And albeit the Moor was discomfited, yet all held the young King too for dead. At length he came to himself again, released his spouse, and committed her to his steward and chaplain, the first whereof tormented her mightily; at last the leaf turned over, and the priest was so insolently wicked, that he would needs be above all, until the same was reported to the young King, who hastily dispatched one who broke the neck of the priest’s mightiness, and adorned the bride in some measure for the nuptials.

After the act a vast artificial elephant was brought forth. He carries a great tower with musicians, which was also well pleasing to all.

In the last act the bride-groom appeared in such pomp as is not well to be believed, and was amazed how it was brought to pass. The bride met him in the like solemnity, whereupon a11 the people cried out VIVAT SPONSUS, VIVAT SPONSA so that by this comedy they did withal congratulate our King and Queen in the most stately manner, which (as I well observed) pleased them most extraordinarily well.

At length they made some paces about the stage in such procession, till at last they altogether they began thus to sing:

I

This time full of love

Does our Joy much improve

Because of the King’s nuptial;

And therefore let’s sing

That from all parts it ring,

Blest be he that granted us all.

II

The Bride most exquisitely fair,

Whom we attended with long care

To him in troth’s now plighted:

We fully have at length obtained

The same for which we did contend:

He’s happy, that’s fore-sighted.

  III

Now the parents kind and good

By intreaties are subdu’d:

Long enough in hold was she mew’d;

In honour increase,

Till thousands arise

And spring from your own proper blood.

 After this thanks were returned, and the comedy was finished with joy, and the particular good liking of the Royal Persons wherefore (the evening also being already hard by) they departed together in their fore-mentioned order. But we were to attend the Royal Persons up the winding stairs into the forementioned hall, where the tables were already richly furnished, and this was the first time that we were invited to the Kings table. The little altar was placed in the midst of the hall, and the six fore-named royal ensigns were laid upon it. At this time the young King behaved himself very gratiously towards us, but yet he could not be heartily merry. But howbeit he now and then discoursed a little with us, yet he often sighed, at which the little Cupid only mocked, and played his waggish tricks. The old King and Queen were very serious, only the wife of one of the ancient Kings was gay enough, the cause of which I yet understood not. During this, the Royal Persons took up the first table, at the second we only sate. At the third, some of the principal virgins placed themselves. The rest of the virgins, and men, were all fain to wait. This was performed with such state and solemn stillness, that I am afraid to make many words of it. Here I cannot leave untouched how that all the Royal Persons, before meat, attired themselves in snow-white glittering garments, and so sate down to table. Over the table hung the great golden crown, the precious stones whereof, without any other light, would have sufficiently illuminated the hall. However all the lights were kindled at the small taper upon the altar; what the reason was I did not certainly know. But this I took very good notice of, that the young King frequently sent meat to the white serpent upon the little altar, which caused me to muse. Almost all the prattle at this banquet was made by little Cupid, who could not leave us (and me indeed especially) untormented. He was perpetually producing some strange matter. However, there was no considerable mirth, all went silently on, from whence I, by my self, could imagine some great imminent peril. For there was no music at all heard; but if we were demanded any thing, we were fain to give short round answers, and so let it rest. In short, all things had so strange a face, that the sweat began to trickle down all over my body; and I am apt to believe that the stoutheartedst man alive would then have lost his courage. Supper being now almost ended, the young King commanded the book to be reached him from the little altar. This he opened, and caused it once again by an old man to be propounded to us, whether we resolved to abide with him in prosperity and adversity; which we having with trembling consented to, he further caused us sadly to be demanded, whether we would give him our hands on it, which, when we could find no evasion, was fain so to be.

Hereupon one after another arose, and with his own hand writ himself down in this book. When thin also was performed, the little crystal fountain, together with a very small crystal glass was brought near, out of which all the Royal Person, one after another drank, Afterwards it was reached to us too, and so forward to all persons, and this was called, the Draught of Silence. Hereupon all the Royal Persons presented us their hands, declaring that in case we did not now stick to them, we should now and never more hereafter see them; which verily made our eyes run over. But our president engaged her self and promised very largely on our behalf, which gave them satisfaction. Mean time a little bell was tolled, at which all the Royal Persons waxed so mighty bleak, that we were ready utterly to despair. They quickly put off their white garments again, and put on entirely black ones. The whole hall likewise was hung about with black velvet, the floor we covered with black velvet, with which also the ceiling above (all this being before prepared) was over-spread. After that the tables were also removed away, had all had seated themselves round about upon the form, and we also had put on black habits. In comes our president again, who was before gone out, and brought with her six black taffeta scarffs, with which she bound the six Royal Persona eyes. Now when they could no longer see, there were immediately brought in by the servants six covered coffins, and set down in the hall also a low black seat placed in the midst. Finally, there steps in a very coal-black tall man, who bare in his hand a sharp axe. Now after that the old King hat been first brought to the seat, his head was instantly whips off, and wrapped up in a black cloth, but the blood was received into a great golden goblet, had placed with him in this coffin that stood by, which being covered was set aside. Thus it went with the rest also, so that I thought it would at length have come to me too, but it did not. For as noon as the six Royal Persons were beheaded, the black man went out again; after whom another followed, who beheaded him too just before the door, and brought back his head together with the axe, which were laid in a little chest. This indeed to me seemed a bloody Wedding, but because I could not tell what would yet be the event, I was fain for that time to captivate my understanding until I were further resolved.

For the Virgin too, seeing that some of us were faint-hearted and wept, bid us be content. For, said she to us, “The life of these standeth now in your hands, and in case you follow me, this death shall make many alive.” Herewith she intimated we should go sleep, and trouble our selves no further on our part, for they should be sure to have their due right. And so she bad us all good night, saying that she must watch the dead corps this night. We did so, and were each of us conducted by our pages into our lodgings. My page talked with me of sundry and various matters (which I still very well remember) and gave me cause enough to admire at his Understanding. But his intention was to lull me asleep, which at last I well observed, whereupon I made as though I was fast asleep, but no sleep came into my eyes, and I could not put the beheaded out of my mind. Now my lodging was directly over against the great lake, no that I could well look upon it, the windows being nigh the bed. About midnight, as soon as it had struck twelve, on a sudden I espied on the lake a great fire, wherefore out of fear I quickly opened the window to nee what would become of it. Then from far I saw seven ships making forward, which were all stuck full of lights. Above on the top of each of them hovered a flame that passed to and fro, and sometimes descended quite down, as that I could lightly Judge that it must needs be the spirits of the beheaded. Now these ships gently approached to land, and each of them had no more than one mariner. As soon as they were now gotten to shore, I presently espied our Virgin with a torch going towards the ship, after whom the six covered coffins, together with the little chest, were carried, and each of them privily laid in a ship. Wherefore I awakened my page too, who hugely thanked me, for having run much up and down all the day, he might quite have overslept this, tho’ he well knew it. Now as soon as the coffins were laid in the ships, all the lights were extinguished, and the six flames passed back together over the lake so that there was no more but one light in each ship for a watch. There were also some hundreds of watchmen who had encamped themselves on the shore, and sent the Virgin back again into the castle, who carefully bolted all up again, so that I could well judge that there was nothing more to be done this night, but that we must expect the day, so we again betook ourselves to rest. And I only of all my company had a chamber towards the lake, and saw this, so that now I was also extreme weary, and so fell asleep in my manifold speculations.

The Fifth Day   Return to Top

The night was over, and the dear wished for day broken, when hastily I got me out of bed, more desirous to learn what might yet ensue, than that I had sufficiently slept. Now after that I had put on my clothes, and according to my custom was gone down the stairs, it was still too early, and I found nobody else in the hall, wherefore I entreated my page to lead me a little about the castle, and show me somewhat that was rare, who was now (as always) willing, and presently lead me down certain steps underground, to a great iron door. Now after this door was opened, the page led me by the hand through a very dark passage, till we came again to a very little door, that was now only put too, for (as my page informed me) it was first opened but yesterday when the coffins were taken out, and had not been since shut. Now as soon as we stepped in, I espied the most precious thing that Nature ever created, for this vault had no other light but from certain huge great carbuncles, and this (as I was informed) was the King’s Treasury.

But the most glorious and principal thing, that I here saw, was a sepulchre (which stood in the middle) so rich that I wondered that it was no better guarded, whereunto the page answered me, that I had good reason to be thankful to my planet, by whose influence it was that I had now seen certain pieces which no humane eye else (except the King’s family) had ever had a view of. This sepulchre was triangular, and had in the middle of it a kettle of polished copper, the rest was of pure gold and precious stones. In the kettle stood an angel, who held in his arms an unknown tree, from which it continually dropped fruit into the kettle; and an oft as the fruit fell into the kettle, it turned into water, and ran out from thence into three small golden kettles standing by. This little altar was supported by these three animals, an eagle, an ox and a lion, which stood on an exceeding costly base. I asked my page what this might signify. “Here,” said he, “lies buried Lady Venus, that beauty which hath undone many a great man, both in fortune, honour, blessing and prosperity.” After which he showed me a copper door on the pavement. “Here,” said he, “if you please, we may go further down.” “I still follow you,” replied I. So I went down the steps, where it was exceeding dark, but the page immediately opened a little chest, wherein stood a small ever-burning taper, at which he kindled one of the many torches which lay by. I was mightily terrified, and seriously asked how he durst do this? He gave me for answer, “As long as the Royal Persons are still at rest, I have nothing to fear.” Herewith I espied a rich bed ready made, hung about with-curious curtains, one of which he drew, where I saw the Lady Venus stark-naked (for he heaved up the coverlets too) lying there in such beauty, and a fashion so surprising, that I was almost besides myself, neither do I yet know whether it was a piece thus carved, or a human corpse that lay dead there. For she was altogether immovable, and yet I durst not touch her. So she was again covered, and the curtain drawn before her, yet she was still (as it were) in my eye. But I soon espied behind the bed a tablet on which it was thus written:

I asked my page concerning this writing, but he laughed, with promise that I should know it too. So he putting out the torch, we again ascended. Then I better viewed all the little doors, and first found that on every corner there burned a small taper of pyrites, of which I had before taken no notice, for the fire was so clear, that it looked much like a stone than a taper. From this heat the tree was forced continually to melt, yet it still produced new fruit. Now behold (said the page) what I heard revealed to the King by Atlas. When the tree (said he) shall be quite melted down, then shall Lady Venus awake, and be the mother of a King. Whilst he was thus speaking, in flew the little Cupid, who at first was somewhat abashed at our presence, but seeing us both look more like the dead than the living, he could not at length refrain from laughing, demanding what spirit had brought me thither, whom I with trembling answered, that I had lost my way in the castle, and was by chance come hither, and that the page likewise had been looking up and down for me, and at last lighted upon me here, I hoped he would not take it amiss. “Nay then ’tis well enough yet,” said Cupid, “my old busy grandsire, but you might lightly have served me a scurvy trick, had you been aware of this door. Now I must look better to it,” and so he put a strong lock on the copper door, where we before descended. I thanked God that he lighted upon us no sooner. My page too was the more jocund, because I had so well helped him at this pinch.

“Yet can I not,” said Cupid “let it pass unrevenged, that you were so near stumbling upon my dear mother.” With that he put the point of his dart into one of the little tapers, and heating it a little, pricked me with it on the hand, which at that time I little regarded, but was glad that it went so well with us, and that we came off without further danger. Meantime my companions were gotten out of bed too, and were again returned into the hall. To whom I also joined myself, making as if I were then first risen. After Cupid had carefully made all fast again, he came likewise to us, and would needs have me show him my hand, where he still found a little drop of blood, at which he heartily laughed, and bade the rest have a care of me, as I would shortly end my days. We all wondered how Cupid could be so merry, and have no sense at all of the yesterday’s sad passages. But he was no what troubled. Now our president had in the mean time made herself ready for the journey, coming in all in black velvet, yet she still bare her branch of laurel. Her virgins too had their branches. Now all things being in readiness, the Virgin bid us first drink somewhat, and then presently prepare for the procession, wherefore we made no long tarrying but followed her out of the hall into the court. In the court stood six coffins, and my companions thought no other but that the six Royal Persons lay in them, but I well observed the device. Yet I knew not what was to be done with these other. By each coffin were eight muffled men. Now as soon as the music went (it was so mournful and dolesome a tune, that I was astonished at it) they took up the coffins, and we (as we were ordered) were fain to go after them into the forementioned garden, in the midst of which was erected a wooden edifice, having round about the roof a glorious crown, and standing upon seven columns; within it were formed six sepulchres, and by each of them a stone, but in the middle it had a round hollow rising stone. In these graves the coffins were quietly and with many ceremonies laid. The stones were shoved over them, and they shut fast. But the little chest was to lie in the middle.

Herewith were my companions deceived, for they imagined no other but that the dead corpse were there. Upon the top of all there was a great flag, having a phoenix painted on it, perhaps therewith the more to delude us. Here I had great occasion to thank God that I had seen more than the rest. Now after the funerals were done, the Virgin, having placed her self upon the middle-most stone, made a short oration, that we should be constant to our engagements, and not repine at the pains we were hereafter to undergo, but be helpful in restoring the present buried Royal Persons to life again, and therefore without delay to rise up with her, to make a journey to the tower of Olympus, to fetch from thence medicines useful and necessary for this purpose. This we soon agreed to, and followed her through another little door guise to the shore. There the seven forementioned ships stood all empty, on which all the virgins stuck up their laurel branches, and after they had distributed us in the six ships, they caused us in Gods name thus to begin our voyage, and looked upon us as long as they could have us in sight, after which they with all the watch-men returned into the castle. Our ships had each of them a peculiar device. Five of them indeed had the five regular bodies, each a several one, but mine in which the Virgin too sat, carried a globe. Thus we sailed on in a singular order, and each had only two mariners. Foremost went the ship as in which, as I conceive the Moor lay. In this were twelve musicians, who played excellent well, and its device was a pyramid. Next followed three a breast, b, c, and d, in which we were disposed. I sat in c. In the midst behind these came the two fairest and stateliest ships, e and f, stuck about with many branches of laurel, having no passengers in them; their flags were the sun and moon. But in the rear only one ship g, in this were forty virgins. Now being thus passed over this lake, we first came through a narrow arm, into the right sea, where all the sirens, nymphs, and sea-goddesses had attended us; wherefore they immediately dispatched a sea-nymph to us to deliver their present and offering of honour to the Wedding. It was a costly, great, set, round and orient pearl, the like to which hath not at any time been seen, either in ours, or yet in the new world. Now the Virgin having friendly received it, the nymph further entreated that audience might be given to their divertissements, and to make a little stand, which the Virgin was content to do, and commanded the two great ships to stand into the middle, and with the rest to encompass them in pentagon. After which the nymphs fell into a ring about them, and with a most delicate sweet voice began thus to sing:

I

There’s nothing better here below,

Than beauteous, noble, Love;

Whereby we like to God do grow,

And none to grief do move.

Wherefore let’s chant it to the King,

That all the sea thereof may ring.

We question; answer you.

 II

What was it that at first us made?

‘Twas Love.

And what hath grace a fresh conveigh’d?

‘Tis Love.

Whence was’t (pray tell us) we were born?

Of Love

How came we then again forlorn?

Sans Love.

 III

Who was it (say) that us conceived?

‘Twas. Love.

Who suckled, nursed, and reliev’d?

‘Twas Love.

What is it we to our parents owe?

‘Tis Love.

What do they us such kindness show?

Of Love.

 IV

Who get’s herein the victory?

‘Tis Love.

Can Love by search obtained be?

By Love.

How may a man good works perform?

Through Love.

Who into one can two transform?

‘Tis Love.

 V

Then let our song sound,

Till it’s eccho rebound.

To Loves honour and praise,

Which may ever increase

With our noble Princes, the King,

and the Queen,

The soul is departed, their body’s within.

 VI

And as long as we live,

God graciously give;

That as great love and amity,

They bear each other mightily;

So we likewise, by Loves own flame,

May reconjoyn them once again.

 VII

Then this annoy

Into great joy

(If many thousand younglings deign)

Shall change, and ever so remain.

They having with most admirable consent and melody finished this song, I no more wondered at Ulysses for stopping the ears of his companions, for I seemed to my self the most unhappy man alive, that nature had not made me too so trim a creature. But the Virgin soon dispatched them, and commanded to set sail from thence; wherefore the nymphs too after they had been presented with a long red scarf for a gratuity, went off, and dispersed themselves in the sea. I was at this time sensible that Cupid began to work with me too, which yet tended but very little to my credit, and for as much as my giddiness is likely to be nothing beneficial to the reader, I am resolved to let it rest as it in. But this was the very wound that in the first book I received on the head in a dream. And let every one take warning by me of loitering about Venus’s bed, for Cupid can by no means brook it. After some hours, having in friendly discourses made a good way, we came within ken of the Tower of Olympus, wherefore the Virgin commanded by the discharge of some pieces to give the signal of our approach, which was also done. And immediately we espied a great white flag thrust out, and a small gilded pinnace sent forth to meet us. Now as soon as this was come to us, we perceived in it a very ancient man, the warden of the Tower, with certain guards clothed in white, of whom we were friendly received, and so conducted to the Tower. This Tower was situated upon an island exactly square, which was environed with a wall so firm and thick, that I my self counted two hundred and sixty passes over. On the other side of the wall was a fine meadow with certain little gardens, in which grew strange, and to me unknown, fruits; and then again an inner wall about the Tower. The Tower of it self was just as if seven round towers had been built one by another, yet the middlemost was somewhat the higher, and within they all entered one into another, and had seven storeys one above another. Being thus come to the gates of the Tower, we were led a little aside on the wall, that so, as I well observed, the coffins might be brought into the Tower without our taking notice; of this the rest knew nothing.

This being done, we conducted into the Tower at the very bottom, which albeit it were excellently painted, yet we had here little recreation, for this was nothing but a laboratory, where we were fain to beat and wash plants, and precious stones, and all sorts of things, and extract their juice and essence, and put up the same in glasses, and deliver them to be laid up. And truly our Virgin was so busy with us, and so full of her directions, that she knew how to give each of us employment enough, so that in this island we were fain to be mere drudges, till we had achieved all that was necessary for the restoring of the beheaded bodies. Meantime (as I afterwards understood) three virgins were in the first apartment washing the corpse with all diligence. Now having at length almost done with this our preparation, nothing more was brought us, but some broth with a little draught of wine, whereby I well observed, that we were not here for our pleasure; for when we had finished our days work too, every one had only a mattress laid on the ground for him, where with we were to content ourselves. For my part I was not very much troubled with sleep, and therefore walked out into the garden, and at length came as far as the wall; and because the heaven was at that time very clear, I could well drive away the time in contemplating the stars. By chance I came to a great pair of stone stairs, which led up to the top of the wall. And because the moon shone very bright, I was so much the more confident, and went up, and looked too a little upon the sea, which was now exceeding calm; and thus having good opportunity to consider better of astronomy, I found that this present night there would happen such a conjunction of the planets, the like to which was not otherwise suddenly to be observed. Now having looked a good little into the sea, and it being just about midnight, as soon as it had struck twelve, I beheld from far the seven flames passing over sea hitherward, and betaking themselves to the top of the spire of the Tower. This made me somewhat afraid for as soon as the flames had settled themselves, the winds arose, and began to make the sea very tempestuous. The moon also was covered with clouds, and my joy ended with such fear, that I had scarce time enough to hit upon the stairs again, and betake my self again to the Tower. Now whether the flames tarried any longer, or passed away again, I cannot say, for in this obscurity I durst no more venture abroad. So I laid me down upon my mattress, and there being besides in the laboratory a pleasant and gently purling fountain, I fell asleep so much the sooner. And thus this fifth day too was concluded with wonders.

The Sixth Day   Return to Top

Next morning, after we had awakened one another, we sat together a while to discourse what might yet be the event of things. For some were of opinion what they should all be enlivened again together. Others contradicted it, because the decease of the ancients was not only to restore life, but increase too to the young ones. Some imagined that they were not put to death, but that others were beheaded in their stead. We having now talked together a pretty long while, in comes the old man, and first saluting us, looks about him to see if all things were ready, and the processes enough done. We had herein so behaved ourselves, that he had no fault to find with our diligence, whereupon he placed all the glasses together, and put them into a case. Presently come certain youths bringing with them some ladders, ropes, and large wings, which they laid down before us, and departed. Then the old man began thus: “My dear sons, one of these three things must each of you this day constantly bear about with him. Now it is free for you either to make a choice of one of them, or to cast lots about it.” We replied, we would choose. “Nay, said he, “let it rather go by lot.” Hereupon he made three little schedules. On one he writ Ladder, on the second Rope, on the third Wings. These he laid in a hat, and each man must draw, and whatever he happened upon, that was to be his. Those who got the ropes, imagined themselves to be in the best case, but I chanced on a ladder, which hugely afflicted me, for it was twelve-foot long, and pretty weighty, and I must be forced to carry it, whereas the others could handsomely coil their ropes about them. And as for the wings, the old man joined them so nearly on to the third sort, as if they had grown upon them. Hereupon he turned the cock and then the fountain ran no longer, and we were fain to remove it, from the middle out of the way. After all things were carried off, he taking with him the casket with the glasses, took leave, and locked the door fast after him so that we imagined no other but that we had been imprisoned in this Tower. But it was hardly a quarter of an hour before a round hole at the very top was uncovered, where we saw our Virgin, who called to us, and bad us good morrow, desiring us to come up. They with the wings were instantly above through the hole. Only they with the ropes were in evil plight.

For as soon as ever one of us was up, he was commanded to draw up the ladder to him. At last each mans rope was hanged on an iron hook, so every one was fain to climb up by his rope as well as he could, which indeed was not compassed without blisters. Now as soon as we were all well up, the hole was again covered, and we were friendly received by the Virgin. This room was the whole breadth of the Tower itself having six very stately vestries a little raised above the room, and to be entered by the ascent of three steps. In these vestries we were distributed, there to pray for the life of the King and Queen. Meanwhile the Virgin went in and out of the little door, till we had done. For as soon as our process was absolved, there was brought in, and placed in the middle through the little door, by twelve person (which were formerly our musicians) a wonderful thing of a longish shape, which my companions took only to be a fountain. But I well observed that the corpse lay in it, for the inner chest was of an oval figure, so large that six persons might well lie in it one by another. After which they again went forth, fetched their instruments, and conducted in our Virgin, together with her she attendants, with a most delicate noise of music. The Virgin carried a little casket, but the rest only branches and small lamps, and some too lighted torches. The torches were immediately given into our hands, and we were to stand about the fountain in this order.

First stood the Virgin A with her attendants in a ring round about with the lamps and branches c. Next stood we with our torches b, then the musicians a in a long rank; last of all the rest of the virgins d in another long rank too. Now whence the virgins came, or whether they dwelt in the castle, or whether they were brought in by night, I know not, for all their faces were covered with delicate white linen, so that I could not know any of them. Hereupon the Virgin opened the casket, in which there was a round thing wrapped up in a piece green double taffeta. This she laid in the uppermost kettle, and then covered it with the lid, which was full of holes, and had besides a rim, on which she poured in some of the water which we had the day before prepared, whence the fountain began immediately to run, and through four small pipes to drive into the little kettle. Beneath the undermost kettle there were many sharp points, on which the virgins stuck their lamps, that so the heat might came to the kettle, and make the water seethe. Now the water beginning to simmer, by many little holes at a, it fell in upon the bodies, and was so hot, that it dissolved them all, and turned them into liquor. But what the above said round wrapped up thing was, my companions knew not, but I understood that it was the Moor’s head, from which the water conceived so great heat. At b round about the great kettle, there were again many holes, in which they stuck their branches. Now whether this was done of necessity, or only for ceremony, I know not. However, these branches were continually besprinkled by the fountain, whence it afterwards drops somewhat of a deeper yellow into the kettle. This lasted for near two hours, that the fountain still constantly ran of it self; but yet the longer, the fainter it was.

Meantime the musicians went their way, and we walked up and down in the room, and truly the room was so made, that we had opportunity enough to pass away our time. There was, for images, paintings, clock-works, organs, springing fountains, and the like, nothing forgotten. Now it was near the time when the fountain ceased, and would run no longer, upon which the Virgin commanded a round golden globe to be brought. But at the bottom of the fountain there was a tap, by which she let out all the matter that was dissolved by those hot drops (whereof certain quarts were then very red) into the globe. The rest of the water which remained above in the kettle was poured out. And so this fountain (which was now become much lighter) was again carried forth. Now whether it was opened abroad, or whether anything of the bodies that was further useful yet remained, I dare not certainly say. But this I know, that the water that was emptied into the globe was much heavier than six or yet more of us were well able to bear, albeit for its bulk it should have seemed not too heavy for one man. Now this globe being with much ado gotten out of doors, we again sat alone, but I perceiving a trampling overhead, had an eye to my ladder. Hear one might take notice of the strange opinions my companions had concerning this fountain, for they not imagining but that the bodies lay in the garden of the castle, knew not what to make of this kind of working, but I thanked God that I awaked in so opportune a time, and saw that which helped me the better in all the Virgins business. After one quarter of an hour the cover above was again lifted off, and we commanded to come up, which was done as before with wings, ladders and ropes. And it did not a little vex me, that whereas the virgins could go up another way, we were fain to take so much toil; yet I could well judge there must be some special reason in it, and we must leave somewhat for the old man to do too. For even those with the wings had no advantage by them but when they were to mount through the hole.

Now being gotten up thither also, and the hole shut again, I saw the globe hanging by a strong chain in the middle of the room. In this room was nothing else but mere windows, and still between two windows there was a door, which was covered with nothing but a great polished looking-glass; and these windows and looking-glasses were so optically opposed one to another, that although the sun (which now shined exceeding bright) beat only upon one door, yet (after the windows towards the sun were opened, and the doors before the looking-glasses drawn aside) in all quarters of the room there was nothing but suns, which by artificial refraction’s beat upon the whole golden globe hanging in the midst, and for as much as the same (besides that brightness) was polished, it gave such a lustre, that none of us could open our eyes, but were therefore forced to look out at windows till the globe was well heated, and brought to the desired effect. Here I may well avow that in these mirrors I have seen the most wonderful spectacle that ever Nature brought to light, for there were suns in all places, and the globe in the middle shined yet brighter, so that but for one twinkling of an eye, we could no more endure it than the sun it self. At length the Virgin commanded to shut up the looking-glasses again, and to make fast the windows, and so let the globe cool again a little; and this was done about seven of the clock. Wherefore we thought good, since we might now have leisure a little to refresh our selves with a breakfast. This treatment was again right philosophical, and we had no need to be afraid of intemperance, yet we had no want. And the hope of the future joy (with which the Virgin continually comforted us) made us so jocund that we regarded not any pains, or inconvenience. And this I can truly say too concerning my companions of high quality, that their minds never ran after their kitchen or table, but their pleasure was only to attend upon this adventurous physic, and hence to contemplate the Creator’s wisdom and omnipotency.

After we had taken our refection, we again settled ourselves to work, for the globe was sufficiently cooled, which with toil and labour we were to lift off the chain and set upon the floor. Now the dispute was how to get the globe in sunder, for we were commanded to divide the same in the midst. The conclusion was that a sharp pointed diamond would best do it. Now when we had thus opened the globe, there was nothing of redness more to be seen, but a lovely great snow-white egg. It most mightily rejoiced us, that this was so well brought to pass. For the Virgin was in perpetual care, least the shell might still be too tender. We stood round about this egg as jocund as if we ourselves had laid it. But the Virgin made it presently be carried forth, and departed herself too from us again, and (as all ways) locked the door to. But what she did abroad with the egg, or whether it were some way privately handled, I know not, neither do I believe it. Yet we were again to pause together for one quarter of an hour, till the third hole were opened, and we by means of our instruments were come upon the fourth stone or floor. In this room we found a great copper kettle filled with yellow sand, which was warmed with a gentle fire. Afterwards the egg was raked up in it, that it might therein come to perfect maturity. This kettle was exactly square; upon one side stood these two verses, writ in great letters:

O. BLI. TO. BIT. MI. LI.

KANT. I. VOLT. BIT. TO. GOLT.

On the second side were these three words.

SANITAS. NIX. HASTA.

The third had no more but this one word.

F.I.A.T.

But on the hindermost part stood an entire inscription running thus.

QUOD

Ignis: Aer: Aqua: Terra:

SANCTIS REGUM ET REGINARUM NOSTR:

Cineribus

Eripere non potuerunt.

Fidelis Chymicorum Turba

IN HANC URNAM

Contulit.

A.D.

Now whether the sand or egg were hereby meant, I leave to the learned to dispute, yet do I my part, and omit nothing undeclared. Our egg being now ready was taken out, but it needed no cracking, for the bird that was in it soon freed himself, and showed himself very jocund, yet he looked very bloody and unshapen. We first set him upon the warm sand, so the Virgin commanded that before we gave him any thing to eat, we should be sure to make him fast, otherwise he would give us all work enough. This being done too, food was brought him, which surely was nothing else than the blood of the beheaded, diluted again with prepared water, by which the bird grew so fast under our eyes, that we well saw why the Virgin gave us such warning of him. He bit and scratched so devilishly about him, that could he have had his will upon any of us, he would soon have dispatched him. Now he was wholly black, and wild, wherefore other meat was brought him, perhaps the blood of another of the Royal Persons, whereupon all his black feathers moulted again, and instead of them there grew out snow-white feathers. He was somewhat tamer too, and suffered himself to be more tractable. Nevertheless we did not yet trust him. At the third feeding his feathers began to be so curiously coloured, that in all my life I never saw the like colours for beauty. He was also exceeding tame, and behaved himself so friendly with us, that (the Virgin consenting) we released him from his captivity. “Tis now reason,” began our Virgin, “since by your diligence, and our old man’s consent, the bird has attained both his life, and the highest perfection, that he be also joyfully consecrated by us.”

Herewith she commanded to bring dinner, and that we should again refresh ourselves, since the most troublesome part of our work was now over, and it was fit we should begin to enjoy our passed labours. We began to make ourselves merry together. Howbeit we had still all our mourning clothes on, which seemed somewhat reproachful to our mirth. Now the Virgin was perpetually inquisitive, perhaps to find to which of us her future purpose might prove serviceable. But her discourse was for the most part about Melting; and it pleased her well when one seemed expert in such compendious manuals as do peculiarly commend an artist. This dinner lasted not above three quarters of an hour, which we yet for the most part spent with our bird, whom we were fain constantly to feed with his meat, but he still continued much at the same growth. After dinner we were not long suffered to digest our meat, but after that the Virgin together with the bird was departed from us. The fifth room was set open to us, whither we got too after the former manner, and tendered our service. In this room a bath was prepared for our bird, which was so coloured with a fine white powder, that it had the appearance of mere milk. Now it was at first cool when the bird was set into it. He was mighty well pleased with it, drinking of it, and pleasantly sporting in it. But after it began to heat by reason of the lamps that were placed under it, we had enough to do to keep him in the bath. We therefore claps a cover on the kettle, and suffered him to thrust his head out through a hole, till he had in this sort lost all his feathers in this bath, and was as smooth as a newborn child, yet the heat did him no further harm, at which I much marvelled, for in this bath the feathers were quite consumed, and the bath was thereby tinged with blue. At length we gave the bird air, who of himself sprung out of the kettle, and was so glitteringly smooth, that it was a pleasure to behold it. But because he was still somewhat wild, we were fain to put a collar, with a chain, about his neck, and so led him up and down the room. Meantime a strong fire was made under the kettle, and the bath sodden away till it all came to a blue stone, which we took out, and having first pounded it, we were afterwards fain to grind it on a stone, and finally with this colour to paint the bird’s whole skin over. Now he looks much more strangely, for he was all blue, except the head, which remained white. Herewith our work on this story was performed, and we (after the Virgin with her blue bird was departed from us) were called up through the hole to the sixth storey, where we were mightily troubled, for in the midst a little altar, every way like that in the King’s hall above described, was placed. Upon which stood the six fore-mentioned particulars, and he himself (the bird) made the seventh. First of all the little fountain was set before him, out of which he drunk a good draught. Afterwards he pecked upon the white serpent until she bled mightily. This blood we were to receive into a golden cup, and pour it down the bird’s throat, who was mighty averse from it. Then we dipped the serpents head in the fountain, upon which she again revived, and crept into her deaths head, so that I saw her no more for a long time after.

Meantime the sphere turned constantly on, until it made the desired conjunction. Immediately the watch struck one, upon which there was a going another conjunction. Then the watch struck two. Finally, whilst we were observing the third conjunction, and the same was indicated by the watch, the poor bird of himself submissively laid down his neck upon the book, and willingly suffered his head (by one of us thereto chosen by lot) to be smitten off. Howbeit he yielded not one drop of blood, till he was opened on the breast, and then the blood spun out so fresh and clear as if it had been a fountain of rubies. His death went to the heart of us, and yet we might well judge that a naked bird would stand us in little stead. So we let it rest, and removed the little altar away and assisted the Virgin to burn the body (together with the little tablet hanging by) to ashes with fire kindled at the little taper; afterwards to cleanse the same several times, and to lay them in a box of cypress wood. Here I cannot conceal what a trick I and three more were served. After we had thus diligently taken up the ashes, the Virgin began to speak thus: “My lords, we are here in the sixth room, and have only one more before us, in which our trouble will be at an end, and then we shall return home again to our castle, to awaken our most gracious Lords and Ladies. Now albeit I could heartily wish that all of you, as you are here together, had behaved yourselves in such sort, that I might have given you commendations to our most renowned King and Queen, and you have obtained a suitable reward, yet because, contrary to my desire, I have found amongst you these four (herewith she pointed at me and three more) lazy and sluggish labourers, and yet according to my good-will to all and every one, am not willing to deliver them up to consign punishment; however, that such negligence may not remain wholly unpunished, I am purposed thus concerning them, that they shall only be excluded from the future seventh and most glorious action of all the rest, and so too they shall incur no further blame from their Royal Majesties.” In what a case we now were at this speech I leave others to consider. For the Virgin so well knew how to keep her countenance, that the water soon ran over our basket; and we esteemed ourselves the most unhappy of all men. After this the Virgin by one of her maids (whereof there were many always at hand) caused the musicians to be fetched, who were with cornets to blow us out of doors with such scorn and derision that they themselves could hardly sound for laughing. But it did particularly mightily afflict us that the Virgin so vehemently laughed at our weeping, anger and impatience, and that there might well perhaps be some amongst our companions who were glad of this our misfortune. But it proved otherwise, for as soon as we were come out at the door, the musician bid us be of good cheer and follow them up the winding stairs. They led us up to the seventh floor under the roof, where we found the old man, whom we had not hitherto seen, standing upon a little round furnace. He received us friendly, and heartily congratulated us, that we were hereto chosen by the Virgin; but after he understood the affright we had conceived, his belly was ready to burst with laughing, that we had taken such good fortune so heinously. “Hence,” said he, “my dear sons, learn that man never knoweth how well God intended him.” During this discourse the Virgin also with her little box came running in, who (after she had sufficiently laughed at us) emptied her ashes into another vessel, and filled hers again with other matter, saying she must now go cast a mist before the other artists eyes, that we in the meantime should obey the old lord in whatsoever he commanded us, and not remit our former diligence. Herewith she departed from us into the seventh room whither she called our companions. Now what she first did with them there, I cannot tell, for they were not only most earnestly forbidden to speak of it, but we too by reason of our business, durst not peep on them through the ceiling. But this was our work. We were to moisten the ashes with our fore-prepared water till they became altogether like a very thin dough, after which we set the matter over the fire, till it was well heated. Then we cast it thus hot as it was into two little forms or moulds, and so let it cool a little (here we had leisure to look a while upon our companions through certain crevices made in the floor). They were now very busy at a furnace, and each was himself fain to blow up the fire with a pipe, and they stood thus blowing about it, as if they were herein wondrously preferred before us. And this blowing lasted so long till our old man roused us to our work again, so that I cannot say what was done afterwards.

We having opened our little forms, there appeared two beautiful bright and almost transparent little images, the like to which mans eye never saw, a male and a female, each of them only four inches long and that which most mightily surprised me was that they were not hard, but limber and fleshy, as other human bodies, yet had they no life; so that I do most assuredly believe that the Lady Venus’s image was also made after some such way. These angelically fair babes we first laid upon two little satin cushonets, and beheld them a good while, till we were almost besotted upon so exquisite an object. The old lord warned us to forbear, and continually to instil the blood of the bird (which had been received into a little golden cup) drop after drop into the mouths of the little images, from whence they apparently to the eye increased; and whereas they were before very small, they were now (according to proportion) much more beautiful, so that worthily all limners ought to have been here, and have been ashamed of their art in respect of these productions of nature. Now they began to grow so big that we lifted them from the little cushonets, and were fain to lay them upon a long table, which was covered with white velvet. The old man also commanded us to cover them over up to the breast with a piece of the fine white double taffeta, which because of their unspeakable beauty, almost went against us. But that I may be brief, before we had in this manner quite spent the blood, they were already in their perfect full growth. They had gold yellow curled hair, and the above mentioned figure of Venus was nothing to them. But there was not yet any natural warmth, or sensibility in them. They were dead figures, yet of a lively and natural colour, and since care was to be taken that they grew not too great, the old man would not permit any thing more to be given them, but quite covered their faces too with the silk, and caused the table to be stuck round about with torches. Here I must warn the reader that he imagine not these lights to have been of necessity, for the old man’s intent hereby, was only that we should not observe when the soul entered into them, as indeed we should not have taken notice of it, in case I had not twice before seen the flames. However, I permitted the other three to remain in their belief, neither did the old man know that I had seen anything more. Hereupon he bid us sit down on a bench over against the table. Presently the Virgin came in too with the music and all furniture, and carried two curious white garments, the like to which I had never seen in the castle, neither can I describe them, for I thought no other than that they were mere crystal, but they were gentle, and not transparent, so that I cannot speak of them. These she laid down upon a table, and after she had disposed her virgins upon a bench round about, she and the old man began many legerdemain tricks about the table, which was done only to blind us. This (as I told you) was managed under the roof, which was wonderfully formed, for on the inside it was arched into seven hemispheres, of which the middlemost was somewhat the highest, and had at top a little round hole, which was nevertheless shut, and was observed by none else. After many ceremonies steps in six virgins, each of which bare a large trumpet, which were rouled about with a green glittering and burning material like a wreath, one of which the old man took, and after he had removed some of the lights at top, and uncovered their faces, he placed one of the trumpets upon the mouth of one of the bodies in such manner, that the upper and wider part of it was directed just against the fore-mentioned hole. Here my companions always looked upon the images, but I had other thoughts, for an soon as the foliage or wreath about the shank of the trumpet was kindled, I saw the hole at top open, and a bright stream of fire shooting down the tube, and passing into the body, whereupon the hole was again covered, and the trumpet removed. With this device my companions were deluded, so that they imagined that life came into the image by means of the fire of the foliage, for as soon as he received the soul he twinkled with his eyes, howbeit he scarce stirred. The second time he placed another tube upon its mouth, and kindled it again, and the soul was let down through the tube.

This was repeated upon each of them three times, after which all the lights were extinguished and carried away. The velvet carpets of the table were cast together over them, and immediately a travelling bed was unlocked and made ready, into which thus wrapped up they were born, and so after the carpets were taken off them, they were neatly laid by each other, where with the curtains drawn before them, they slept a good while. (Now was it also time for the Virgin to see how our other artists behaved themselves. They were well pleased because, as the Virgin afterwards informed me, they were to work in gold, which is indeed a piece of this art, but not the most principal, most necessary and best. They had indeed too a part of these ashes, so that they imagined no other but that the whole bird was provided for the sake of gold, and that life must thereby be restored to the deceased.) Mean time we sat very still, attending when our married couple would awake. Thus about half an hour was spent. For then the wanton Cupid presented himself again, and after he had saluted us all, flew to them behind the curtain, tormenting them so long till they awaked. This happened to them with very great amazement, for they imagined no other but that they had hitherto slept from the very hour in which they were beheaded. Cupid, after he had awaked them, and renewed their acquaintance one with another, stepped aside a little, and permitted them both somewhat better to recruit themselves, mean time playing his tricks with us, and at length he would needs have the music fetched to be somewhat the merrier. Not long after the Virgin herself comes, and after she had most humbly saluted the young King and Queen (who found themselves somewhat faint) and kissed their hands, she brought them the two forementioned curious garments, which they put on, and so stepped forth. Now there were already prepared two very curious chairs, wherein they placed themselves, and so were by us with most profound reverence congratulated, for which the King in his own person most graciously returned his thanks, and again re-assured us of all grace. It was already about five of clock, wherefore they could make no longer stay, but as noon as ever the chiefest of their furniture could be laden, we were to attend the young Royal Persons down the winding stairs, through all doors and watches unto the ship, in which they embarked themselves, together with certain virgins and Cupid, and sailed so mighty swift that we soon lost sight of them, yet they were met (as I was informed) by certain stately ships. Thus in four hours time they had made many leagues out at sea. After five of clock the musicians were charged to carry all things back again to the ships, and to make themselves ready for the voyage. But because this was somewhat long a doing, the old lord commanded forth a party of his concealed soldiers, who had hitherto been planted in the wall, so that we had taken no notice of any of them, whereby I observed that this Tower was well provided against opposition. Now these soldiers made quick work with our stuff that no more remained further to be done but to go to supper. Now the table being completely furnished, the Virgin brings us again to our companions where we were to carry our selves as if we had truly been in a lamentable condition and forbear Laughing. But they were always smiling one upon another, howbeit some of them too sympathised with us. At this supper the old lord was with us too, who was a most sharp inspector over us, for none could propound any thing so discreetly, but that he knew how either to confute it, or amend it, or at least to give some good document upon it. I learned most by this lord, and it were very good that each one would apply himself to him, and take notice of his procedure, for then things would not so often and so untowardly miscarry. After we had taken our nocturnal reflection, the old lord led us into his closets of rarities, which were here and there dispersed amongst the bulwarks where we saw such wonderful productions of Nature, and other things too which man’s wit in imitation of Nature had invented, that we needed a year more sufficiently to survey them. Thus we spent a good part of the night by candlelight. At last, because we were more inclined to sleep than see many rarities we were lodged in rooms in the wall, where we had not only costly good beds but also besides extraordinary handsome chambers, which made us the more wonder why we were the day before forced to undergo so many hardships. In this chamber I had good rest, and being for the most part without care, and weary with continual labour, the gentle rushing of the sea helped me to a sound and sweet sleep, for I continued in one dream from eleven of clock till eight in the morning.

The Seventh Day   Return to Top

After eight of clock I awaked, and quickly made myself ready, being desirous to return again into the Tower, but the dark passages in the wall were so many and various, that I wandred a good while before I could find the way out. The same happened to the rest too, till at last we all met again in the neither most vault, and habits entirely yellow were given us, together with our golden fleeces. At that time the Virgin declared to us that we were Knights of the Golden Stone, of which we were before ignorant. After we had now thus made ourselves ready, and taken our breakfast, the old man presented each of us with a medal of gold; on the one side stood these words,

AR. NAT. MI.

On the other these,

TEM. NA. F.

exhorting us moreover we should enterprise nothing beyond and against this token of remembrance. Herewith we went forth to the sea, where our ships lay so richly equipped, that it was not well possible but such brave things must first have been brought thither. The ships were twelve in number, six of ours, and six of the old lord’s, who caused his ships to be freighted with well appointed soldiers. But he betook himself to us into our ship, where we all were together. In the first the musician seated themselves, of which the old lord had also a great number; they sailed before us to shorten the time. Our flags were the twelve celestial signs, and we sat in Libra. Besides other things our ship had also a noble and curious clock, which showed us all the minutes. The sea too was so calm, that it was a singular pleasure to sail. But that which surpassed all the rest, was the old man’s discourse, who so well knew how to pass away our time with wonderful histories, that I could have been content to sail with him all my life long. Meantime the ships passed on amain, for before we had sailed two hours the mariner told us that he already knew the whole lake almost covered with ships, by which we could conjecture they were come out to meet us, which also proved true. For as soon as we were gotten out of the sea into the lake by the forementioned river, there presently stood in to us five hundred ships, one of which sparkled with mere gold and precious stones, in which sate the King and Queen, together with other lords, ladies, and virgins of high birth. As soon an they were well in ken of us the pieces were discharged on both sides, and there was such a din of trumpets, shalms, and kettle drums that all the ships upon the sea capered again. Finally, as soon as we came near they brought about our stripe together, and so made a stand. Immediately the old Atlas stepped forth on the King’s behalf, asking a short, but handsome oration, wherein he welcomed us, and demanded whether the Royal Presents were in readiness. The rest of my companions were in an huge amazement, whence this. King should arise, for they imagined no other but that they must again awaken him. We suffered them to continue in their wonderment, and carried ourselves as if it seemed strange to us too. After Atlas’s oration out steps our old man, making somewhat a larger reply, wherein he wished the King and Queen all happiness and increase, after which he delivered up a curious small casket, but what was in it, I know not, only it we committed to Cupid, who hovered between them both, to keep.

After the oration was finished, they again let off a joyful voile of shot, and so we sailed on a good time together, till at length we arrived at another shore. This was near the first gate at which I first entered. At this place again there attended a great multitude of the King’s family together with some hundreds of horses. Now as soon as we were come to shore, and disembarked, the King and Queen presented their hands to all of us one with another with singular kindness; and so we were to get up on horseback. Here I desire to have the reader friendly entreated not to interpret the following narration to any vain glory or pride of mine, but to credit me thus far, that if there had not been a special necessity in it, I could very well have utterly concealed this honour which was showed me. We were all one after another distributed amongst the lords. But our old lord, and I most unworthy, were to ride even with the King, each of us bearing a snow white ensign with a red cross. I indeed was made use of because of my age, for we both had long grey beards and hair. I had besides fastened my token round about my hat, of which the young King soon took notice, and demanded if I were he, who could at the gate redeem these tokens? I answered in most humble manner, Yea. But he laughed on me, saying, there henceforth needed no ceremony; I was HIS father. Then he asked me wherewith I had redeemed them? I replied, “With Water and Salt,” whereupon he wondered who had made me so wise; upon which I grew somewhat more confident, and recounted unto him how it had happened to me with my bread, the Dove and the Raven, and he was pleased with it and said expressly that it must needs be, that God had herein vouchsafed me a singular happiness. Herewith we came to the first gate where the Porter with the blue clothes waited, who bore in his hand a supplication. Now as soon as he spied me even with the King, he delivered me the supplication, most humbly beseeching me to mention his ingenuity before the King. Now in the first place I demanded of the King, what the condition of this porter was? who friendly answered me, that he was a very famous and rare astrologer, and always in high regard with the Lord his Father, but having on a time committed a fault against Venus, and beheld her in her bed of rest, this punishment was therefore imposed upon him, that he should so long wait at the first gate, till some one should release him from thence. I replied, “May he then be released?” “Yes,” said the King, “if any one can be found that hath as highly transgressed as himself, he must stand in his stead, and the other shall be free.” This word went to my heart, for my conscience convinced me that I was the offender, yet I held my peace, and herewith delivered the supplication. As soon as he had read it, he was mightily terrified, so that the Queen who, with our virgins, and that other Queen besides, of whom I made mention at the hanging of the weights, rid just behind us, observed it, and therefore asked him, what this letter might signify. But he had no mind that he should take notice of it, but putting up the paper, began to discourse of other matters, till thus in about three hours time we came quite to the castle, where we alighted, and waited upon the King into his forementioned hall. Immediately the King called for the old Atlas to come to him in a little closet, and showed him the writing, who made no long tarrying, but rid out again to the Porter to take better cognisance of the matter, after which the young King with his spouse, and other lords, ladies and virgins sat down. Then began our Virgin highly to commend the diligence we had used, and the pains and labour we had undergone, requesting we might be royally rewarded, and that she henceforward might be permitted to enjoy the benefit of her commission. Then the old lord stood up too, and attested that all that the Virgin had spoken was true, and that it was but equity that we should both on both parts be contented. Hereupon we were to step out a little, and it was concluded that each man should make some possible wish, and accordingly obtain it, for it was not to be doubted, but that those of understanding would also make the best wish. So we were to consider of it till after supper. Mean time the King and Queen for recreations sake, began to fall to play together. It looked not unlike chess, only it had other laws; for it was the Virtues and Vices one against another, where it might ingeniously be observed with what plots the Vices lay in wait for the Virtues, and how to re-encounter them again. This was so properly and artificially performed, that it were to be wished that we had the like game too. During the game, in comes Atlas again, and asks his report in private, yet I blushed all over, for my conscience gave me no rest; after which the King gave me the supplication to read, and contents whereof were much to this purpose. First he wished the King prosperity, and increase; that his seed might be spread abroad far and wide.

Afterwards he remonstrated that the time was now accomplished, wherein according to the royal promise he ought to be released, because Venus was already uncovered by one of his guests, for his observation could not lie to him. And that if his Majesty would please to make a strict and diligent enquiry, he would find that she had been uncovered, and in case this should not prove to be so, he would be content to remain before the gate all the days of his life. Then he sued in the most humble manner, that upon peril of body and life he might be permitted to be present at this nights supper. He was in good hopes to spy out the very offender, and obtain his wished freedom. This was expressly and handsomely indicted, by which I could well perceive his ingenuity, but it was too sharp for me, and I could well have endured never to have seen it. Now I was casting in my mind whether he might perchance be helped through my wish, so I asked the King, whether he might not be released some other way. “No,” replied the King, “because there is a special consideration in the business. However, for this night, we may well gratify him in his desire.” So he sent forth one to fetch him in. Meantime the tables were prepared in a spacious room, in which we had never been before, which was so complete, and in such manner contrived, that it is not possible for me only to begin to describe it. Into this we were conducted with singular pomp and ceremony. Cupid was not at this time present, for (as I was informed) the disgrace which had happened to his mother, had somewhat angered him. In brief, my offence, and the supplication which was delivered were an occasion of much sadness, for the King was in perplexity how to make inquisition amongst his guests, and the more because thus even they too, who were yet ignorant of the matter, would come to the knowledge of it. So he caused the Porter himself, who was already come, to make his strict surveigh, and showed himself as pleasant as he was able. Howbeit at length they began again to be merry, and to bespeak one another with all sorts of recreative and profitable discourses. Now how the treatment and other ceremonies were then performed, it is not necessary to declare, since it is neither the reader’s concern, nor serviceable to my design. But all exceeded more in art, and human invention, than that we were overcharged with drinking. And this was the last, and noblest meal at which I was present. After the banquet the tables were suddenly taken away, and certain curious chairs placed round about in a circle, in which we together with the King and Queen, both their old men, the ladies and virgins, were to sit. After which a very handsome page opened the above-mentioned glorious little book, when Atlas immediately placing himself in the midst, began to bespeak us to the ensuing purpose, that his Royal Majesty had not yet committed to oblivion the service we had done him, and how carefully we had attended our duty, and therefore by way of retribution had elected all and each of the Knights of the Golden Stone. That it was therefore further necessary not only once again to oblige ourselves towards his Royal Majesty, but to vow too upon the following articles, and then his Royal Majesty would likewise know how to behave himself towards his liege people. Upon which he caused the page to read over the articles, which were these:

I. You my lords the Knights, shall swear that you shall at no time ascribe your order either unto any devil or spirit, but only to God your Creator, and his hand-maid Nature.

II. That you will abominate all whoredom, incontinency and uncleanness, and not defile your order with such vices.

III. That you through your talents will be ready to assist all that are worthy, and have need of them.

IV. That you desire not to employ this honour to worldly pride and high authority.

V. That you shall not be willing to live longer than God will have you.

At this last article we could not choose but laugh sufficiently, and it may well have been placed after the rest, only for a conceit. Now being to vow to them all by the King’s sceptre, we were afterwards with the usual ceremonies installed Knights, and amongst other privileges set over Ignorance, Poverty, and Sickness, to handle them at our pleasure. And this was afterwards ratified in a little chapel (whither we were conducted in all procession) and thanks returned to God for it, where I also at that time to the honour of God hung up my golden fleece and hat, and left them there for an eternal memorial. And because every one was there to write his name, I writ thus;

Summa Scientia nihil Scire,

Fr. CHRISTIANUS ROSENCREUTZ. (signed)

Eques aurei Lapidis.

Anno. 1459.

Others writ likewise, and truly each as seemed him good. After which we were again brought into the hall, where being sate down, we were admonished quickly to bethink ourselves what every one would wish. But the King and his party retired into a little closet, there to give audience to our wishes. Now each man was called in severally, so that I cannot speak of any man’s proper wish. I thought nothing could be more praise-worthy than in honour of my order to demonstrate some laudable virtue, and found too that none at present could be more famous, and cost me more trouble than Gratitude. Wherefore not regarding that I might well have wished somewhat more dear and agreeable to my self, I vanquished my self, and concluded, even with my own peril, to free the Porter, my benefactor. Wherefore being now called in, I was first of all demanded whether, having read the supplication, I had observed or suspected nothing concerning the offender, upon which I began undauntedly to relate how all the business had passed. How through ignorance I fell into that mistake, and so offered myself to undergo all that I had thereby demerited. The King, and the rest of the lords wondered mightily at so unhoped for confession, and so wished me to step aside a little. Now as soon as I was called for in again, Atlas declared to me, that although it were grievous to the King’s Majesty, that I whom he loved above others, was fallen into such a mischance, yet because it was not possible for him to transgress his ancient usages, he knew not how else to absolve me, but that the other must be at liberty, and I placed in his stead, yet he would hope that some other would be apprehended, that so I might be able to go home again. However, no release was to be hoped for, till the marriage feast of his future son.

This sentence had near cost me my life, and I first hated myself and my twatling tongue, in that I could not hold my peace, yet at last I took courage, and because I considered there was no remedy, I related how this Porter had bestowed a token on me, and commended me to the other, by whose assistance I stood upon the scale, and so was made partaker of all the honour and joy already received. And therefore now it was but equal that I should shew my self grateful to my benefactor, and because the same could no way else be done, I returned thanks for the sentence, and was willing gladly to sustain some inconvenience for his sake, who had been helpful to me in coming to so high place. But if by my wish any thing might be effected, I wished my self at home again, and that so he by me, and I by my wish might be at liberty. Answer was made me, that the wishing stretched not so far. However I might well wish him free.

Yet it was very pleasing to his Royal Majesty that I had behaved my self so generously herein, but he was affraid I might still be ignorant into what a miserable condition I had plunged myself through this my curiosity. Hereupon the good man was pronounced free, and I with a sad heart was fain to step aside. After me the rest were called for too, who came jocundly out again, which was still more to my smart, for I imagined no other, but that I must finish my life under the gate. I had also many pensive thoughts running up and down in my head, what I should yet undertake, and wherewith to spend the time. At length I considered that I was now old, and according to the course of nature, had few years more to live. And that this anguish and melancholy life would easily dispatch me, and then my doorkeeping would be at an end, and that by a most happy sleep I might quickly bring myself into the grave. I had sundry of these thoughts. Sometimes it vexed me that I had seen such galant things, and must be robbed of them. Sometimes it rejoiced me that yet before my end I had been accepted to all joy, and should not be forced so shamefully to depart. This was the last and worst shock that I sustained. During these my cogitations the rest were ready. Wherefore after they had received a good night from the King and lords, each one was conducted into his lodging. But I most wretched man had nobody to show me the way, and yet must moreover suffer myself to be tormented, and that I might be certain of my future function, I was fain to put on the ring, which the other had before worn. Finally, the King exhorted me, that since this was now the last time I was like to see him in this manner, I should however behave myself according to my place, and not against the order. Upon which he took me also in his arms, and kissed me, all which I so understood as if in the morning I must sit at my gate. Now after they had all a while spoken friendly to me, and at last presented their hands, committing me to the divine protection, I was by both the old men, the Lord of the Tower. and Atlas, conducted into a glorious lodging, in which stood three beds, and each of us lay in one of them, where we yet spent almost two, &c.

Here are wanting about two leaves in quarto, and he ( the author hereof ), whereas he imagined he must in the morning be door keeper, returned home.

The Chemical Marriage

THE self-admitted author of The Chemical Marriage, Johann Valentin Andreæ, born in Württemberg in 1586, was twenty-eight years of age when that work was first published. It was presumably written about twelve years prior to its publication–or when the author was fifteen or sixteen years old. The fact is almost incredible that one so young could produce a volume containing the wealth of symbolic thought and philosophy hidden between the lines of The Chemical Marriage. This book makes the earliest known reference to Christian Rosencreutz, and is generally regarded as the third of the series of original Rosicrucian manifestoes. As a symbolic work, the book itself is hopelessly irreconcilable with the statements made by Andreæ concerning it. The story of The Chemical Marriage relates in detail a series of incidents occurring to an aged man, presumably the Father C.R.C. of the Fama and Confessio. If Father C.R.C. was born in 1378, as stated in the Confessio, and is identical with the Christian Rosencreutz of The Chemical Marriage, he was elevated to the dignity of a Knight of the Golden Stone in the eighty-first year of his life (1459). In the light of his own statements, it is inconceivable that Andreæ could have been Father Rosy Cross.

Many figures found in the various books on symbolism published in the early part of the seventeenth century bear a striking resemblance to the characters and episodes in The Chemical Marriage. The alchemical wedding may prove to be the key to the riddle of Baconian Rosicrucianism. The presence in the German text of The Chemical Marriage of some words in English indicates its author to have been conversant also with that language. The following summary of the main episodes of the seven days of The Chemical Marriage will give the reader a fairly comprehensive idea of the profundity of its symbolism.

THE FIRST DAY

Christian Rosencreutz, having prepared in his heart the Paschal Lamb together with a small unleavened loaf, was disturbed while at prayer one evening before Easter by a violent storm which threatened to demolish not only his little house but the very hill on which it stood. In the midst of the tempest he was touched on the back and, turning, he beheld a glorious woman with wings filled with eyes, and robed in sky-colored garments spangled with stars. In one hand she held a trumpet and in the other a bundle of letters in every language. Handing a letter to C.R.C., she immediately ascended into the air, at the same time blowing upon her trumpet a blast which shook the house. Upon the seal of the letter was a curious cross and the words In hoc signo vinces. Within, traced in letters of gold on an azure field, was an invitation to a royal wedding.

C.R.C. was deeply moved by the invitation because it was the fulfillment of a prophecy which he had received seven years before, but so unworthy did he feel that he was paralyzed with fear. At length, after resorting to prayer, he sought sleep. In his dreams he found himself in a loathsome dungeon with a multitude of other men, all bound and fettered with great chains. The grievousness of their sufferings was increased as they stumbled over each other in the darkness. Suddenly from above came the sound of trumpets; the cover of the dungeon was lifted, and a ray of light pierced the gloom. Framed in the light stood a hoary-headed man who announced that a rope would be lowered seven times and whoever could cling to the rope would be drawn up to freedom.

Great confusion ensued. All sought to grasp the rope and many were pulled away from it by others. C.R.C. despaired of being saved, but suddenly the rope swung towards him and, grasping it, he was raised from the dungeon. An aged woman called the “Ancient Matron” wrote in a golden yellow book the names of those drawn forth, and each of the redeemed was given for remembrance a piece of gold bearing the symbol of the sun and the letters D L S. C.R.C., who had been injured while clinging to the rope, found it difficult to walk. The aged woman bade him not to worry, but to thank God who had permitted him to come into so high a light. Thereupon trumpets sounded and C.R.C. awoke, but so vivid was the dream that he was still sensible of the wounds received while asleep.

With renewed faith C. R. C. arose and prepared himself for the Hermetic Marriage. He donned a white linen coat and bound a red ribbon crosswise over his shoulders. In his hat he stuck four roses and for food he carried bread, water, and salt. Before leaving his cottage, he knelt and vowed that whatever knowledge was revealed to him he would devote to the service of his neighbor. He then departed from his house with joy.

THE SECOND DAY

As he entered the forest surrounding his little house, it seemed to C.R.C. that all Nature had joyously prepared for the wedding. As he proceeded singing merrily, he came to a green heath in which stood three great cedars, one bearing a tablet with an inscription describing the four paths that led to the palace of the King: the first short and dangerous, the second circuitous, the third a pleasant and royal road, and the fourth suitable only for incorruptible bodies. Weary and perplexed, C.R.C. decided to rest and, cutting a slice of bread, was about to partake thereof when a white dove begged it from him. The dove was at once attacked by a raven, and in his efforts to separate the birds C.R.C. unknowingly ran a considerable distance along one of the four paths–that leading southward. A terrific wind preventing him from retracing his steps, the wedding guest resigned himself to the loss of his bread and continued along the road until he espied in the distance a great gate. The sun being low, he hastened towards the portal, upon which, among other figures, was a tablet bearing the words Procul hinc procul ite profani.

A gatekeeper in sky-colored habit immediately asked C.R.C. for his letter of invitation and, on receiving it, bade him enter and requested that he purchase a token. After describing himself as a Brother of the Red Rosie Cross, C.R.C. received in exchange for his water bottle a golden disk bearing the letters S C. Night drawing near, the wanderer hastened on to a second gate, guarded by a lion, and to which was affixed a tablet with the words Date et dabitur volis, where he presented a letter given him by the first gatekeeper. Being urged to purchase a token bearing the letters S M, he gave his little package of salt and then hastened on to reach the palace gates before they were locked for the night.

A beautiful virgin called Virgo Lucifera was extinguishing the castle lights as C.R.C. approached, and he was barely able to squeeze through the closing gates. As they closed they caught part of his coat, which he was forced to leave behind. Here his name was written in the Lord Bridegroom’s little vellum book and he was presented with a new pair of shoes and also a token bearing the letters S P N. He was then conducted by pages to a small chamber where the “ice-grey locks” were cut from the crown of his head by invisible barbers, after which he was ushered into a spacious hall where a goodly number of kings, princes, and commoners were assembled. At the sound of trumpets each seated himself at the table, taking a position corresponding to his dignity, so that C.R.C. received a very humble seat. Most of the pseudo-philosophers present being vain pretenders, the banquet became an orgy, which, however, suddenly ceased at the sound of

stately and inspired music. For nearly half an hour no one spoke. Then amidst a great sound the door of the dining hall swung open and thousands of lighted tapers held by invisible hands entered. These were followed by the two pages lighting the beautiful Virgo Lucifera seated on a self-moving throne. The white-and-gold-robed Virgin then rose and announced that to prevent the admission of unworthy persons to the mystical wedding a set of scales would be erected the following day upon which each guest would be weighed to determine his integrity. Those unwilling to undergo this ordeal she stated should remain in the dining hall. She then withdrew, but many of the tapers stayed to accompany the guests to their quarters for the night.

Most of those present were presumptuous enough to believe that they could be safety weighed, but nine–including C.R.C.–felt their shortcomings so deeply that they feared the outcome and remained in the hall while the others were led away to their sleeping chambers. These nine were bound with ropes and left alone in darkness. C.R.C. then dreamed that he saw many men suspended over the earth by threads, and among them flew an aged man who, cutting here and there a thread, caused many to fall to earth. Those who in arrogance had soared to lofty heights accordingly fell a greater distance and sustained more serious injury than the more humble ones who, falling but a short distance, often landed without mishap. Considering this dream to be a good omen, C.R.C. related it to a companion, continuing in discourse with him until dawn.

THE THIRD DAY

Soon after dawn the trumpets sounded and the Virgo Lucifera, arrayed in red velvet, girded with a white sash, and crowned with a laurel wreath, entered accompanied by two hundred men in red-and-white livery. She intimated to C.R.C. and his eight companions that they might fare better than the other, self-satisfied guests. Golden scales were then hung in the midst of the hall and near them were placed seven weights, one good-sized, four small, and two very large. The men in livery, each carrying a naked sword and a strong rope, were divided into seven groups and from each group was chosen a captain, who was given charge of one of the weights. Having remounted her high throne, Virgo Lucifera ordered the ceremony to begin. The first to step on the scales was an emperor so virtuous that the balances did not tip until six weights had been placed upon the opposite end. He was therefore turned over to the sixth group. The rich and poor alike stood upon the scales, but only a few passed the test successfully. To these were given velvet robes and wreaths of laurel, after which they were seated upon the steps of Virgo Lucifera’s throne. Those who failed were ridiculed and scourged.

The “inquisition” being finished, one of the captains begged Virgo Lucifera to permit the nine men who had declared themselves unworthy also to be weighed, and this caused C.R.C. anguish and fear. Of the first seven one succeeded and was greeted with joy. C.R.C. was the eighth and he not only withstood all the weights but even when three men hung on the opposite end of the beam he could not be moved. A page cried out: “THAT IS HE!” C.R.C. was quickly set at liberty and permitted to release one of the captives. He chose the first emperor. Virgo Lucifera then requested the red roses that C.R.C. carried, which he immediately gave her. The ceremony of the scales ended about ten o’clock in the forenoon.

After agreeing upon the penalties to be imposed upon those whose shortcomings had been thus exposed, a dinner was served to all. The few successful “artists,” including C.R.C., were given the chief seats, after which the Golden Fleece and a Flying Lion were bestowed upon them in the name of the Bridegroom. Virgo Lucifera then presented a magnificent goblet to the guests, stating that the King had requested all to share its contents, Following this, C.R.C. and his companions were taken out upon a scaffolding where they beheld the various penalties suffered by those who failed. Before leaving the palace, each of the rejected guests was given a draught of forgetfulness. The elect then returned to the castle, where to each was assigned a learned page, who conducted them through the various parts of the edifice. C.R.C. saw many things his companions were not privileged to behold, including the Royal Sepulcher, where he learned “more than is extant in all books.” He also visited a magnificent library and an observatory containing a great globe thirty feet in diameter and with all the countries of the world marked upon it.

At supper the various guests propounded enigmas and C.R.C. solved the riddle which Virgo Lucifera asked concerning her own identity. Then entered the dining hall two youths and six virgins beautifully robed, followed by a seventh virgin wearing a coronet. The latter was called the Duchess, and was mistaken for the Hermetic Bride. The Duchess told C.R.C. that he had received more than the others, therefore should make a greater return. The Duchess then asked each of the virgins to pick up one of the seven weights which still remained in the great room. To Virgo Lucifera was given the heaviest weight, which was hung in the Queen’s chamber during the singing of a hymn. In the second chamber the first virgin hung her weight during a similar ceremony; thus they proceeded from room to room until the weights had been disposed of. The Duchess then presented her hand to C. R. C. and his companions and, followed by her virgins, withdrew. Pages then conducted the guests to their sleeping chambers. The one assigned to C.R.C. was hung with rare tapestries and with beautiful paintings.

THE FOURTH DAY

After washing and drinking in the garden from a fountain which bore several inscriptions–among them one reading, “Drink, brothers, and live”–the guests, led by Virgo Lucifera, ascended the 365 steps of the royal winding stairs. The guests were given wreaths of laurel and, a curtain being raised, found themselves in the presence of the King and Queen. C.R.C. was awestruck by the glory of the throne room and especially by the magnificence of the Queen’s robes, which were so dazzling that he could not gaze upon them. Each guest was presented to the King by one of the virgins and after this ceremony the Virgo Lucifera made a short speech in which she recited the achievements of the honest “artists” and begged that each be questioned as to whether she had properly fulfilled her duty. Old Atlas then stepped forward and in the name of their Royal Majesties greeted the intrepid band of philosophers and assured Virgo Lucifera that she should receive a royal reward.

The length of the throne room was five times its width. To the west was a great porch in which stood three thrones, the central one elevated. On each throne sat two persons: on the first an ancient king with a young consort; on the third a black king with a veiled matron beside him; and on the central throne two young persons over whose heads hung a large and costly crown, about which hovered a little Cupid who shot his arrows first at the two lovers and then about the hall. Before the Queen a book bound in black velvet lay on a small altar, on which were golden decorations. Beside this were a burning candle, a celestial globe, a small striking-watch, a little crystal pipe from which ran a stream of clear blood-red liquor, and a skull with a white serpent crawling in and out of the orbits. After their presentations, the guests retired down the winding stairs to the great hall.

Later the Virgo Lucifera announced that a comedy was to be performed for the benefit of the six royal guests in a building called the House of the Sun. C.R.C. and his companions formed part of the royal procession, which after a considerable walk arrived at the theater. The play was in seven acts, and after its happy ending all returned through the garden and up the winding stairs to the throne room. C.R.C. noticed the young King was very sad and that at the banquet following he often sent meat to the white serpent in the skull. The feast over, the young King, holding in his hand the little black book from the altar, asked the guests if they would all be true to him through prosperity and adversity, and when they tremblingly agreed he asked that each should sign his name in the little black book as proof of his fealty. The royal persons then drank from the little crystal fountain, the others afterwards doing likewise. This was called the “Draught of Silence.” The royal persons then sadly shook hands with all present. Suddenly a little bell tinkled and immediately the kings and queens took off their white garments and donned black ones, the room was hung in sable draperies, and the tables were removed. The eyes of the royal persons were bound with six black taffeta scarfs and six coffins were placed in the center of the room. An executioner, a Moor, robed in black and bearing an axe, entered, and beheaded in turn each of the six royal persons. The blood of each was caught in a golden goblet, which was placed in the coffins with the body. The executioner was also decapitated and his head placed in a small chest.

The Virgo Lucifera, after assuring C.R.C. and his companions that all should be well if they were faithful and true, ordered the pages to conduct them to their rooms for the night while she remained to watch with the dead. About midnight C.R.C. awakened suddenly and, looking from his window, beheld seven ships sailing upon a lake. Above each hovered a flame; these he believed to be the spirits of the beheaded. When the ships reached shore, the Virgo Lucifera met them and on each of six of the vessels was placed a covered coffin. As soon as the coffins had been thus disposed of, the lights were extinguished and the flames passed back over the lake so that there remained but one light for a watch in each ship. After beholding this strange ceremony, C.R.C. returned to his bed and slept till morning.

THE FIFTH DAY

Rising at daybreak and entreating his page to show him other treasures of the palace, C.R.C. was conducted down many steps to a great iron door bearing a curious inscription, which he carefully copied. Passing through, he found himself in the royal treasury, the light in which came entirely from some huge carbuncles. In the center stood the triangular sepulcher of Lady Venus. Lifting a copper door in the pavement, the page ushered C.R.C. into a crypt where stood a great bed upon which, when his guide had raised the coverlets, C.R.C. beheld the body of Venus. Led by his page, C.R.C. then rejoined his companions, saying nothing to them of his experience.

Virgo Lucifera, robed in black velvet and accompanied by her virgins, then led the guests out into the courtyard where stood six coffins, each with eight pallbearers. C.R.C. was the only one of the group of “artists” who suspected the royal bodies were no longer in these coffins. The coffins were lowered into graves and great stones rolled over them. The Virgo Lucifera then made a short oration in which she exhorted each to assist in restoring the royal persons to life, declaring that they should journey with her to the Tower of Olympus, where the medicines necessary to the resurrection of the six royal persons could alone be found. C.R.C. and his companions followed Virgo Lucifera to the seashore, where all embarked on seven ships disposed according to a certain strange order. As the ships sailed across the lake and through a narrow channel into the open sea, they were attended by sirens, nymphs, and sea goddesses, who in honor of the wedding presented a great and beautiful pearl to the royal couple. When the ships came in sight of the Tower of Olympus, Virgo Lucifera ordered the discharge of cannon to signal their approach. Immediately a white flag appeared upon the tower and a small gilded pinnace, containing an ancient man–the warden of the tower–with his white-clad guards came out to meet the ships.

The Tower of Olympus stood upon an island which was exactly square and was surrounded by a great wall. Entering the gate, the group was led to the bottom of the central tower, which contained an excellent laboratory where the guests were fain to beat and wash plants, precious stones, and all sorts of things, extract their juice and essence, and put these latter into glasses. Virgo Lucifera set the “artists” to work so arduously that they felt they were mere drudges. When the day’s work was finished, each was assigned a mattress on the stone floor. Being unable to sleep, C.R.C. wandered about contemplating the stars. Chancing upon a flight of steps leading to the top of the wall, he climbed up and looked out upon the sea. Remaining here for some time, about midnight he beheld seven flames which, passing over the sea towards him, gathered themselves on the top of the spire of the central tower. Simultaneously the winds arose, the sea became tempestuous, and the moon was covered with clouds. With some fear C.R.C. ran down the stairs and returned to the tower and, lying down on his mattress, was lulled to sleep by the sound of a gently flowing fountain in the laboratory.

THE SIXTH DAY

The next morning the aged warden of the tower, after examining the work performed by the wedding guests in the laboratory and finding it satisfactory, caused ladders, ropes, and large wings to be brought forth, and addressed the assembled “artists” thus: “My dear sons, one of these three things must each of you this day constantly bear about with him.” Lots were cast and to C.R.C., much to his chagrin, fell a heavy ladder. Those who secured wings had them fastened to their backs so cunningly that it was impossible to detect that they were artificial. The aged warden then locked the “artists” in the lower room of the tower, but in a short time a round hole was uncovered in the ceiling and Virgo Lucifera invited all to ascend. Those with wings flew at once through the opening, those with ropes had many difficulties, while C.R.C. with his ladder made reasonable speed. On the second floor the wedding guests, musicians, and Virgo Lucifera gathered about a fountain-like contrivance containing the bodies of the six royal persons.

Virgo Lucifera then placed the if Moor’s head in a kettle-like receptacle in the upper part of the fountain and poured upon it the substances prepared on the previous day in the laboratory. The virgins placed lamps beneath. These substances when they boiled passed out through holes in the sides of the kettle and, falling upon the bodies in the fountain below, dissolved them. The six royal bodies having been reduced thus to a liquid state, a tap was opened in the lower end of the fountain and the fluid drained into an immense golden globe, which, when filled, was of great weight. All but the wedding guests then retired and shortly a hole in the ceiling opened as before and the guests ascended pell-mell to the third floor. Here the globe were suspended by a strong chain. The walls of the apartment were of glass, and mirrors were so arranged that the sun’s rays were concentrated upon the central globe, thus causing it to become very hot. Later the sun’s rays were deflected and the globe permitted to cool, after which it was cut open with a diamond, revealing a beautiful white egg. Carrying this with her, Virgo Lucifera departed.

The guests, having ascended through another trap door, found

themselves upon the fourth floor, where stood a square kettle filled with silver sand warmed by a gentle fire. The great white egg was placed upon the warm sand to mature. In a short time it cracked and there emerged an ugly, ill-tempered bird, which was fed with the blood of the beheaded royal persons diluted with prepared water. At each feeding its feathers changed color; from black they turned to white and at last they became varicolored, the disposition of the bird improving the while. Dinner was then served, after which Virgo Lucifera departed with the bird. The guests ascended with ropes, ladders, and wings to the fifth floor, where a bath colored with fine white powder had been prepared for the bird, which enjoyed bathing in it until the lamps placed beneath the bath caused the water to become uncomfortably warm. When the heat had removed all the bird’s feathers it was taken out, but the fire continued until nothing remained in the bath save a sediment in the form of a blue stone. This was later pounded up and made into a pigment; with this, all of the bird except the head was painted.

The guests thereupon ascended to the sixth floor, where stood a small altar resembling that in the King’s throne room. The bird drank from the little fountain and was fed with the blood of the white serpent which crawled through the openings in the skull. The sphere by the altar revolved continuously. The watch struck one, two, and then three, at which time the bird, laying its neck upon the book, suffered itself to be decapitated. Its body was burned to ashes, which were placed in a box of cypress wood. Virgo Lucifera told C.R.C. and three of his comrades that they were lazy and sluggish “labourators” and would therefore be excluded from the seventh room. Musicians were sent for, who with cornets were to “blow” the four in ridicule from the chamber. C.R.C. and his three companions were disheartened until the musicians told them to be of good cheer and led them up a winding stair to the eighth floor of the tower directly beneath the roof. Here the old warden, standing upon a little round furnace, welcomed them and congratulated them upon being chosen by Virgo Lucifera, for this greater work. Virgo Lucifera then entered, and after laughing at the perplexity of her guests, emptied the ashes of the bird into another vessel, filling the cypress box with useless matter. She thereupon returned to the seventh floor, presumably to mislead those assembled there by setting them to work upon the false ashes in the box.

C.R.C. and his three friends were set to work moistening the bird’s ashes with specially prepared water until the mixture became of doughlike consistency, after which it was heated and molded into two miniature forms. Later these were opened, disclosing two bright and almost transparent human images about four inches high (homunculi), one male and the other female. These tiny forms were laid upon satin cushions and fed drop by drop with the blood of the bird until they grew to normal size and of great beauty. Though the bodies had the consistency of flesh, they showed no signs of life, for the soul was not in them. The bodies were next surrounded with torches and their faces covered with silk. Virgo Lucifera then appeared, bearing two curious white garments. The virgins also entered, among them six bearing great trumpets. A trumpet was placed upon the mouth of one of the two figures and C.R.C. saw a tiny hole open in the dome of the tower and a ray of light descend through the tube of the trumpet and enter the body. This process was repeated three times on each body. The two newly ensouled forms were then removed upon a traveling couch. In about half an hour the young King and Queen awakened and the Virgo Lucifera presented them with the white garments. These they donned and the King in his own person most graciously returned thanks to C.R.C. and his companions, after which the royal persons departed upon a ship. C.R.C. and his three privileged friends then rejoined the other “artists,” making no mention of that which they had seen. Later the entire party were assigned handsome chambers, where they rested till morning.

THE SEVENTH DAY

In the morning Virgo Lucifera announced that each of the wedding guests had become a “Knight of the Golden Stone. ” The aged warden then presented each man with a gold medal, bearing on one side the inscription “At. Nat. Mi. ” and on the other, “Tem. Na. F.” The entire company returned in twelve ships to the King’s palace. The flags on the vessels bore the signs of the zodiac, and C.R.C. sat under that of Libra. As they entered the lake, many ships met them and the King and Queen, together with their lords, ladies, and virgins, rode forth on a golden barge to greet the returning guests. Atlas then made a short oration in the King’s behalf, also asking for the royal presents. In reply the aged warden delivered to Cupid, who hovered about the royal pair, a small, curious-shaped casket. C.R.C. and the old lord, each bearing a snow-white ensign with a red cross on it, rode in the carriage with the King. At the first gate stood the porter with blue clothes, who, upon seeing C.R.C., begged him to intercede with the King to release him from that post of servitude. The King replied that the porter was a famous astrologer who was forced to keep the gate as a punishment for the crime of having gazed upon Lady Venus reposing upon her couch. The King further declared that the porter could be released only when another was found who had committed the same crime. Upon hearing this, C.R.C.’s heart sank, for he realized himself to be the culprit, but he remained silent at that time.

The newly created Knights of the Golden Stone were obliged to subscribe to five articles drawn up by His Royal Highness: (1) That they would ascribe their Order only to God and His handmaid, Nature. (2) That they should abominate all uncleanness and vice. (3) That they should always be ready to assist the worthy and needy. (4) That they should not use their knowledge and power for the attainment of worldly dignity. (5) That they should not desire to live longer than God had decreed. They were then duly installed as Knights, which ceremony was ratified in a little chapel where C. R. C. hung up his Golden Fleece and his hat for an eternal memorial, and here he inscribed the following: Summa Scientia nihil Scire, Fr. Christianus Rosencreutz. Eques aurei Lapidis. Anno 1459.

After the ceremony, C.R.C. admitted that he was the one who had beheld Venus and consequently must become the porter of the gate. The King embraced him fondly and he was assigned to a great room containing three beds–one for himself, one for the aged lord of the tower, and the third for old Atlas.

The Chemical Marriage here comes to an abrupt end, leaving the impression that C.R.C. was to assume his duties as porter on the following morning. The book ends in the middle of a sentence, with a note in italics presumably by the editor.

Under the symbolism of an alchemical marriage, mediæval philosophers concealed the secret system of spiritual culture whereby they hoped to coordinate the disjecta membra of both the human and social organisms. Society, they maintained, was a threefold structure and had its analogy in the triune constitution of man, for as man consists of spirit, mind, and body, so society is made up of the church, the state, and the populace. The bigotry of the church, the tyranny of the state, and the fury of the mob are the three murderous agencies of society which seek to destroy Truth as recounted in the Masonic legend of Hiram Abiff. The first six days of The Chemical Marriage set forth the processes of philosophical “creation” through which every organism must pass. The three kings are the threefold spirit of man and their consorts the corresponding vehicles of their expression in the lower world. The executioner is the mind, the higher part of which–symbolized by the head–is necessary to the achievement of the philosophical labor. Thus the parts of man–by the alchemists symbolized as planets and elements–when blended together according to a certain Divine formula result in the creation of two philosophic “babes” which, fed upon the blood of the alchemical bird, become rulers of the world.

From an ethical standpoint, the young King and Queen resurrected at the summit of the tower and ensouled by Divine Life represent the forces of Intelligence and Love which must ultimately guide society. Intelligence and Love are the two great ethical luminaries of the world and correspond to enlightened spirit and regenerated body. The bridegroom is reality and the bride the regenerated being who attains perfection by becoming one with reality through a cosmic marriage wherein the mortal part attains immortality by being united with its own immortal Source. In the Hermetic Marriage divine and human consciousness are united in holy wedlock and he in whom this sacred ceremony takes place is designated as “Knight of the Golden Stone”; he thereby becomes a divine philosophic diamond composed of the quintessence of his own sevenfold constitution.

Such is the true interpretation of the mystical process of becoming “a bride of the Lamb.” The Lamb of God is signified by the Golden Fleece that Jason was forced to win before he could assume his kingship. The Flying Lion is illumined will, an absolute prerequisite to the achievement of the Great Work. The episode of weighing the souls of men has its parallel in the ceremony described in the Egyptian Book of the Dead. The walled city entered by C.R.C. represents the sanctuary of wisdom wherein dwell the real rulers of the world–the initiated philosophers.

Like the ancient Mysteries after which it was patterned, the Order of the Rose Cross possessed a secret ritual which was lived by the candidate for a prescribed number of years before he was eligible to the inner degrees of the society. The various floors of the Tower of Olympus represent the orbits of the planets. The ascent of the philosophers from one floor to another also parallels certain rituals of the Eleusinian Mysteries and the rites of Mithras wherein the candidate ascended the seven rungs of a ladder or climbed the seven steps of a pyramid in order to signify release from the influences of the Planetary Governors. Man becomes master of the seven spheres only when he transmutes the impulses received from them. He who masters the seven worlds and is reunited with the Divine Source of his own nature consummates the Hermetic Marriage.

 

ChemicalWedding_16100

TITLE PAGE OF 1616 EDITION OF CHYMISCHE HOCHZEIT: CHRISTIAN ROSENCREUTZ.

From Rosencreutz’ Chemical Marriage.

The most remarkable of all the publications involved in the Rosicrucian controversy is that of The Chemical Marriage, published in Strasbourg. This work, which is very rare, should be reproduced in exact facsimile to provide students with the opportunity of examining the actual text for the various forms of cipher employed. Probably no other volume in the history or literature created such a profound disturbance as this unpretentious little book. Immediately following its publication the purpose for which the volume was intended became the subject of popular speculation. It was both attacked and defended by theologians and philosophers alike, but when the various contending elements are simmered down the mysteries surrounding the book remain unsolved. That its author was a man of exceptional learning was admitted, and it is noteworthy that those minds which possessed the deepest understanding of Nature’s mysteries were among those profoundly impressed by the contents of The Chemical Marriage.

 

ChemicalWedding_16200

KEY TO THE GREAT PHILOSOPHICAL SECRET.

From Ashmole’s Theatrum Chemicum Britannicum.

This plate, which is the key to mystic Christian alchemy, is missing from almost every copy of the Theatrum Chemicum Britannicum, a work compiled by Elias Ashmole and containing about a score of pieces by English poets treating of the Philosopher’s Stone and the Hermetic mysteries. In view of the consistent manner in which the plate disappeared, it is possible that the diagram was purposely removed because it revealed too plainly the Rosicrucian arcana. Worthy of notice also is the care with which owners’ names have been effaced from early books pertaining to alchemy and Hermeticism. The original names are usually rendered illegible being covered with heavy ink lines, the procedure often seriously defacing the volume, While an occasional exception is found, in practically every instance the mutilated books either deal with Rosicrucianism or contain cryptic writings of suspected Rosicrucian origin. It is presumed that this Practice of obliterating the owners names was to prevent the early Rosicrucians and Hermetists from being discovered through the volumes composing their libraries. Elias Ashmole’s plate shows the analogies between the life of Christ and the four grand divisions of the alchemical process. Herein is also revealed the teaching that the Philosopher’s Stone itself is a macrocosm and a microcosm, embodying the principles of astronomy and cosmogony, both universal and human.

 

ChemicalWedding_16300

THE UNIVERSE CREATED BY THE DUAL PRINCIPLE OF LIGHT AND DARKNESS.

From Fludd’s Philosophia Mosaica.

The Supreme Deity is symbolized by the small globe at the top, which is divided into two hemispheres, the dark half representing the divine darkness with which the Deity surround Himself and which serves as His hiding place. The radiant hemisphere signifies the divine light which is in God and which, pouring forth, manifests as the objective creative power. The large dark globe to the left and beneath the dark half of the upper sphere signifies the potential darkness which was upon the face of the primordial deep and within which moved the Spirit of God. The light globe to the right is the Deity who is revealed out of the darkness. Here the shining Word has dissipated the shadows and a glorious universe has been formed. The divine power of this radiant globe is cognizable to man as the sun. The large light and a dark section represents the created universes partaking of the light and darkness which are in the nature of the Creator. The dark half represents the Deep, or Chaos, the Eternal Waters pouring forth out of the Deity; the light half-circle containing the figure of Apollo represents the diurnal hemisphere of the world, which in the ancient Mysteries was ruled over by Apollo. The dark half-circle is the nocturnal hemisphere ruled over by Dionysius (Dionysos), whose figure is faintly visible in the gloom.

 

 

Commentaries on the
Chymical Wedding of CRC
 The Rosicrucian Archive

 

Introduction
by Jack Courtis

The Chymical Marriage is one of the seminal documents of the Western esoteric tradition. It has a depth and complexity that give it an almost infinite amount of meaning. This commentary represents only one attempt to understand that meaning. It is easier if we see the Chymical Marriage in its proper context. For example, it is divided into “7 Days”. This is a clear reference to Genesis ch 1. The very first sentence refers to “an evening before Easter day”. Hence this is a reference to Christianity and therefore, the Gospels and other parts of the New Testament. Furthermore, the entire work is alchemical in character and it is therefore appropriate to consider the Emerald Tablet of Hermes. In the first chapter there is a clear allusion to Plato’s Cave and that brings with it by necessary implication, a great deal of Greek philosophy and metaphysics. There is much else but this is sufficient to demonstrate that the Chymical Marriage is to be understood in its particular cultural and historical milieu.

Technically, this document is one of the Rosicrucian Manifestos and they in turn, are part of the late mature phase of the Hermetic Revival of the Renaissance. But that does not assist the reader. What is the Chymical Marriage all about?

We believe that it is an allegorical description of the inner journey of personal transformation. This is our interpretation and we invite you to join us as we conduct this journey together.

We shall be assisted in our journey if we have some landmarks to follow and a map and compass, with which to navigate.

Genesis Chapter 1

The 7 Days of Creation are familiar to everyone but not everyone knows what the Bible says even if, they do read it. Two separate issues emerge from a careful consideration of the text of Genesis ch 1. First, there is the principle of polarity.

First Day:        Light divided from darkness.
Second Day: Waters divided from waters.
Third Day: Dry land divided from seas.
Fourth Day: Day divided from night.
Fifth Day:        Birds of the air and creatures of the waters created.
Sixth Day:        Man created as male and female.
Seventh Day: God “rests”.

The fundamental issue is that God creates by the principle of polarity for 6 days and that the polarity is reconciled on the seventh. This is significant because the number 7 appears in the Chymical Marriage. However that is not all.

Secondly, a closer reading of the text of Genesis ch 1 brings us to the realization that there is a different number pattern interwoven and it comes out as follows:

The expression “God said” appears 10 times.
The expression “God made” appears 3 times.
The expression “God saw” appears 7 times.
The word   “God”             appears 12 times.

From the above formula we can derive the Tree of Life because there are 10 seferot, 3 horizontal paths, 7 vertical paths and 12 diagonal paths.

The Tree of Life gives a coherent and self consistent journey of the number pattern upon which it is based. As we follow CRC on his inner journey, we can make some sense of the imagery and symbolism by noting the numbers. The importance of this is that the text of the Chymical Marriage gives us the inner landscape and the Tree of Life with its number pattern, are our map and compass for the inner journey.

Emerald Tablet of Hermes

  1. It is true, certain, and without falsehood, that whatever is below is like that which is above; and that which is above is like that which is below: to accomplish the one wonderful work.
  2. As all things are derived from the One Only Thing, by the will and by the word of the One Only One who created it in His Mind, so all things owe their existence to this Unity by the Order of Nature, and can be improved by the Adaptation of that Mind.
  3. Its Father is the Sun; its Mother is the Moon; the Wind carries it in its womb; and its nurse is the Earth.
  4. This Thing is the Father of all perfect things in the world.
  5. Its power is most perfect when it has again been changed into Earth.
  6. Separate the Earth from the Fire, the subtle from the gross, but carefully and with great judgment and skill.
  7. It ascends from earth to heaven, and descends again, new born, to the earth, taking unto itself thereby the power of the Above and the Below.
  8. Thus the splendour of the whole world will be thine, and all darkness shall flee from thee.
  9. This is the strongest of all powers, the Force of all forces, for it overcometh all subtle things and can penetrate all that is solid.
  10. For thus was the world created, and rare combinations, and wonders of many kinds are wrought.
  11. Hence I am called HERMES TRISMEGISTUS, having mastered the three parts of the wisdom of the whole world.
  12. What I have to say about the masterpiece of the alchemical art, the Solar Work, is now ended.

The first point of note, is that there are 12 statements. The number 12 immediately resonates with the Tree of Life and as we shall see, with the 12 Spiritual Disciples that begin CRC on his inner journey. Here is one connection between the Emerald Tablet and Genesis ch 1. The unity of truth is beginning to manifest.

The Emerald Tablet is itself another seminal document and contains infinite depth of meaning. Only one issue will be examined here, because it becomes important in the inner journey of CRC.

A careful examination of the text reveals that there are 3 processes which have a combined total of 8 steps. Prior to the commencement of the processes, there is again a polarity. First, the polarity: things are “made” and things are “born”. A further connection with Genesis ch 1, where God functions through polarity. Secondly, there is a process of 4 steps that “turns towards the earth” ie, from the Above to the Below:

Father/Sun + Mother/Moon + Wind/Womb + Earth/Breast

The point to note is that there is a downward movement by 4 steps. This will become intelligible shortly. Thirdly, the process changes its nature in 3 steps by:

separating Earth from Fire and Subtle from Gross; acquiring wisdom.

The process then “ascends” from earth to heaven ie, from the Below to the Above. Immediately it “re-descends” to earth ie, from the Above to the Below and takes back the power. In summary, this particular aspect of the Emerald Tablet outlines a relationship between the Above and the Below in 3 processes by 8 steps:

    1. 4 step descent:

Father/Sun + Mother/Moon + Wind/Womb + Earth/Nurse

    1. 3 step ascent:

(Fire – Earth) + (Gross – Subtle) + Wisdom

  1. 1 step re-descent.

What does all this mean? First there are 8 steps divided into 3 groups. The number 3 resonates with the Tree of Life, but what about the number 8. If we look at Tiferet on the Tree we count 8 paths leading to it. Kabala tells us that the path from Keter to Tiferet correlates with a double letter. The other paths correlate with single letters. We can immediately see that the 4 paths from Chakhmah, Binah, Chesed and Gevurah, to Tiferet, are all single paths and move from the Above to the Below. They correlate to the first process of 4 steps in the Emeral Tablet. We can then see that the paths from Yesod, Hod and Netzach to Tiferet, are 3 single paths and move from the Below to the Above. They correlate to the 3 step process of the Emerald Tablet. Finally, the double path from Keter to Tiferet is a re-descent from the Above to the Below and correlates with the final process of the Emerald Tablet.

Since the Emerald Tablet is the source of Western alchemy, it is significant that at the end of the First Day, CRC acts in a way that appears to point to the 4 step descent, the 3 step ascent and the 1 step re-descent.

Christian Kabala

CRC is invited to a wedding. Does this entitle us to see any Christian implication? In the first of the Rosicrucian Manifestoes, the Fama Fraternitatis, we are told that in the tomb of CRC upon the central altar there is inscribed (amongst other things) Jesus Mihi Omnia (Jesus is my all). In his book The True and Invisible Rosicrucian Order, Paul Foster Case argues convincingly that the Fama and the Confessio Fraternitatis are the works of Christian kabalists. He puts the Chymical Marriage into a different category but does not deny its Christian implications. We are entitled to assume a Christian influence.

We are therefore able to consider the significance of the marriage at Cana that is mentioned in the Gospel of John ch 2 v 1-11. This was the first of the 7 miracles taken to be signs of the Messiah. Specifically, the wedding implies the lawful union of a man and a woman (reconciliation of a polarity) and the conversion of water into wine implies the integration of the vehicles of consciousness. The symbolism used in this chapter of John, implies that “water” is the normal objective consciousness of the physical body as a vehicle of consciousness and the “wine” is the spiritual consciousness of the vehicle we know as spirit. Between them lies the soul as a vehicle of consciousness. The whole process of the “marriage” is the integration for each of us, of our male/female aspects with our vehicles of consciousness. Diagramatically, it looks like this:

wpe1B.gif (2698 bytes)

But how do we achieve this integration? Christian tradition tell us that there are 12 Spiritual Disciplines performed in 3 groups:

 

Inner Outer Group
Fasting Submission Worship
Study Service Guidance
Meditation Solitude Confession
Prayer Simplicity Celebration

Again in a diagrammatic form, the process of integration of our male/female nature with our 3 vehicles of consciousness, via the Disciplines, looks like this:

 

CM intro#2.gif (5290 bytes)

There are 12 Disciplines in 3 groups of 4. The numbers 12 and 3 resonate with the Tree of Life. The number 4 is implied in the Tree because there are 4 levels of reality expressed by the Tree. These levels are, from the Above to the Below, Atzilut/Emanation, Briah/Creation, Yetzirah/Formation and Assiah/Action. From the Below to the Above, we need vehicles of consciousness in order to function properly. At the level of Action, our vehicle is the physical body. At the level of Formation, our vehicle is the soul and at the level of Creation our vehicle is the spirit. However, at the level of Emanation, we have no vehicle of consciousness – we are consciousness. This is called the Divine Spark. This is our true nature and our true being. The emphasis upon the “marriage” in the Chymical Marriage, now becomes more understandable. The inner journey of CRC is about the integration of his male/female aspects with his vehicles of consciousness.

By the way, Jesus and his disciples are “called” to a wedding at Cana, just as CRC is “invited” to his wedding. This implies that the Great Work of personal transformation is not something we accomplish alone. We are guided into it when we are ready. It is also illuminating to read Paul’s Epistle to the Ephesians ch 5 v 22-33, as to his concept of the mystical marriage.

Kabalistically, the marriage involves the Son (Tiferet) and the Bride (Malkhut). In turn, the Son is the union of the Father (Chakhmah) and the Mother (Binah). On the Tree of Life, the path between the Mother and the Son, is Zain which means “sword” and refers to the faculty of discrimination. In his inner journey, CRC comes across swords quite often. As an aside, consider the kabalistic significance of ikons of Madonna and Child. There is more to such ikons than a sentimental view of motherhood.

Along his inner journey, CRC comes across imagery that reminds us of the Apocalypse of John. That book is itself, the description of the processes of personal transformation by way of an inner journey.

The Sefer Yetzirah, is the earliest written description that we have, of the level of reality called Yetzirah/Formation. Amongst many other things, we learn from the Sefer Yetzirah about the 7 pairs of opposites:

 

Seed Desolation
Wealth Poverty
Life Death
Grace Ugliness
Wisdom Folly
Peace War
Dominance Subjugation


Immediately, we see the principle of polarity in action. These polarities are on the inner landscape and we must successfully navigate a course between them in order to complete the inner journey. We shall see what CRC has to do about this.

We now have a context within which to read the Chymical Marriage. Let us meet CRC and follow him on his inner journey. It is also our journey.

Apollonius of Tyana (Cappadocia, Turkey)

Apollonius of Tyana (Ancient Greek: Ἀπολλώνιος ὁ Τυανεύς; c. 15 – c. 100 AD),[2] sometimes also called Apollonios of Tyana, was a Greek Neopythagorean philosopher from the town of Tyana in the Roman province of Cappadocia in Anatolia. Being a 1st-century orator and philosopher around the time of Jesus, he was compared with Jesus of Nazareth by Christians in the 4th century[3] and by other writers in modern times.

Life dates

Apollonius was born into a respected and wealthy Greek family.[4][5] Although the precise dates of his birth and death are uncertain, most scholars agree that he was a contemporary of Jesus of Nazareth. His primary biographer, Philostratus the Elder (circa 170 – c. 247), places him circa 3 B.C. – c. 97 A.D. .[2][6]

Sources

By far the most detailed source is the Life of Apollonius of Tyana, a lengthy, novelistic biography written by the sophist Philostratus at the request of empress Julia Domna. She died in 217 AD,[7] and he completed it after her death, probably in the 220s or 230s AD. Philostratus’s account shaped the image of Apollonius for posterity and still dominates discussions about him in our times. To some extent it is a valuable source because it contains data from older writings which were available to Philostratus but disappeared later on. Among these works are an excerpt (preserved by Eusebius) from On Sacrifices, and certain alleged letters of Apollonius. The sage may have actually written some of these works, along with the no-longer extant Biography of Pythagoras.[8] At least two biographical sources that Philostratus used are lost: a book by the imperial secretary Maximus describing Apollonius’s activities in Maximus’s home city of Aegaeae in Cilicia, and a biography by a certain Moiragenes. There also survives, separately from the life by Philostratus, a collection of letters of Apollonius, but at least some of these seem to be spurious.[9]

One of the essential sources Philostratus claimed to know are the “memoirs” (or “diary”) of Damis, an acolyte and companion of Apollonius. Some scholars claim that the notebooks of Damis were an invention of Philostratus,[10] while others think it could have been a real book forged by someone else and naively used by Philostratus.[11] Philostratus describes Apollonius as a wandering teacher of philosophy and miracle-worker who was mainly active in Greece and Asia Minor but also traveled to Italy, Spain, and North Africa, and even to Mesopotamia, India, and Ethiopia. In particular, he tells lengthy stories of Apollonius entering the city of Rome in disregard of emperor Nero’s ban on philosophers, and later on being summoned, as a defendant, to the court of Domitian, where he defied the emperor in blunt terms. He had allegedly been accused of conspiring against the emperor, performing human sacrifice, and predicting a plague by means of magic. Philostratus implies that upon his death, Apollonius of Tyana underwent heavenly assumption.[12]

How much of this can be accepted as historical truth depends largely on the extent to which modern scholars trust Philostratus, and in particular on whether they believe in the reality of Damis. Some of these scholars contend that Apollonius never came to Western Europe and was virtually unknown there until the 3rd century AD, when Empress Julia Domna, who was herself from the province of Syria, decided to popularize him and his teachings in Rome.[13] For that purpose, so these same scholars believe, she commissioned Philostratus to write the biography, where Apollonius is exalted as a fearless sage with supernatural powers, even greater than Pythagoras. This view of Julia Domna’s role in the making of the Apollonius-legend gets some support from the fact that her son Caracalla worshipped him,[14] and her grandnephew emperor Severus Alexander may have done so as well.[15]

Apollonius was also a known figure in the medieval Islamic world[16] as described later in this article.

Comparisons with Jesus

Biblical scholar Bart D. Ehrman relates that in the introduction to his textbook on the New Testament, he describes an important figure from the first century without first revealing he is writing about Apollonius of Tyana:

Even before he was born, it was known that he would be someone special. A supernatural being informed his mother the child she was to conceive would not be a mere mortal but would be divine. He was born miraculously, and he became an unusually precocious young man. As an adult he left home and went on an itinerant preaching ministry, urging his listeners to live, not for the material things of this world, but for what is spiritual. He gathered a number of disciples around him, who became convinced that his teachings were divinely inspired, in no small part because he himself was divine. He proved it to them by doing many miracles, healing the sick, casting out demons, and raising the dead. But at the end of his life he roused opposition, and his enemies delivered him over to the Roman authorities for judgment. Still, after he left this world, he returned to meet his followers in order to convince them that he was not really dead but lived on in the heavenly realm. Later some of his followers wrote books about him.[17]

Ehrman goes on to explain that Apollonius was a real person and that his followers believed Jesus to be a fraud.

Sossianus Hierocles argued in the 3rd century that the doctrines and the life of Apollonius were more valuable than those of Christ, a viewpoint reportedly held by both Voltaire and Charles Blount during the Age of Enlightenment.[18] In his 1909 book The Christ, John Remsburg postulated that the religion of Appolonius disappeared because the proper conditions for its development did not exist. Buddhism, Christianity and Islam thrived however, because the existing conditions were favorable.[19] In his 1949 book The Hero with a Thousand Faces, comparative mythology scholar Joseph Campbell lists both Apollonius and Jesus as examples of individuals who shared similar hero stories, along with Krishna, Buddha and others.[20] Similarly, Robert M. Price in his 2011 The Christ-Myth Theory and its Problems, notes that the ancients often compared Jesus with Apollonius and that they both fit the mythic hero archetype.[21] G. K. Chesterton (the writer and Christian apologist), however, noted that the unique trial, suffering and death of Christ stand in stark opposition to the stories about Apollonius which he felt were very likely spurious.[22]

Similarities shared by Apollonius and Jesus [23]

  • Birth miraculously announced by God
  • Religiously precocious as a child
  • Asserted to be a native speaker of Aramaic
  • Influenced by Plato/ reflected Platonism (Jesus)
  • [Renounced/ denounced (Jesus)] wealth
  • Followed abstinence and asceticism
  • Wore long hair and robes
  • Were unmarried and childless
  • Were anointed with oil
  • Went to Jerusalem
  • Spoke in [metaphors/ parables] (Jesus)
  • Saw and predicted the future
  • Performed miracles
  • Healed the sick
  • Cast out evil spirits/ Drove out demons (Jesus)
  • Raised the daughter of a [Roman official/ Jewish official (Jesus)] from the dead
  • Spoke as a “law-giver”
  • Was on a mission to bring [Greek culture/ Jewish culture (Jesus)] to [the “barbarians”/ the ” nations” (Jesus)]
  • Believed to be “saviors” from heaven
  • Were accused of being a magician
  • Were accused of killing a boy
  • Condemned [by Roman emperor/ by Roman authorities (Jesus)]
  • Imprisoned [at Rome/ at Jerusalem (Jesus)]
  • Was assumed into heaven/ Ascended into heaven (Jesus)
  • Appeared posthumously to a detractor as a brilliant light
  • Had his image revered [in temples/ in churches (Jesus)]

Historical facts

With the exception of the Adana Inscription,[clarification needed] little can be derived from sources other than Philostratus. As James Francis put it, “the most that can be said … is that Apollonius appears to have been a wandering ascetic/philosopher/wonderworker of a type common to the eastern part of the early empire.”[24] What we can safely assume is that he was indeed a Pythagorean and as such, in conformity with the Pythagorean tradition, opposed animal sacrifice, and lived on a frugal, strictly vegetarian diet.[25] A minimalist view is that he spent his entire life in the cities of his native Asia Minor (Turkey) and of northern Syria, in particular his home town of Tyana, Ephesus, Aegae, and Antioch,[26] though the letters suggest wider travels, and there seems no reason to deny that, like many wandering philosophers, he at least visited Rome. As for his philosophical convictions, we have an interesting, probably authentic fragment of one of his writings (On sacrifices) where he expresses his view that God, who is the most beautiful being, cannot be influenced by prayers or sacrifices and has no wish to be worshipped by humans, but can be reached by a spiritual procedure involving nous (intellect), because he himself is pure nous and nous is also the greatest faculty of humankind.[27]

Miracles

Philostratus implies on one occasion that Apollonius had extra-sensory perception (Book VIII, Chapter XXVI). When emperor Domitian was murdered on September 18, 96 AD, Apollonius was said to have witnessed the event in Ephesus “about midday” on the day it happened in Rome, and told those present “Take heart, gentlemen, for the tyrant has been slain this day…”. Both Philostratus and renowned historian Cassius Dio report this incident, probably on the basis of an oral tradition.[citation needed] Both state that the philosopher welcomed the deed as a praiseworthy tyrannicide.[28]

Journey to India

Philostratus devoted two and a half of the eight books of his Life of Apollonius (1.19–3.58) to the description of a journey of his hero to India. According to Philostratus’ Life, en route to the Far East, Apollonius reached Hierapolis Bambyce (Manbij) in Syria (not Nineveh, as some scholars believed), where he met Damis, a native of that city who became his lifelong companion. Pythagoras, whom the Neo-Pythagoreans regarded as an exemplary sage, was believed to have travelled to India. Hence such a feat made Apollonius look like a good Pythagorean who spared no pains in his efforts to discover the sources of oriental piety and wisdom. As some details in Philostratus’ account of the Indian adventure seem incompatible with known facts, modern scholars are inclined to dismiss the whole story as a fanciful fabrication, but not all of them rule out the possibility that the Tyanean actually did visit India.[29]

What seemed to be independent evidence showing that Apollonius was known in India has now been proved to be forged. In two Sanskrit texts quoted by Sanskritist Vidhushekhara Bhattacharya in 1943[30] he appears as “Apalūnya”, in one of them together with Damis (called “Damīśa”), it is claimed that Apollonius and Damis were Western yogis, who later on were converted to the correct Advaita philosophy.[31] Some have believed that these Indian sources derived their information from a Sanskrit translation of Philostratus’ work (which would have been a most uncommon and amazing occurrence), or even considered the possibility that it was really an independent confirmation of the historicity of the journey to India.[32] Only in 1995 were the passages in the Sanskrit texts proven to be interpolations by a modern (late 19th century) forger.[33]

Writings

Several writings and many letters have been ascribed to Apollonius, but some of them are lost; others have only been preserved in parts or fragments of disputed authenticity. Porphyry and Iamblichus refer to a biography of Pythagoras by Apollonius, which has not survived; it is also mentioned in the Suda.[34] Apollonius wrote a treatise On sacrifices, of which only a short, probably authentic fragment has come down to us.[35]

Philostratus’ Life and the anthology assembled by Joannes Stobaeus contain purported letters of Apollonius. Some of them are cited in full, others only partially. There is also an independently transmitted collection of letters preserved in medieval manuscripts. It is difficult to determine what is authentic and what not. Some of the letters may have been forgeries or literary exercises assembled in collections which were already circulated in the 2nd century AD.[citation needed] It has been asserted that Philostratus himself forged a considerable part of the letters he inserted into his work; others were older forgeries available to him.[36]

SOURCE:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Apollonius_of_Tyana

 

Audio/Video:

The Life of Apollonius of Tyana, by Flavius Philostratus – https://youtu.be/raBxYgC-wsE

Vault of Christian Rosenhreutz

RCVault

RCVaultCeiling

[UNSET]

brassaltartop

(Images from Paul Goodall)

 

There appeared to our sight a vault:

Seven sides and corners, every side five foot broad, and the height of eight foot.
Although the sun never shined in this vault, nevertheless it was enlightened with another sun, which had learned this from the sun, and was situated in the upper part in the center of the ceiling.
In the midst, instead of a tombstone, was a round altar covered over with a plate of brass, and thereon this engraven:
A.C.R.C. Hoc universi compendium unius mihi sepulchrum feci —  “This compendium of the Universe I have made in my lifetime to be my tomb.”
Round about the first circle, or brim, stood, Jesus mihi omnia  — “Jesus is all things to me.”
In the middle were four figures, inclosed in circles, whose circumscription was,
1. Nequaquam vacuum. — “A Vacuum exists nowhere.”
2. Legis Jugum. — “The Yoke of the Law.”
3. Libertas Evangelii.  —  “the Liberty of the Gospel.”
4. Dei gloria intacta.  —  “The Whole Glory of God.”

This is all clear and bright; as also the seven sides and the two Heptagoni: so we kneeled altogether down, and gave thanks to the sole wise, sole mighty and sole eternal God, who hath taught us more than all men’s wits could have found out, praised be his holy name. This vault we parted in three parts, the upper part or ceiling, the wall or side, the ground or floor.
Of the upper part you shall understand no more of it at this time, but that it was divided according to the seven sides in the triangle, which was in the bright center; but what therein is contained, you shall God willing (that are desirous of our society) behold the same with your own eyes; but every side or wall is parted into ten figures, every one with their several figures and sentences, as they are truly shown and set forth Concentratum here in our book.
The bottom again is parted in the triangle, but because therein is described the power and the rule of the inferior governors, we leave to manifest the same, for fear of the abuse by the evil and ungodly world. But those that are provided and stored with the heavenly antidote, they do without fear or hurt tread on and bruise the head of the old and evil serpent, which this our age is well fitted for. Every side or wall had a door or chest, wherein there lay divers things, especially all our books, which otherwise we had. Besides the Vocabular of Theoph: Par. Ho. (“Theophrasti Paracelsi ab Hohenheim.” More commonly known as Paracelsus.) and these which daily unfalsifieth we do participate. Herein also we found his Itinerarium and vitam, whence this relation for the most part is taken. In another chest were looking-glasses of divers virtues, as also in another place were little bells, burning lamps, and chiefly wonderful artificial songs, generally all done to that end, that if it should happen after many hundred years the Order or Fraternity should come to nothing, they might by this only vault be restored again.

Now as yet we had not seen the dead body of our careful and wise father, we therefore removed the altar aside, there we lifted up a strong plate of brass, and found a fair and worthy body, whole and unconsumed, as the same is here lively counterfeited, with all his ornaments and attires. In his hand he held a parchment book, called I., the which next unto the Bible is our greatest treasure, which ought to be delivered to the censure of the world. At the end of this book standeth this following Elogium:

Granum pectori Jesu insitum.

C. Ros. C. ex nobili atque splendida Germaniae R.C. familia oriundus, vir sui seculi divinis revelatiombus subtilissimis imaginationibus, indefessis laboribus ad coetestia, atque humana mysteria; arcanave admissus postquam suam (quam Arabico, & Africano itineribus Collegerat) plusquam regiam, atque imperatoriam Gazam suo seculo nondum convenientem, posteritati eruendam custodivisset & jam suarum Artium, ut & nominis, fides acconjunctissimos herides instituisset, mundum minitum omnibus motibus magno illi respondentem fabricasset hocque tandem preteritarum, praesentium, & futurarum, rerum compendio extracto, centenario major non morbo (quem ipse nunquam corpore expertus erat, nunquam alios infestare sinebat) ullo pellente sed spiritu Dei evocante, illuminatam animam (inter Fratrum amplexus & ultima oscula) fidelissimo creatori Deo reddidisset, Pater dilectissimus, Fra: suavissimus, praeceptor fidelissimus, amicus integerimus, a suis ad 120 annos hic absconditus est.” (14)

Underneath they had subscribed themselves,
1. Fra. I.A., Fr. C.H. electione Fraternitatis caput.  —  “by the choice of Fra. C.H., head of the fraternity.”
2. Fr. G.V. M.P.C.
3. Fra. R.C. Iunior haeres S. Spiritus
4. Fra. B.M., P.A. Pictor & Architectus
5. Fr. C.G. M.P.I. Cabalista

Secundi Circuli
1. Fra. P.A. Successor, Fr. I.O. Mathematicus
2. Fra. A. Successor Fra. P.D.3. Fra. R. Successor patris C.R.C. cum Christo triumphant.
At the end was written
Ex Deo nascimur, in Jesu morimur, per spiritum sanctum revivscimus. —  “We are born from God, we die in Jesus, we live again though the Holy Spirit.”
At that time was already dead brother I.O. and Fra. D. but their burial place where is it to be found? We doubt not but our Fra. Senior hath the same, and some especial thing laid in earth, and perhaps likewise hidden. We also hope that this our example will stir up others more diligently to inquire after their names (whom we have therefore published) and to search for the place of their burial; for the most part of them, by reason of their practise and physic, are yet known, and praised among very old folks; so might perhaps our Gaza be enlarged, or at least be better cleared.
Concerning Minutum Mundum, we found it kept in another little altar, truly more fine than can be imagined by any understanding man; but we will leave him undescribed, until we shall truly be answered upon this our true hearted Fama. And so we have covered it again with the plates, and set the altar thereon, shut the door, and made it sure, with all our seals. Besides by instruction and command of our Rota, there are come to sight some books, among which is contained M. (which were made instead of household care by the praiseworthy M.P.). Finally we departed the one from the other, and left the natural heirs in possession of our jewels. And so we do expect the answer and judgment of the learned, or unlearned.
Howbeit we know after a time there will now be a general reformation, both of divine and human things, according to our desire, and the expectation of others. For it is fitting, that before the rising of the sun, there should appear and break forth Aurora, or some clearness, or divine light in the sky. And so in the mean time some few, who shall give their names, may join together, thereby to increase the number and respect of our Fraternity, and make a happy and wished for beginning of our Philosophical Canons, prescribed to us by our brother R.C., and be partakers with us of our treasures (which never can fail or be wasted), in all humility and love to be eased of this world’s labour, and not walk so blindly in the knowledge of the wonder-fill works of God.

Notes:
(14) “A grain buried in the breast of Jesus. C. Ros. C., sprung from the noble and renowned German family of R.C.: a man admitted into the mysteries and secrets of heaven and earth through the divine revelations, subtle cognitions and unwearied toil of his life. In his journeys through Arabia and Africa he collected a treasure surpassing that of Kings and Emperors; but finding it not suitable for his times, he kept it guarded for posterity to uncover, and appointed loyal and faithful heirs of his arts and also of his name. He constructed a microcosm corresponding in all motions to the macrocosm and finally drew up this compendium of things past, present and to come. Then, having now passed the century of years, though oppressed by no disease, which he had neither felt in his own body nor allowed to attack others, but summoned by the Spirit of God, amid the last embraces of his brethren he rendered up his illuminated soul to God his Creator. A beloved Father, an affectionate Brother, a faithful Teacher, a loyal Friend. He was hidden by his disciples for 120 years.”
(17) “Under the shadow of they wings, Jehovah.”

As Above, So Below